CUSTOMER SERVICE

For phone orders, quotation requests, and technical support:

Phone +1.888.883.0128 (U.S. & Canada)
+1.415.883.0128
Monday – Friday 8:00 am to 5:00 pm Pacific Time

For correspondence by mail:

Sutter Instrument
One Digital Drive
Novato, CA 94949
USA

FA X ORDERS
Fax +1.888.883.0900 (U.S. & Canada)
+1.415.883.0572
24 hours a day, every day

EMAIL
[email protected]

WEB SITE
www.sutter.com
PRICES SERVICE & SUPPORT
Prices are available on our web site at We hope that our instruments and products
www.sutter.com for purchases made continually meet your needs. However,
directly from Sutter Instrument for sales in should a problem arise, please contact
the USA. International prices are typically our technical support staff to discuss
10% higher, and all pricing is subject to the problem. If the instrument requires
change without notice. Products are sold factory service, we will furnish shipping
FOB Novato (exclusive of transportation, instructions. Items under warranty will
insurance, and applicable taxes). Please be repaired free of any costs for parts or
contact Sutter Instrument or your local service. Both delivery and return shipping
representative for a price quotation. costs are the responsibility of the owner.

SHIPPING WARRANTY INFORMATION

Shipping charges are prepaid and added Sutter Instrument provides a limited
to the invoice. Unless otherwise specified warranty on parts and labor for two years
when placing your order, we will use our from shipping date on all Sutter made
best judgement in selecting a reliable and products. To be covered under warranty,
economical shipper of our choice. the instrument must have been operated
in accordance with the instructions
RETURNS outlined in the instruction manual and
in a manner that would be expected in
Items ordered in error may be returned the normal use of the product. Items not
within 30 days of receipt, and are covered under warranty are: consumables,
subject to a 15% restocking fee. You photomultiplier tubes, galvanometers,
are urged to retain the original shipping Uniblitz® shutters, air tables, and other
containers should there be a need to non-Sutter made products. Non-Sutter
return the item. Please contact Sutter made products carry the factory warranty
Instrument for a return authorization of their original manufacturer. Extended
number. warranties on Sutter made products may
be purchased for an additional charge.
QUALITY CONTROL Please contact Sutter for a quotation.
Sutter Instrument takes great pride in Abuse, misuse, or unauthorized repairs
meeting the highest possible standards will void any warranty.
of quality and reliability. Each instrument
undergoes rigorous electronic and PAYMENT METHODS
mechanical testing protocols during the Payments may be made in U.S. dollars in
production process. For our micropipette one of the following methods: MasterCard,
pullers, every instrument is tested to Visa, American Express, bank draft drawn
assure its ability to consistently fabricate on a U.S. bank, international money order,
micropipettes with ultra-fine tips. A series bank wire transfer, irrevocable letter of credit
of pipettes is pulled on each instrument (a processing fee will apply).
and examined with our scanning electron
microscope. No other manufacturer offers GENERAL INFORMATION
this level of quality control.
Every effort has been made to ensure that
at the time of printing, the information
contained herein is accurate. Please phone
Sutter or visit our web site for the latest
product specifications and pricing.

2023-11
 50 Years of Sutter Instrument!

In 1974, a partnership was formed between Dale Flaming (a researcher at UCSF working
on retinal physiology) and James Wall (head machinist in the Department of Physiology
50 YEARS OF INNOVATION FOR THE SCIENCES

at UCSF). Having difficulty with cell penetration, Dale designed what would be Sutter’s
first product, the Microelectrode Beveler. Three years later, when having problems get-
ting consistent pipettes small enough to record from retinal cells, Dale designed the P-77,
the world’s first digitally controlled micropipette puller. The P-77 was the first puller to
reliably and reproducibly create pipettes as small as 0.01 microns, a size at the very limit
of what could be resolved with a scanning electron microscope. The company was of-
ficially incorporated in 1977 to make and sell what most assumed would be a dozen or
so pipette pullers. Demand for a pipette puller that could consistently make good micro-
electrodes was underestimated, and demand continued to grow.

In our first 10 years, Sutter was literally a garage operation. Pullers and bevelers were
being completely fabricated and assembled in the founders’ garages in the San Francisco
Bay Area. In 1982, steadily increasing sales allowed Sutter to lease its first space and hire
our first full-time employee, who is still with the company today! Dale Flaming and Jim
Wall left their positions at UCSF, began running the company full time, and continued to
develop new products.

As Sutter gained employees (most of whom came via word of mouth from research
backgrounds), our product portfolio grew. We gained expertise in many kinds of motion
control, electronic engineering and modern precision machining techniques. We next ex-
panded into micromanipulators, filter wheels and lightsources. Today we produce nearly
every component needed to build a complete electrophysiology rig, as well as the original
moving objective 2-photon microscope design, collaboratively built with, and officially
licensed from, the Max Plank Institute in Germany.

As we celebrate our 50th anniversary, we still design and manufacture everything in-
house at our main office in Novato California, with remote employees in Oregon and New
York. Dale Flaming is still very much involved in the day to day operations at the company.
We are deeply grateful for the many close working relationships we have had with cus-
tomers over the years. We will continue to do our best to provide for the needs of the
science community, and look forward to many more years of collaboration. Thank you
all so much for being our customers for the last 50 years. We deeply appreciate you all!

2 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 50 YEARS OF INNOVATION FOR THE SCIENCES

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 3

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 50 Years of Innovation for the Sciences
BV-10 Micropipette Beveler

Sutter Instrument was IBM Personal Computer, PCR developed, HIV identified
founded as a partnership: HepB vaccine
50 YEARS OF INNOVATION FOR THE SCIENCES

Dale Flaming, Jim Wall, & P-80PC & PC-84 (Sachs)

Gus Winston P-80B Micropipette Puller Micropipette Pullers

1974 1981 1983

1977 1982 1986

Sutter Instrument is P-80C Micropipette MP-85 Micromanipulator

incorporated, P-77 Puller
Micropipette Puller Mir space capsule
Compact disk launched
Apple II, MRI, IVF (1978),
Smallpox eradicated (1980)

MacBook, Twitter, shingles &

iPad, self-replicating, rotavirus vaccines
synthetic bacterial cells
XenoWorks™ Microinjection
MP-265 Manipulator MOM® 2-Photon Microscope System

2010 2008 2006

2011 2009 2007

QUAD , Lightweight
®
P-1000 Puller; MT-78 Stage; 3DMS Motorized Stage
Filterwheels Lambda XL Light Source
iPhone

CRISPR-Cas9, Higgs boson

5G, 1st black hole image
VF-1™ & VF-5™ Tunable IPA® Integrated Patch
Filter Systems, TLED Light Amplifier, SutterPatch® Dynamic clamp for dPatch®
Source, SOM® Microscope Software Amplifier System

2012 2016 2019

2013 2017 2020

Lambda HPX LED Light dPatch Amplifier

®
Lambda 721 LED Light
Source System, BOB™ Source with Optical
Microscope Beam Combiner

COVID-19 vaccine

4 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 Multiphoton microscopy World Wide Web Varicella & hepA vaccines,
(1990), gene therapy (1990) Dolly the clone sheep (1996),
P-2000 Laser Puller is

50 YEARS OF INNOVATION FOR THE SCIENCES

DVD (1997)
P-87 Micropipette Puller, developed on NIH
Lambda-10 Filterwheel Phase 1 grant MP-285 Micromanipulator

1987 1993 1995

1992 1994 1998

MP-185 Micromanipulator MP-300 Lambda 10-2

Micromanipulator (Gnat) Filterwheel Controller
1st smartphone and
text message Yahoo! Google,
ISS launched,
quantum computer,
stem cells cultured

Facebook Bluetooth, USB 1.0

MPC-200 controller, MP-225 Micromanipulator, Lambda DG-4 Wavelength

DG-5, Lambda 10-3 Lambda LS - Xenon light Switcher, Lambda 10-C Filter
& 10-B source Changer

2004 2002 1999

2005 2003 2001

SmartShutter ®
MT-2000 Motorized MT-1000 Microscope
Translator Translator and Gantry Stands
YouTube, Google Maps,
grid cells discovered Skype, Wikipedia, iPod,
Human Genome Project targeted cancer therapy

XWI Motorized
NAN™ Microscope Injector

2021 2023

2022

XenoWorks™ Joystick
redesign, WaveMetrics
acquisition, Igor Pro

ChatGPT

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 5

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
I N DE X
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS & SOFTWARE MICROMANIPULATION cont’d.
MANUAL
Introduction 8 MP-85 108
dPatch® 10 Huxley-Wall Style Micromanipulator
Low-noise Ultra-fast Digital MM-33/MP-33A 112
Patch Clamp Amplifier System Micromanipulator
dPatch FAQ 18 MM-6 116
dPatch vs. Brand aX Comparison Chart 19 Micropositioner
IPA®/Double IPA® 20 TRANSLATORS, STAGES & MOUNTING
Integrated Patch Amplifiers with SYSTEMS
Data Acquisition System
MT-1000/MT-2000/MT-2200 Systems 118
Dendrite™ 26 Motorized and Manual Translation
Data Acquisition, Management Systems For Fixed-Stage Microscopes
and Analysis System
MT-1078/MT-2078/MT-2278 124
SutterPatch® 32 X-Y Translation Systems
Data Acquisition, Management For Fixed-Stage Microscopes
and Analysis Software
MPC-78/MP-78 130
WaveMetrics Igor Pro 38 Large Moving Platform Stage
Technical Graphing and Data Analysis
Software for Scientists and Engineers 3DMS 134
3-Axis Motorized Stage
MICROMANIPULATION Motorized Stage and Translator 138
Comparison Chart
Introduction 42 COMPONENTS
THREE-AXIS MANIPULATORS MT-75 Gantry Style Stands 140
TRIO™ MPC-165 3-Axis 44 MT-70/MT-71 Series
Narrow-Format Micromanipulator System Micromanipulator Stands 146
TRIO™ MPC-145 3-Axis 0-90 Diagonal 52 MD SERIES 150
Micromanipulator System Micromanipulator Platforms
TRIO™-245 3-Axis Micromanipulator 58 BUNDLED SYSTEMS
System BUNDLED CONFIGURATIONS 156
MPC-385 System MP-285 Based 62 Manipulators, Stages & Platforms
Multi-Micromanipulator Systems
MPC-365 System 70 MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
Narrow-Format MP-865 Based
Multi-Micromanipulator Systems Introduction 160
MPC-325 78 PULLERS
MP-225 Based P-2000 162
Multi-Micromanipulator Systems Laser-Based Micropipette Puller
Multi-Link™ 84 P-1000 166
Position Control Software Next Generation Micropipette Puller
MP-285 86 P-97 Flaming/Brown™ 170
Robotic Micromanipulator Micropipette Puller
MP-225A 92 P-30 Vertical Micropipette Puller 174
Motorized Micromanipulator Micropipette Puller Comparison Chart 178
IN VIVO MANIPULATORS P-1000/P-97 Comparison Chart 179
QUAD® 96 Filaments/Accessories 180
4-Axis Motorized Micromanipulator
BEVELER
TRIO™-235 100
3-Axis 0-90 Diagonal BV-10 Microelectrode Beveler 182
Micromanipulator System
SOLO 104
Single Axis Manipulator Controller
MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION cont’d. OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS cont’d.
BOOKS Lambda HPX-L5 274
Advanced Techniques in 186 High Power LED Light Source
Micropipette Fabrication With Liquid Lightguide
Pipette Cookbook 187 Lambda FLED 278
Fluorescent Light Source
GLASS
Lambda TLED/TLED+ 282
Glass Capillary Tubing 188 LED Transmitted Light Source
WAVELENGTH SWITCHERS
MICROSCOPES AND FILTER WHEELS
Introduction 194 Lambda VF-5™/VF-1™ 288
Tunable Filter Changers
MOM® 196
Movable Objective Microscope® Lambda 10-3 292
Optical Filter Changer
BOB™ 204
Open-design Upright Microscope Lambda 10-B 300
Optical Filter Changer
New NAN™ 214
SHUTTERING
Open-design Upright Microscope
Lambda SC 306
SOM® 226 SmartShutter® Controller
Simple Moving Microscope
SmartShutter® 310
DF-Scope™ 230 Stepper-motor Driven Shutter
Multiphoton Imaging Package
for Olympus BX51WI Microscope MICROSCOPE ADAPTERS
MCS 234 Adapter list 314
MOM Computer System and Software
MICROINJECTION
ScanImage 240
Premium Software and Introduction 320
FPGA-Based Acquisition System New XenoWorks™ Micromanipulator 322
RESSCAN 244 XenoWorks™ Digital Microinjector 326
Sutter Resonant Scan Box New XenoWorks™ XWI
PS-2 / PS-2/LV 248 Motorized Microinjector 330
PMT Power Supplies
Manual Manual Microinjector 334
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS PRIME TECH
PMM6 Piezo Impact Drive 336
Introduction 252
HDJ-M3 Hydraulic Microinjector 340
Light Source Comparison 254
PNJ-T2 Pneumatic Microinjector 342
Filter Wheel Controller Comparison 255
Applications 344
OPTICAL BEAM COMBINERS
Lambda OBC 256 Air Tables, Perfusion Systems
Optical Beam Combiner and Custom Products
Lambda 421 260
Optical Beam Combining System Air Tables & Faraday Cages 348
Vibration Isolation Systems
New Lambda 721 264
Optical Beam Combining System New Equipment Racks 356
Perfusion Systems & Bath Chambers 360
LIGHT SOURCES
Custom and OEM Products 364
Lambda LS 268
Stand-Alone Xenon Arc Lamp DEALERS
and Power Supply
International Dealer Directory 366
 AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS
Sutter Instrument is proud to announce Analysis Software, built on the foundation
one of the most significant additions to of Igor Pro (WaveMetrics, Inc.).
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

our product lineup in years: a full suite of

electrophysiology recording hardware and All Sutter Amplifier Systems were designed
software. with the attention to detail our customers
expect and appreciate. The faceplates are
The dPatch® Digital Patch Amplifier System sculpted and feature recessed connectors.
combines an unmatched sampling rate The pipette holder connects to machined
of up to 5 MHz, with noise performance aluminum threads designed for the utmost
that supports the quietest single-channel in mechanical stability and improved
recordings, and digital architecture for shielding. Available accessories include
the highest signal fidelity and ultra-stable expansion panels, which present amplifier
compensation circuitry. The dPatch back panel connections at the front of a
system is the most advanced amplifier for 19” rack, a machined brass ground point,
electrophysiology on the market today. and pipette holders in polycarbonate or
quartz, which minimizes thermal expansion.
The IPA® family of Integrated Patch
Amplifier Systems enables efficient,
low-noise whole-cell recordings.
The IPA system, available with
one (IPA) or two headstages
(Double IPA), combines
state-of-the-art amplifier
technology with fully
integrated D/A and A/D
conversion and a high-
speed USB interface.
Acquisition, data
management, and
streamlined analysis are
performed using the
bundled SutterPatch®
Data Acquisition and

8 PHONE: 1.888.883.0128 • FAX 1.888.883.0900

INTL PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • INTL FAX: +1.415.883.0572
EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

PHONE: 1.888.883.0128 • FAX 1.888.883.0900 9

INTL PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • INTL FAX: +1.415.883.0572
EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 dPatch®
LOW-NOISE ULTRA-FAST DIGITAL
PATCH CLAMP AMPLIFIER SYSTEM
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

(Shown: DPATCH-2)

F E AT U R E S dPatch®

n New: Fully-integrated dynamic clamp n Line frequency reduction in SutterPatch®

interface with update rates up to
500 kHz n Software lock-in amplifier in
SutterPatch® for high-resolution
n Fully integrated single- or dual- capacitance measurements
headstage patch clamp amplifier and
data acquisition system ensures quick n High bandwidth enables
and easy setup characterization of the fastest signals

n Optimized for single-channel and n Three headstage feedback ranges for
whole-cell patch clamp recordings in single-channel and whole-cell patch
tissue slices, adherent or dissociated clamp recordings
cells n Comprehensive digital compensation
n Full computer control provides circuitry provides the utmost precision
automated compensation of electrode and signal fidelity
and whole-cell capacitance n Bundled SutterPatch® software provides
n Voltage and FastFollower ™ a contemporary user interface, versatile
Current Clamp capability for accurate data management, intuitive navigation
characterization of cells’ electrical and streamlined data analysis
activity

C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S dPatch®

n Single-channel recordings n Cell line studies from adherent or

dispersed cells
n Auditory research and other rapidly
changing signals n Optogenetics
n Tissue slice recordings n Nanopore and nanogap research
n Cultured cell experiments

10 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The dPatch® amplifier system was built around a simple idea: What if we built a clean-
sheet design that used the latest technology to make the next generation of patch
clamp amplifiers? We hired the best hardware and software designers available in the
industry, the same engineers who created the leading amplifiers already in the market.
We asked them to design the best amplifier system possible, using the very latest in

AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS
digital architecture, and pair it with a contemporary, easy-to-use, yet powerful software
platform.

The resulting design represents a complete rethinking of how to best reduce noise
and preserve signal to get the cleanest recordings possible, at a bandwidth that far
exceeds anything else on the market. The dPatch amplifier system's digital architecture
uses state-of-the-art methods in signal processing, such as field-programmable gate
arrays (FPGAs) and Arm Core processors – technologies unavailable when the leading
amplifiers in the market were designed well over 20 years ago. The processing power
of this design FINALLY enables fully integrated dynamic clamp, as well as digital
capacitance and resistance compensation. The included SutterPatch® software facilitates
data acquisition, mangement and analysis with an intuitive and easy to learn interface.

Available in either a single- or dual-headstage configuration, the dPatch amplifier

system’s architecture makes swapping headstages, or adding a second one to a single-
headstage unit, a plug-and-play operation. The two headstages are independently
configurable for either voltage clamp or FastFollower™ current clamp.

5 MHz SAMPLING RATE, UP TO 22-BIT RESOLUTION

One unique feature with dPatch is the headstage data sampling system. Each
headstage is continually sampled at 5 MHz. Output filtering has thirteen settings
between 100 Hz and 1 MHz. A resolution of 18 bits is achieved at 1 MHz. For lower
filter settings, automatic downsampling increases resolution while optimizing data
rates. At a bandwidth setting of 1 kHz, the dPatch system provides a signal resolution
of better than 22 bits.

NO ACTIVE COOLING REQUIRED

Active cooling causes numerous problems that actually create more "noise" in the long
run. Active cooling in amplifier headstages use Peltier cells, which cool the electronics
for slightly better performance, but generate considerable heat on the opposite side
of the cell. The heat generated causes thermal drift which makes it almost impossible
to stay patched while doing single-channel work. This is THE MOST COMMON
source of what users perceive as "manipulator drift". As a company that makes
micromanipulators, we are highly sensitive to the performance of the system within a
complete electrophysiology rig.

Active cooling can help get a slightly better noise specification on paper, but in the
real world the disadvantages far outweigh the slight gain in specsmanship. One of
the development goals of the dPatch headstage was achieving a comparable noise
performance at room temperature, without the need for a cooled headstage. In the
two resistive feedback modes, the dPatch amplifier is even quieter than any of the
competitor systems. In addition, the limited life expectancy of Peltier elements causes
reliability concerns that we found unacceptable.

Patent No. 10,393,727

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 11

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 BUILT-IN DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM MEANS NO THIRD-PARTY COMPUTER INTERFACE
Using a multiplexer-free design, the dPatch provides 8 fully differential analog input
channels, 4 analog output channels, and 16 digital outputs (TTL). All I/O channels
are sampled continuously (200 kHz for analog inputs, 250 kHz for analog and digital
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

outputs) and available through the user interface.

SUTTERPATCH® SOFTWARE
The dPatch amplifier system, in combination with SutterPatch software, has been
engineered to automatically capture and store all amplifier settings, stimulus information
and external experiment parameters, and associate them in time with the raw data
traces. This includes all amplifier and acquisition settings, as well as timing and progress
of the experiment. Fully integrated computer control of the amplifier stages means that
the acquisition software is aware of the internal state of the amplifier and digitizer at
all times, and can track any changes that may occur. This is independent of whether a
change is triggered automatically or initiated by the user.
DYNAMIC CLAMP
The patented digital architecture of the dPatch amplifier system provides an ideal
platform for dynamic clamp. The dPatch is powered by a system-on-chip which provides
parallel processing across a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) and two high-speed
ARM core processors. Several sophisticated dynamic clamp models are implemented
within this architecture. In each model, the update of the applied current values occurs
without communication between the dPatch and a computer. Depending upon the
complexity of the model, update rates of up to 500 kHz can be achieved. (read more on
the SutterPatch Software page)

TRACKING OF OTHER EXTERNAL DATA

In addition to status changes in connected hardware that are automatically tracked,
the researcher can manually trigger tags to document events like stimulus application
using instruments not connected to the amplifier. Information about environmental
parameters and a more detailed specification of sample properties can be recorded
and stored with the raw data. A total of over 650 metadata attributes are supported.
Examples include: animal species, genotype, date/time when a cell sample was
prepared, recording solutions, pipette resistance, hardware properties, and detailed
information about stimuli applied.

DATA VISUALIZATION AND ANALYSIS

SutterPatch software has been designed to simplify the navigation and analysis of
complex datasets. The scope window supports multiple view modes in both two-
dimensional and an innovative three-dimensional display. The 3D view is particularly
useful during assay development. Built on top of the latest version of the proven Igor
Pro platform, SutterPatch combines native Igor Pro functionality with a wealth of
features that are tailored to electrophysiology applications. Both the newcomer and
the experienced user of patch clamp programs will feel comfortable using SutterPatch
software.

Application modules provide focused functionality for particular applications.

12 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
Currently Available
• Event Detection Module: A deconvolution algorithm that excels at detecting
miniature synaptic events, even on a noisy background

AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS
• Action Potential Analysis Module: Phase plane plot, timing and waveform
statistics
• Single-Channel Analysis Module: All-points histogram, idealized trace, dwell time,
open and closed probability and more
• Camera Module: An easy way to document the identity and condition of the
recorded cell

A LABORATORY WORKHORSE

While the dPatch® System is ready for cutting-edge research, its feature set also makes
it immediately valuable in any electrophysiological lab setting.

• Three headstage feedback ranges for optimal whole-cell and single-channel

recording
• Automated or manual compensation of electrode and whole-cell capacitance
• Series resistance compensation
• Simple cabling, quick and easy set-up
• High dynamic range of digitizer means no need for additional variable gain stages
• Ultra high speed of digitizer means no concerns about inadequate sample rate

The dPatch® Integrated Digital Patch Clamp Amplifier is a computer-controlled

single- or dual-headstage system optimized for both single-channel and whole-cell
recording applications.

Amplifier
• Hardware architecture enables all data conversion to be performed near the
preparation, well away from known noise sources, such as power supplies and
high-speed digital circuitry
• Voltage clamp and FastFollower™ True Current Clamp modes with smart switching
between modes to avoid current artifacts
• Three choices of headstage feedback elements to optimize both single-channel
and whole-cell recording

Feedback Range Analog Noise Pipette Capacitance Series Cell

Element Bandwidth 10 kHz BW Compensation Resistance Capacitance
Range Range Range
Capacitive ±20 nA 1 MHz <0.22 pARMS 20 pF N/A * N/A *
500 MΩ ±20 nA >250 kHz <0.7 pARMS 20 pF 100 MΩ 100 pF
50 MΩ ±200 nA >250 kHz <2.3 pARMS 20 pF 10 MΩ 1000 pF

* Capacitive feedback range is optimized for single-channel voltage clamp recordings. Whole-cell compensation
and current clamp mode are disabled with this range.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 13

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

Back panel of dPatch

• Automatic compensation routines for pipette compensation, whole-cell

compensation, and series resistance compensation
• Series resistance prediction and correction independently programmable
• 8-pole Bessel filter: 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000 kHz
• Signal processing of filter output to increase resolution and reduce data file size
• Resolution over 22 bits at 1 kHz filter setting
• High dynamic range of analog-to-digital converters eliminates need for variable
output gain stages
• Holding potential ±750 mV
• Current clamp bridge compensation and pipette capacitance compensation
• Slow holding potential tracking compensates for drift during current clamp
recordings

Data Acquisition
• Embedded data acquisition system eliminates the need for an external data
acquisition board
• 5 MHz sampling rate per headstage, up to 22-bit resolution
• 8 Auxiliary analog inputs, 16-bit fully differential, ±10 V input, each continuously
sampled at 200 kHz
• 4 Analog outputs, 16-bits, ±10 V output each continuously updated at 250 kHz
• 16 Digital outputs (TTL) each running at 250 kHz
• Independent Trigger IN / Trigger OUT for synchronization of external
instrumentation
• Single SuperSpeed 3.0 USB connection controls both data acquisition and amplifier
settings
• Complex command waveforms
• Data acquisition can be initiated by an onboard microsecond clock or
external (TTL) trigger

14 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
SutterPatch® Software
• Built on the foundation of Igor Pro (WaveMetrics, Inc.)

AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS
• Paradigms and Routines provide complete experimental control of program
execution
• Waveform Editor for easy execution of even the most complex stimulus patterns
or user-defined templates
• Associated metadata stores all relevant information regarding your experiment
• Specialized data analysis modules and publication quality graphics
• Rapid-response online adaptive AC line-frequency reduction
• Runs on Windows 10 or later (64-bit), or Macintosh OS X 10.11 (El Capitan)
or newer versions

Screen shot of SutterPatch software

Shown: DPATCH-PCH expansion panel

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 15

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S dPatch®

n Dimensions
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

dPatch®: 19 in x 11 in x 3.5 in / 48.2 cm x 28 cm x 9 cm

dPatch® Preamplifier: 7.6 in x 3.5 in x 1.2 in / 19.5 cm x 9 cm x 3 cm
dPatch® Headstage: 3.7 in x 1.1 in x 0.66 in / 9.5 cm x 2.9 cm x 1.7 cm
n Weight
dPatch®: 15 lbs / 6.8 kg
dPatch® Preamplifier: 15 lbs / 6.8 kg
dPatch® Headstage: 15 lbs / 6.8 kg
n Electrical
110/240 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

dPATCH HEADSTAGE DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

n Computer Hardware
Minimum Configuration
Windows 10 or later: 64-bit versions, or
Mac OS X 10.11 (El Capitan) or later
Processor: Dual-core i5
Memory: 8 GB
Solid-state Drive (SSD), 500 GB or greater
Display Resolution: 1024 x 768 (XGA)
1 available USB 3.0 SuperSpeed port
(on the main board, not a PCIx card or similar)
Recommended Configuration for Bandwidths of >50 kHz
Windows 10 or later: 64-bit versions, or
Mac OS X 10.11 (El Capitan) or later
Processor: Dual-core i5
Memory: 16 GB
Solid-state Drive (SSD), 500 GB or greater
Display Resolution: 1920 x 1080 (Full HD)
1 available USB 3.0 SuperSpeed port
(on the main board, not a PCIx card or similar)

SUTTERPATCH® Data Acquisition Management System and Analysis Software: Included with all
Sutter Instrument Amplifier Systems

16 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 dPatch®
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice..

AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS
n DPATCH Includes: dPatch® System with one headstage and preamplifier,
EH-P170 pipette holder, model cell, screw
terminal for digital
outputs, rack mounting hardware; SutterPatch® software suite
with Igor Pro license
n DPATCH-2 Includes: dPatch System with two headstages and preamplifiers,
two EH-P170 pipette holders, two model cells, screw terminals
for digital outputs, rack mounting hardware; SutterPatch®
software suite with Igor Pro license

ACCESSORIES dPatch®

n DPATCH-HS Headstage & preamplifier for dPatch Amplifier System

n DPATCH-PCH dPatch expansion panel

PIPETTE HOLDERS
n EH-P170 Polycarbonate holder 1.0 mm to 1.7 mm O.D.
n EH-P170-S Polycarbonate holder (short shaft)
1.0 mm to 1.7 mm O.D.
n EH-Q170 Quartz holder 1.0 mm to 1.7 mm O.D.
While polycarbonate is a proven material for patch pipette holders,
it undergoes significant thermal expansion. Uneven warming may
lead to motion of the pipette tip and is often incorrectly perceived
as drift in the micromanipulator. Quartz has a significantly lower
thermal expansion coefficient and virtually eliminates thermal drift.
Note: Quartz is fragile and may crack or shatter on impact. Treat
your quartz electrode holder with the same care you would with
any optical component.

ACCESSORIES
n GP-17 Ground point , accepts banana plugs and clamp wires
up to 10 gauge
n GP-W10 Ground wiring kit (10 assorted cables, 5 alligator clips,
assorted clamp rings)
n RACK-PK Rack mounting hardware

The Ground Point GP-17 provides reliable, low
resistance connections for a star ground configuration,
the proven method to avoid ground loops in any
electrophysiology setup. Accepts 9 banana plugs
+ 8 bare wires up to 10 gauge or banana plugs.
The GP-17 mounts directly on imperial or metric
air table tops with the included ¼-20 and M6
screws. Made of solid, machined brass with plated
banana/clamp connectors.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 17

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 dPatch® FAQ

Q: How does dPatch compare to other amplifiers on the market?

A: The dPatch uses current state-of-the-art digital architecture. By converting the signal
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

from analog to digital out near the headstage, we preserve the signal integrity as
much as is possible. Almost every noise specification of the dPatch exceeds those of
all other amplifiers on the market. In addition, the dPatch constitutes a complete
patch clamp system, all data acquisition hard-and software are included, and no
external hardware is required for dynamic clamp. (See our Comparison Sheet)

Q: Why doesn't the dPatch have active cooling?

A: Active cooling causes numerous problems that actually create more "noise" in the
long run. The heat generated by Peltier cells cause thermal drift in manipulators,
making it almost impossible to stay patched while doing single-channel work.
As a company that makes micromanipulators, we are highly sensitive to the
performance of the system within a complete electrophysiology rig. Active
cooling can help get a slightly better noise specification on paper, but in the
real world the disadvantages far outweigh the slight gain in specsmanship (See
the Comparison Sheet). In addition, the limited life expectancy of Peltier elements
causes reliability concerns that we found unacceptable.

Q: Do I need to buy a digitizer or software with the dPatch?

A: No, because the dPatch is inherently a digital design, no additional digitizer is
necessary. SutterPatch® software and a license for Igor Pro are included with
every dPatch system. The dPatch includes everything you need to start running
experiments.

Q: Can I retrofit a second headstage to my single-headstage dPatch system later?

A: Yes, dPatch headstage/preamplifier units are interchangeable and self-contained.
All calibration and tuning information is stored directly in the headstage/preamplifier
unit and read during startup. That makes adding a second headstage easy.

Q: Do the headstages fit on my existing micromanipulator?

A: All Sutter Instrument headstages come with a standard dovetail fitting. This fitting
was jointly introduced by Sutter Instrument and Axon Instruments almost 30 years
ago and has since been adopted by most manufacturers of patch clamp amplifiers
and micromanipulators. That makes Sutter headstages a drop-in replacement on
an existing rig, in most cases without even requiring any adjustment.

18 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
dPatch® Ultra-fast Low-noise Digital Patch Clamp Amplifier System
vs. Brand aX Low-noise Amplifier
Major Features

AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS
Specification dPatch Brand aX Sutter Advantage
Computer Control YES, fully digital design, controlled NO, analog State-of-the-art design
by SutterPatch® software knobs and buttons

Data Acquisition YES, high-speed computer NO, requires separate 12 analog I/O,
interface integration, interface and software 16 digital outs
SutterPatch software included
Field Upgradable YES NO Easy upgrades to keep
Software And Firmware performance optimized
Built-in Software YES NO High-resolution membrane
Lock-in Amplifier capacitance measurements
Integrated YES NO The fastest dynamic clamp
Dynamic Clamp Capability for ion channel research
Support For YES NO Headstages with full
Two Headstages Plug-and-Play capability
Installation Simple Complicated System is ready to run “out of the box”
with a USB 3 computer connection.
Grounding problems are minimized.

Whole Cell Voltage Clamp

Specification dPatch Brand aX Sutter Advantage
Feedback Elements 500 MΩ, 50 MΩ Same

Noise, 500 MΩ 0.7 pARMS 1.1 pARMS 36% lower noise
Range (10 kHz)
Noise, 50 MΩ 2.3 pARMS
3.0 pARMS 23% lower noise
Range (10 kHz)
Bandwidth, Both FB Ranges 250 kHz 50 kHz 5X higher bandwidth
Output Filter Ranges 13 settings from 5 settings from More settings,
100 Hz to 1 MHz 1 kHz to 100 kHz 10X higher bandwidth
Output Filter Type 8-pole Bessel 4-pole Bessel 8-Pole provides a
lower-noise signal
Pipette Cap 20 pF 10 pF 2X
Compensation Range compensation range
Single Channel Voltage Clamp
Specification dPatch Brand aX Sutter Advantage
Feedback Element 1 pF / integrator Same
Bandwidth 1 MHz 100 kHz 10X higher bandwidth
Noise, 10 kHz 0.22 pARMS 0.13 pARMS No active cooling*
Pipette Cap 20 pF 10 pF 2X
Compensation Range compensation range
Current Clamp
Specification dPatch Brand aX Sutter Advantage
Circuit Architecture FastFollower™ Modified voltage Produces very accurate
true current clamp clamp membrane voltage waveforms
10 to 90% Rise Time
Rp = 1 MΩ 2 µs 15 µs 7.5X faster rise time
Rp = 10 MΩ 3 µs 20 µs 6.7X faster rise time
Mode Switching Voltage Special circuitry No glitch Near-zero glitch
Clamp to Current Clamp minimizes glitches compensation

* Active cooling causes numerous problems that actually create more “noise” in the long run. The heat generated by Peltier cells cause
thermal drift in manipulators, making it almost impossible to stay patched while doing single-channel work. As a company that makes
micromanipulators, we are highly sensitive to the performance of the system within a complete electrophysiology rig. Active cooling can
help get a slightly better noise specification on paper, but in the real world the disadvantages far outweigh the slight gain in specsmanship.
In addition, the limited life expectancy of Peltier elements causes reliability concerns that we found unacceptable.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 19

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 IPA® and DOUBLE IPA®
INTEGRATED PATCH AMPLIFIERS
WITH DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

F E AT U R E S I PA® / D O U B L E I PA®

n Combination of any two IPA or n Voltage and current clamp capability

Double IPA devices enables up to for complete characterization of cells’
four headstage channels for as many electrical activity
as 16 signals
n Bundled SutterPatch® software excels
n Fully integrated patch clamp amplifier in complete data management,
and data acquisition system ensures intuitive navigation and streamlined
quick and easy setup data analysis

n Optimized for whole-cell patch n Line frequency reduction in SutterPatch®

clamp recordings in tissue slices, and
adherent or dissociated cells

n Full computer control provides

automated compensation of electrode
and whole-cell capacitance

C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S I PA® / D O U B L E I PA®

n Tissue slice recordings n In vivo patch clamp

n Cultured-cell experiments n Network studies

n Cell line studies from adherent or n Optogenetics

dispersed cells

20 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
Sutter Instrument introduces the IPA® family of Integrated Patch Amplifiers, which

AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS
enables efficient, low-noise whole-cell recordings. The IPA systems, available in either a
single headstage (IPA) or dual headstage (Double IPA) version, combine state-of-the-art
amplifier technology with fully integrated D/A and A/D conversion and a high speed
USB interface. Acquisition, data management, and streamlined analysis are performed
using the bundled SutterPatch® Data Acquisition and Analysis Software, built on the
foundation of Igor Pro (WaveMetrics, Inc.).

EXTERNAL INPUTS & OUTPUTS

External signals, such as environmental parameters or stimulus information, can be
recorded using 4 auxiliary analog input channels. The IPA systems also support the
control of peripheral hardware, such as wavelength or solution switchers, with 2 analog
and 8 digital (TTL) output channels. As an alternative to the standard breakout cable,
an optional Patch Panel provides a tidy way of connecting auxiliary signals on the front
of your rack.

SUTTERPATCH® SOFTWARE
The IPA system, in combination with SutterPatch software, has been engineered to
automatically capture and store all amplifier settings, stimulus information and external
experiment parameters and associate them in time with the raw data traces. This
includes all amplifier and acquisition settings, as well as timing and progress of the
experiment. Fully integrated computer control of the amplifier stages means that the
acquisition software is aware of the internal state of the amplifier and digitizer at all
times and can track any changes that may occur. This is independent of whether a
change is triggered automatically or initiated by the user.

TRACKING OF OTHER EXTERNAL DATA

In addition to status changes in connected hardware that are automatically tracked, the
experimenter can manually trigger tags to document events like stimulus application in
instruments not connected to the IPA system.

Information about environmental parameters and a more detailed specification of

sample properties can be recorded and stored with the raw data. A total of over 600
metadata attributes are supported. Examples include: animal species, strain, genotype,
date/time when a cell sample was prepared, recording solutions, pipette resistance,
hardware properties, and detailed information about stimuli applied.

DATA VISUALIZATION AND ANALYSIS

SutterPatch software has been designed to simplify the navigation and analysis of
complex datasets. The scope window supports multiple view modes in both two-
dimensional and an innovative three-dimensional display. The 3D view is particularly
useful during assay development. Built on top of the latest version of the proven Igor
Pro platform, the SutterPatch program combines native Igor Pro functionality with
a wealth of features that are tailored to electrophysiology applications. Both the
newcomer and experienced user of patch clamp programs will feel comfortable using
SutterPatch software.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 21

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 Application modules provide focused functionality for particular applications.

• Event Detection Module: A deconvolution algorithm that excels at detecting

miniature synaptic events, even on a noisy background
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

• Action Potential Analysis Module: Phase plane plot, timing and waveform
statistics
• Camera Module: An easy way to document the identity and condition of the
recorded cell

The IPA® and Double IPA® Integrated Patch Clamp Amplifiers are computer-controlled
single- or dual-headstage amplifiers optimized for whole-cell recording applications.

Amplifier
• Voltage clamp and FastFollower™ True Current Clamp modes with smart switching
between modes to avoid current artifacts
• Open-Circuit (RMS) noise of 1.4 pA in a 0.1–10 kHz bandwidth
• 500 MΩ headstage feedback resistor provides a maximal range of ±20 nA
• Fast pipette capacitance compensation and whole-cell compensation
• Pipette capacitance compensation up to 25 pF
• Whole-cell compensation: Cm from 1–100 pF; Rs from 1–100 MΩ
• Onboard automatic compensation routines
• Series resistance prediction and correction (0–100 MΩ)
• Four-pole Bessel low-pass filter (cutoff = 0.5–20 kHz)
• Output gain: 0.5–25 mV/pA (voltage clamp); 10–500 mV/mV (current clamp)
• Holding potential ±1000 mV
• Current clamp bridge compensation and capacitance neutralization
• Slow holding potential tracking can compensate for drift during current clamp
recordings

Data Acquisition
• Embedded data acquisition system eliminates the need for an external data
acquisition board and facilitates setup
• Single high-speed USB connection controls both data acquisition and
amplifier settings
• Up to 6 or 8 input channels (0.1–50 kHz sampling rate per channel)
• Up to 400 kHz aggregate sampling rate
• Multi-amplifier mode: A combination of any two IPA or Double IPA Amplifiers
can be connected, providing up to 16 input channels
• Complex command waveforms
• Auxiliary input / output for control of other instrumentation
• 4 analog input channels (±10 V)
• 2 analog output channels (±10 V)
• 8 digital output channels (TTL)
• Data acquisition can be initiated by an onboard microsecond clock or
external (TTL) trigger

22 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
SutterPatch® Software
• Built on the foundation of Igor Pro (WaveMetrics, Inc.)
• Paradigms and Routines provide complete experimental control
• Waveform Editor for easy creation of even the most complex stimulus patterns

AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS
or user-defined templates
• Associated metadata stores all relevant information regarding your experiment
• Comprehensive data analysis routines and publication quality graphics
• Runs on Windows 10 or later (64-bit) or Mac OS X 10.11 (El Capitan) or later

Screen shot of SutterPatch software

Optional IPA Patch Panel

The IPA and Double IPA Amplifiers come standard with an “octopus” breakout cable
for auxiliary inputs and outputs, and digital outputs. The optional IPA Patch Panel,
machined from ½ inch thick billet aluminum stock like the IPA faceplate, brings the
auxiliary I/O connections to the front of the rack in a tidy 2U rack mount panel
with BNC connectors.
The IPA Patch Panel
includes a 2.5 ft (76 cm)
connector cable and
replaces the standard
cable that ships with IPA-PCH Patch Panel for tidy, convenient connection of
the IPA system. peripherals at the front of the rack

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 23

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S I PA® / D O U B L E I PA®

n Dimensions
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

IPA®: 18.8 in x 11.8 in x 1.8 in / 48 cm x 30 cm x 4.5 cm

DOUBLE IPA®: 18.8 in x 11.8 in x 3.5 in / 48 cm x 30 cm x 9 cm
IPA® Headstage: 4.0 in x 1.4 in x 0.75 in / 10 cm x 3.5 cm x 1.9 cm
PATCH PANEL: 18.8 in x 2.0 in x 3.5 in / 48 cm x 5 cm x 9 cm
n Weight
IPA®: 9 lbs / 4 kg
DOUBLE IPA®: 8.1 lbs / 3.7 kg
PATCH PANEL: 3.5 lbs / 1.6 kg
n Electrical
110/240 Volts / 50/60 Hertz power line

IPA HEADSTAGE DIMENSIONAL DRAWING

SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

n Computer Hardware
Minimum Configuration
Windows 10 (64-bit) or later, or
Mac OS X 10.11 (El Capitan)
Processor: Dual-core i5
Memory: 3 GB
Hard Disk: 500 GB or greater
Display Resolution: 1024 x 768 (XGA)
1 available USB 2.0 High-speed port
Recommended Configuration
Windows 10 (64-bit) or later, or
Mac OS X 10.11 (El Capitan) or later
Processor: Dual-core i5
Memory: 8 GB
Solid-state drive (SSD), 500 GB or greater
Display Resolution: 1920 x 1080 (FULL HD)
1 available USB 2.0 High-speed port

Notes:
USB 3.0 ports are compatible with USB 2.0 High-speed specifications.
Slower USB 2.0 ‘full-speed’ ports, which are sometimes found on older Windows PCs
or USB add-in cards, are not supported.

24 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 I PA® / D O U B L E I PA®
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS
n IPA Includes: IPA® system with headstage, EH-P170
pipette holder, model cell, "octopus" break-out cable,
rack mounting hardware, and SutterPatch® software
suite with Igor Pro license.
n IPA-2 Includes: DOUBLE IPA® system with two headstages,
two EH-P170 pipette holders, model cell, "octopus"
break-out cable, rack mounting hardware, and
SutterPatch software suite with Igor Pro license.

ACCESSORIES I PA® / D O U B L E I PA®

PATCH PANEL
n IPA-PCH Patch panel with 8 digital out / 4 aux. in / 2 aux. out
BNC connectors, 19” x 2U rack format, D-Sub
connecting cable, rack mounting hardware

PIPETTE HOLDERS
n EH-P170 Polycarbonate pipette holder 1.0 mm to 1.7 mm O.D.
n EH-P170-S Polycarbonate pipette holder (short shaft)
1.0 mm to 1.7 mm O.D.
n EH-Q170 Quartz pipette holder 1.0 mm to 1.7 mm O.D.
While polycarbonate is a proven material for patch pipette holders,
it undergoes significant thermal expansion. Uneven warming may
lead to motion of the pipette tip and is often incorrectly perceived
as drift in the micromanipulator. Quartz has a significantly lower
thermal expansion coefficient and virtually eliminates thermal drift.
Note: Quartz is fragile and may crack or shatter on impact. Treat your
quartz electrode holder with the same care you would with any
optical component.

ACCESSORIES
n GP-17 Ground point
n GP-W10 Ground wiring kit (10 assorted cables, 5 alligator clips)
n RACK-PK Rack mounting hardware

The Ground Point GP-17 provides reliable, low

resistance connections for a star ground configuration,
the proven method to avoid ground loops in any
electrophysiology setup. Accepts 9 banana plugs
+ 8 bare wires up to 10 gauge or banana plugs.
The GP-17 mounts directly on imperial or metric
air table tops with the included ¼-20 and M6
screws. Made of solid, machined brass with plated
banana/clamp connectors.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 25

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 DENDRITE™
DATA ACQUISITION,
MANAGEMENT AND
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

ANALYSIS SYSTEM

F E AT U R E S DENDRITE™

n Data acuquisition with included n Trigger input and output

SutterPatch® software ensures
quick and easy setup n Bundled SutterPatch® software excels
in complete data management, intuitive
n Eight analog inputs navigation and streamlined data
analysis
n Four analog outputs
n Online adaptive AC line frequency
n Eight digital ouputs reduction in SutterPatch® software

26 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The conventional architecture of an electrophysiology system follows a three-tier
structure consisting of an amplifier, a computer interface, and data acquisition software.
Sutter Instrument’s patch clamp amplifier systems, the IPA® Family and the dPatch®
Amplifier systems combine these three tiers into convenient, fully integrated packages
that include the increasingly popular SutterPatch® Data Acquisition, Management and

AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS
Analysis Software. The Dendrite™ system meets the needs of customers who want to
combine an existing amplifier with the functionality of SutterPatch software.

Featuring eight analog input signals, four analog output lines and eight digital outputs,
at a sampling rate of up to 50 kHz, the Dendrite system covers the majority of
electrophysiology applications. Independent 16-bit A-D and D-A converters constitute
state-of-the-art technology that avoids crosstalk and provides adequate resolution for
virtually all use case scenarios. Trigger input and output lines enable coordination with
other equipment.

Connection to the computer is conveniently established through a High-speed USB

2.0 connection, and the installation of drivers and SutterPatch software is typically
completed within minutes. The Dendrite system accepts input from the majority of
patch clamp and other electrophysiology amplifiers that comply with the common
standard of +/-10 V signal range. It also controls amplifiers and peripherals that accept
analog or digital input according to common standards.

SUTTERPATCH SOFTWARE
The Dendrite and SutterPatch software systems have been engineered to let the
user add information about instrument settings, stimulus application and external
experiment parameters, and associate them in time with the raw data traces. This
includes all acquisition settings, as well as timing and progress of the experiment. In
addition, the experimenter can manually trigger tags to document events like stimulus
application in instruments not connected to the Dendrite system.

Information about environmental parameters and a more detailed specification of

sample properties can be recorded and stored with the raw data. A total of over 600
metadata attributes are supported. Examples include: animal species, genotype, date/
time when a cell sample was prepared, recording solutions, pipette resistance, hardware
properties, and detailed information about stimuli applied.

DATA VISUALIZATION AND ANALYSIS

SutterPatch software has been designed to simplify the navigation and analysis of
complex datasets. The scope window supports multiple view modes in both two-
dimensional and an innovative three-dimensional display. The 3D view is particularly
useful during assay development. Built on top of the latest version of the proven Igor
Pro platform, SutterPatch combines native Igor Pro functionality with a wealth of
features that are tailored to electrophysiology applications. Both the newcomer and
the experienced user of patch clamp programs will feel comfortable using SutterPatch
software.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 27

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

Data Acquisition
• High-speed USB 2.0 connection controls data acquisition
• Up to 8 analog input channels (±10 V; 0.1–50 kHz sampling rate per channel)
• 4 analog output channels (±10 V)
• 8 digital output channels (TTL)
• Up to 400 kHz aggregate sampling rate
• Complex command waveforms
• Data acquisition can be initiated by an onboard microsecond clock or
external (TTL) trigger

SutterPatch® Software
• Built on the foundation of Igor Pro (WaveMetrics, Inc.)
• Paradigms and Routines provide complete experimental control of program execution
• Waveform Editor for easy creation of even the most complex stimulus patterns or
user-defined templates
• Associated metadata stores all relevant information regarding your experiment
• Specialized data analysis modules and publication-quality graphics
• Rapid-response online adaptive AC line-frequency reduction
• Runs on Windows 10 or later (64-bit), or Macintosh OS X 10.11 (El Capitan)

Application modules provide focused

functionality for particular applications.
• Action Potential Analysis Module:
Phase plane plot, timing and
waveform statistics
• Event Detection Module:
A deconvolution algorithm that excels
at detecting miniature synaptic events,
even on a noisy background
• Single-channel Analysis Module:
All-points histogram, idealized trace,
duration and amplitude distribution
and scatter plot
• Camera Module: An easy way to
document the identity and condition
of the recorded cell Screenshot of SutterPatch Software

28 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S DENDRITE™

n Dimensions 18.8 in x 11.8 in x 1.8 in

48 cm x 30 cm x 4.5 cm

AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS
n Weight 5 lbs
2.3 kg
n Electrical 110/240 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
n Computer Hardware
Minimum Configuration
Windows 10 or later: 64-bit versions, or Mac OS X 10.11 (El Capitan) or later
Processor: Dual-core i5
Memory: 3 GB
Hard Disk: 500 GB or greater
Display Resolution: 1024 x 768 (XGA)
1 available USB 2.0 High-speed port
Recommended Configuration
Windows 10 or later: 64-bit versions, or Mac OS X 10.11 (El Capitan) or later
Processor: Dual-core i5
Memory: 8 GB
Hard Disk: 500 GB or greater
Display Resolution: 1920 x 1080 (Full HD)
1 available USB 2.0 High-speed port

SUTTERPATCH® Data Acquisition Management System and Analysis Software: Included with all
Sutter Instrument Amplifier Systems

Notes:

USB 3.0 ports are compatible with USB 2.0 High-speed specifications.
Slower USB 2.0 ‘full-speed’ ports, which are sometimes found on older Windows PCs or USB add-in
cards, are not supported.

To check for High-speed USB 2.0 or USB 3.0 on a PC computer running Windows, look in the
Control Panel > Device Manager > Universal Serial Bus controllers section for “Enhanced” host
controllers. As this does not provide any mapping information to the computer’s physical ports,
and there can be a mix of USB port versions, you should check individual USB ports for USB 2.0/3.0
High-speed operational performance. As a visual indicator, USB 3.0 ports are often color coded
blue.

USB hubs are not supported. USB add-in cards, even if they formally meet High-speed or
SuperSpeed specifications, are not recommended. They are often architecturally configured as
USB hubs and may lead to intermittent transfer errors that are hard to troubleshoot.

Operating systems installed within virtualization software platforms such as VMware and Parallels
are not supported.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 29

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 DENDRITE™
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

n DENDRITE Dendrite Data Acquisition, Management and

Analysis System with SutterPatch® Software and
Igor Pro license

ACCESSORIES DENDRITE™

PATCH PANEL
n IPA-PCH Patch panel with 8 digital out / 4 aux. in / 2 aux. out
BNC connectors, 19” x 2U rack format, D-Sub
connecting cable, rack mounting hardware

PIPETTE HOLDERS
n EH-P170 Polycarbonate holder 1.0 mm to 1.7 mm O.D.
n EH-P170-S Polycarbonate pipette holder (short shaft) 1.0-1.7 mm O.D.
n EH-Q170 Quartz holder 1.0 mm to 1.7 mm O.D.
While polycarbonate is a proven material for patch pipette holders, it
undergoes significant thermal expansion. Uneven warming may lead
to motion of the pipette tip and is often incorrectly perceived as drift
in the micromanipulator. Quartz has a significantly lower thermal
expansion coefficient and virtually eliminates thermal drift.

ACCESSORIES
n GP-17 Ground point
n GP-W10 Ground wiring kit (10 assorted cables, 5 alligator clips)
n RACK-PK Rack mounting hardware

The Ground Point GP-17 provides reliable, low

resistance connections for a star ground configuration,
the proven method to avoid ground loops in any
electrophysiology setup. Accepts 9 banana plugs
+ 8 bare wires up to 10 gauge or banana plugs.
The GP-17 mounts directly on imperial or metric
air table tops with the included ¼-20 and M6
screws.Made of solid, machined brass with plated
banana/clamp connectors.

NAVEPOINT EQUIPMENT RACKS

n RACK-22U 22U 2-post open frame rack with casters
n RACK-42U 42U 2-post open frame rack with casters
n RACK-CS-8 1 U shelf, 8" (210mm) deep with lip
n RACK-CS-16 2 U shelf 16" (350mm) deep with lip

30 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 31

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 SUTTERPATCH®
DATA ACQUISITION,
MANAGEMENT AND
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

ANALYSIS SOFTWARE

Screen shot of
SutterPatch software

F E AT U R E S S U T T E R PATC H ®

n Support for all Sutter Instrument n Line frequency reduction

amplifier systems, including the
dPatch® Digital Patch Clamp n Paradigms enable process automation
Recording System and eliminate operator bias

n Fully-integrated dynamic clamp n The Data Navigator displays the entire

interface with update rates up to experiment in a tree structure
500 kHz
n Real-time and off-line analysis,
n Scope Window provides intuitive, including mini / synaptic event
efficient navigation through your data detection and action potential
characterization
n Routines control data acquisition
with or without application of
command waveforms

32 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
SutterPatch® software is a full-featured electrophysiology data acquisition, management

AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS
and analysis application for Windows or Mac OS computers, backed by our legendary
free technical support. SutterPatch comes bundled with all Sutter Instrument Patch
Clamp Amplifier Systems. The software controls data acquisition, provides real-time
measurements to aid decision making during the experiment, keeps track of all amplifier
parameters, records the experimental progress and stores a set of up to 600 metadata
parameters. Built within the latest version of Igor Pro by WaveMetrics, Inc., SutterPatch
provides immediate access to Igor’s powerful scientific and engineering analysis tools.
SutterPatch is actively being expanded and developed daily, with the goal of becoming
the standard for electrophysiology around the globe.

Version 2 of SutterPatch software adds support for the new dPatch® Digital Patch
Amplifier System as well as a multitude of new features and user interface improvements
that also apply to the IPA Family of Amplifier Systems. The Membrane Test and Free Run
have been upgraded. New triple slider and 2D-matrix controls facilitate compensation
adjustments in the Amplifier Control Panel.

Particular emphasis was put into intuitive navigation through large data sets. Controls
that are familiar from electrophysiology software or applications in other fields, as
well as entirely new approaches make finding a particular section of an experiment
very easy.

The structured architecture of the data files was designed to retain the context of every
sample within an experiment. With little effort at the beginning of an experiment, a
plethora of metadata parameters are recorded – automatically where possible, configured
by the user where desired. Each parameter can be reviewed before a Paradigm or
Routine is executed.

SutterPatch software comes with a collection of sample Paradigms and Routines that
facilitate the configuring of commonly executed experimental scenarios.

SutterPatch provides real-time analysis capability that creates graphs like I-V curves or
a time course plot while the experiment is in progress. Up to 8 analysis graphs can be
shown, each derived from 16 possible measurements from the input signals. Analyses
include mean, slope, rise time, frequency of threshold crossing, etc. This facilitates
making decisions about the further course of an experiment.

In addition to real-time analysis, SutterPatch supports further processing after the

experiment for the most sophisticated analysis procedures and adds application-specific
capabilities on top of the expansive analysis feature set that is native to Igor Pro.
Equations and Variables facilitate the use of more complex algorithms in both Routines
and Paradigms.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 33

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 FEATURE HIGHLIGHTS

 Scope Window provides intuitive,

efficient navigation through your data
• Zoom control buttons and sliders
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

• Drag along axis to zoom in

• Mouse wheel zoom
• Marquee zoom
• Scroll bars
• Continuous and snapshot autoscale
• Sweep, time course and
concatenated display
• Novel 3D display
• Unique Overview Navigator for
panoramic examination of and
convenient movement within a
data section
• Paradigm Review window gives quick
access to individual Routine Data

 Membrane Test keeps track of cell health

and other quality control parameters
• Waveform types include double
pulses, sine and triangle trains and
instantaneous RMS noise
measurement.
• Simultaneous display of up to two
amplifier or auxiliary input signals
and a command waveform.
• Test pulse parameters fully configurable
• Pulse averaging
• Audio monitor

 Routines control data acquisition with or

without application of command waveforms
• Sample Routine Pool with pre-configured Paradigms for many common
applications
• Hard-wired signals from Sutter Instrument hardware and auxiliary input signals
are recorded
• The command signal as applied to the cell is monitored and recorded
• Analog and digital output signals control peripherals and third-party information
• Up to 50 Segments per Sweep for utmost flexibility in shaping the most complex
command waveforms
• Preconfigured Segment shapes, such as Sine, Square and Chirp, for easy
waveform design
• Waveform Template enables “playback” of a recorded signal to a cell or
applying a mathmatical expression as a waveform
• Measurements provide the basis for real-time analysis and enable decision
making in the course of the experiment

34 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 Paradigms enable process automation
and eliminate operator bias

AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS
• Sample Paradigm Pool with pre-
configured Paradigms for many
common applications
• Configure the amplifier to
reproducible standard settings
• Acquisition of Routine
sequences enables pre-planned
experimentation and minimizes
operator bias
• Flow control for interactive or automated decision-making during the experiment
• Chaining Paradigms provides added flexibility
• Automatic creation of Layouts for standardized documentation

 The Solution Editor lets you keep track of solutions and compounds, and supports
direct control of a solution switcher
• Initial conditions and all solution changes are automatically written to the
MetaData
• Analog or digital outputs control all
common solution switchers

 The Data Navigator displays the entire

experiment in a tree structure
• Preview of the first acquired signal
• Quick access to Paradigm Review,
Reanalysis Scope, Metadata and
Routine information

 Real-time and off-line analyses, including

mini/synaptic event detection and action
potential characterization
• Measurements configured as part
of Routines create real-time graphs
• Virtual signals provide the user with
information derived from physical input signals, mathematical equations, signal
modification, or any combination thereof. High- and low-pass filters, lock-in
amplifier capability and subtraction of a reference sweep are new in version 2.
• Paradigms can access measurements for further real-time analysis
• Equations and variables provide utmost flexibility
• Event detection using a high-performance, deconvolution-based algorithm
• Easily exports data to Microsoft Excel and other spreadsheet programs for
compatibility with existing analysis procedures
• A wealth of native Igor Pro analysis features

 Support for IPA multi-amplifier mode

• A combination of any two IPA® or Double IPA® Amplifiers can be connected
• Up to 16 input channels are supported

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 35

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS S U T T E R PATC H ®

n Computer Hardware
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

For IPA Family Systems:

Minimum Configuration
Windows 7 or later: 64-bit versions, or
Mac OS X 10.11 (El Capitan) or later
Processor: Dual-core i5
Memory: 3 GB
Hard Disk: 500 GB or greater
Display Resolution: 1024 x 768 (XGA)
1 available USB 2.0 High-speed port
Recommended Configuration
Windows 10 or later: 64-bit versions, or
Mac OS X 10.11 (El Capitan) or later
Processor: Dual-core i5
Memory:: 8 GB
Solid-state drive (SSD), 500 GB or greater
Display Resolution: 1920 x 1080 (Full HD)
1 available USB 2.0 High-speed port

For dPatch® Systems:
Minimum Configuration
Windows 10 or later: 64-bit versions, or
Mac OS X 10.11 (El Capitan) or later
Processor: Dual-core i5
Memory: 6 GB
Solid-state Drive (SSD), 500 GB or greater
Display Resolution: 1024 x 768 (XGA)
1 available USB 3.0 SuperSpeed port
(on the main board, not a PCIx card or similar)
Recommended Configuration for Bandwidths
of >50 kHz
Windows 10 or later: 64-bit versions, or
Mac OS X 10.11 (El Capitan) or later
Processor: Dual-core i5
Memory: 16 GB
Solid-state Drive (SSD), 500 GB or greater
Display Resolution: 1920 x 1080 (Full HD)
1 available USB 3.0 SuperSpeed port
(on the main board, not a PCIx card or similar)

36 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S U T T E R PATC H ®
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS
n SUTTERPATCH Data Acquisition Management Included with
System and Analysis Software all Sutter Amplifier
Systems

Notes:

USB 3.0 ports are compatible with USB 2.0 High-speed specifications.

To check for High-speed USB 2.0 or USB 3.0 SuperSpeed on a PC computer running Windows,
look in the Control Panel > Device Manager > Universal Serial Bus controllers section for
“Enhanced” host controllers. As this does not provide any mapping information to the
computer’s physical ports, and there can be a mix of USB port versions, you should check
individual USB ports for USB 2.0/3.0 operational performance. As a visual indicator, USB 3.0
ports are often color blue.

USB hubs are not supported. USB add-in cards, even if they formally meet USB 2.0 or 3.0
specifications, are not recommended. They are often architecturally configured as USB hubs
and may lead to intermittent transfer errors that are hard to troubleshoot.

Operating systems installed within virtualization software platforms such as VMware and
Parallels are not supported.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 37

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 WAVEMETRICS IGOR PRO
TECHNICAL GRAPHING AND DATA ANALYSIS
SOFTWARE FOR SCIENTISTS AND ENGINEERS
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

F E AT U R E S IGOR PRO

n Handles large data sets very quickly n Includes extensive image processing
tools for image filtering, manipulation
n Produces and exports high-resolution, and graphing
journal quality scientific graphs in EPS
and PDF n Imports data in many formats and can
acquire data from hardware devices
n Includes a wide range of capabilities
for scientific and engineering analysis n Uses Unicode to support foreign
and simulation languages and mathematical symbols

n Easily create custom applications n Includes Igor Filter Design Laboratory

using Igor's built-in programming for interactive design of FIR and IIR
environment digital filters

n Extend Igor's programming language n Responsive, user-acclaimed technical

using external code (XOPs) written in C support

38 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
Product Description

AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS
Igor Pro is an interactive software environment for experimentation with scientific and
engineering data and for the production of publication-quality graphs and page layouts.
Igor has been used by tens of thousands of technical professionals since its introduction
in 1989.

Igor Pro combines powerful tools with an easy to use, point and click interface for the
casual user together and a programming environment for the sophisticated user.
Igor Pro’s plugin technology extends the built-in functionality with custom tools for data
acquisition, instrument control and computational tasks.

The latest Igor Pro 9 release contains hundreds of improvements, including built-in
support
for HDF5, 24 new functions and 34 new operations.

Igor Pro is an excellent tool for:

• Graphics Creation - Igor Pro is first and foremost a publication quality scientific and
engineering graphics program, capable of creating visually stunning 3D graphics as
well as 2D graphs
• Data Access - Scientists and engineers encounter many data formats. Igor Pro
provides a variety of import, storage and export capabilities that can handle almost
any requirement.
• Data Storage - Unlike spreadsheet programs, Igor Pro's data objects won't clutter
up your screen. Efficiently organize your data into a hierarchy, just like you would
organize files in a hierarchy of folders on your hard drive!
• Data Manipulation & Math - Igor Pro provides an extensive library of math and
data manipulation routines and Igor's array-oriented arithmetic make complex
operations a snap.
• Image Processing - Igor Pro contains a full set of operations and functions for
scientific image analysis applications.
• Data Analysis - Igor provides many analysis capabilities, including curve fitting,
peak analysis, signal processing and statistics.
• Analysis of Function - Igor includes several operations that work on functions
rather than discrete data points, including: plotting of functions, differential
equations, numerical integration of functions, root finding and optimization.

Programming
Igor Pro includes a powerful and full-featured structured programming language that you
can use for automation of data import, file I/O, analysis, data acquisition, graphing,
drawing, printing, and just about anything you can think of.

Igor´s full-featured symbolic debugger gives you a powerful tool to get your code working
properly by observing it execute one step at a time. You can view multidimensional waves
as images and 1D waves in a regular graph. You can also view waves in a table and values
edited in place.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 39

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 IGOR PRO 9
Single-seat licenses and upgrades are available through Sutter Instrument. For multi-seat,
student, academic and coursework licenses, please contact WaveMetrics Sales by email or
phone: [email protected]; +1 503-620-3001
AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

n IGOR-9 Igor Pro 9 single-seat license

n IGOR-9UP Igor Pro 9 upgrade from version 8; please provide your serial
number with the order
n IGOR-9UP-7 Igor Pro 9 upgrade from version 7 or older; please provide your
serial number with the order

40 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 AMPLIFIER SYSTEMS

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 41

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
MICROMANIPULATION
Sutter began making micromanipulators These are available with the TRIO™ MPC-
in 1985 with the MP-85, a refined version 100 controller. The narrow format MP-865
of the venerable Huxley-style manipulator. is alternatively available with the MPC-200
Seeing the potential of stepper motors, controller when four or more manipulators
Sutter went on to develop the MP-285, are required.
our first stepper-driven micromanipulator.
Both the MP-285 and MP-225 use stepper Multiple motorized manipulators can be
motors with a cable drive design. These controlled with the MPC-100 and MPC-200
have been proven over the last 25 years controllers. The MPC-100 controller is an
to be very reliable in the field. Both are inexpensive, all-in-one controller capable
available with the MPC-200 controller or of operating two of our MP-845 or
their original standalone controllers. MP-865 series manipulators. The MPC-200
controller will control two of our MP-285
More recently, we have developed a new or MP-225 motorized manipulators and
series of manipulators using a lead-screw can be expanded to run four manipulators
drive. The 3-axis MP-845 and narrow off a single ROE-200 input device. These
format MP-865 represent a new family highly flexible solutions allow the user to
of compact and reliable manipulators add components to their system in the
that interface with our proven controllers. future as needed.
These new designs offer a more compact
footprint which creates additional space for
setup and access around your microscope.
The QUAD® adds a motorized 4th axis to
the MP-845 to move the pipette coaxially The 3DMS, 3-Dimensional Motorized
at the desired angle. This choice is perfect Stage, was designed for experiments that
for users that need a true diagonal. The require rapid movement of a chamber
compact ROE and controller-in-one is easy or culture dish to multiple locations in a
to use, has built-in robotic capabilities and compact space. Two axes provide X-Y
a USB port to program more complicated translation and the third axis provides
moves. built-in focusing with sub-micron accuracy.
The 3DMS offers robotic programmability
The TRIO™-235 eliminates the Z-axis in of complex motion sequences when used
favor of an adjustable diagonal. This X-Y-D with the MP-285 controller.
design is preferred by some as it makes
for a very compact setup. Our TRIO-235 A task specific platform for manipulators
controller is capable of synthesizing an is the MT-1000 translation system. When
artificial Z-axis, in much the same way our coupled with Sutter manipulators, the
3-axis manipulators synthesize a diagonal. system forms a slice-patch workstation.
The MT-1000 was born out of a technique
Stages, Stands & Translators now common in slice recording that moves
the optical pathway while keeping the
Mounting options include manipulator slice chamber and recording electrodes
platforms that bolt directly to the frames fixed. The translation system allows the
of the most popular microscopes, and user to move to multiple locations on the
rock-steady, free-standing platforms that tissue at high resolution without disturbing
support the manipulators by clamping recording electrodes. The MT-1000
to the table beside the microscope. Our workstation encompasses: an X-Y translator
MT-70 stand, originally designed for stable designed to move a microscope smoothly
support of the fifteen-pound Huxley and accurately; two MT-75 gantry-type
manipulator, and the MT-75 gantry-style stands for positioning manipulators on
stand, are perfect free-standing columns one or both sides of the microscope;
for our manipulators. We have also and a third gantry stand that becomes
designed the MD series microscope-specific the fixed support for the chamber. The
platforms that bolt directly to the bodies of MT-2000 uses a motorized X-Y translator.
the most popular Olympus, Leica, Nikon, In this design, stepper-motor driven lead-
and Zeiss inverted microscopes. These screws provide smooth movement of the
platforms lend themselves to the low-drift microscope.
recording configuration required when
using Sutter manipulators for positioning Sutter's large motorized platform stages,
patch-electrodes onto attached cells in the MP-78 and MPC-78, are perfect
culture. for multi-site experiments where the
microscope cannot be translated, and
a wide field of view is necessary. The
MT-78-FS large fixed-stage platform
provides the same generous mounting
surface for experiments dependent on
X-Y translation.

Rounding out our company's line of

manipulators is the MM-33 manual
micromanipulator, an economical
micromanipulator of sufficient resolution
and control for impaling xenopus oocytes
and other medium-fine manipulation tasks.
 TRIO™ MPC-165 System
3-AXIS NARROW-FORMAT MANIPULATOR SYSTEM
MICROMANIPULATION

(Shown: MPC-165-2
with optional IPA headstage)

F E AT U R E S T R I O ™ M P C -1 0 0 C O N T R O L L E R

n Controls one or two manipulators n Push button control of multiple

functions - WORK, HOME, LOCK,
n Sub-micron (less than 100 nm)
PULSE and RELATIVE
resolution
n DIP switches on ROE select direction
n User selectable angle from 0 - 90
of movement produced by turn of
degrees via ROE input
ROE knob
n Fast movement with a top speed of
n USB interface for computer control
3 mm/sec (while homing)
n Compact, fanless, user-friendly ROE
controller preserves bench and rack
space

F E AT U R E S MP-865 MECHANICAL

n Mechanically robust construction for n Suited for in vitro and in vivo

high stability electrophysiological recording
n Precision cross-roller bearings n Universal mounting system for
headstage or pipette holder
n Three independent axes - 50 mm travel
in X, 12.5 mm in Y and 25 mm in Z n Optional MT-73 narrow stand with
linear slide and built in rotating base
n Carries up to a kilogram

44 PHONE: 1.888.883.0128 • FAX 1.888.883.0900

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The MPC-165 System consists of the MPC-100 controller and an MP-865 narrow-format
micromanipulator.

Our new MP-865 "narrow format" mechanical is designed specifically for patch-slice
work that require multiple pipettes, as well as for other setups where space is limited.

MICROMANIPULATION
We designed the MP-865 to minimize the width, allowing as many manipulators to be
grouped together as possible. Travel in the Y-axis is shortened (12.5 mm) because radially
oriented manipulators do not require long travel in the traverse axis. Travel in the X-axis
has been increased to 50 mm to facilitate fast and easy pipette exchange. Built with the
same precision cross-roller bearings and lead-screw as the MP-845 design.

The optional narrow-format tower with linear slide, or rotating base, can be added
for mounting the MP-865 mechanical. With the 150 mm throw of the linear slide, the
manipulator can be quickly and smoothly retracted out to a location where there is easy
access to the pipette for replacement. A rotating base can be used for mounting to large
platform stages like the Sutter MT 78, or smaller Sutter MD Series platforms.

The compact design of the TRIO MPC-100 integrated Rotary Optical Encoder (ROE)
controller requires minimal bench space; provides quiet, fan-free operation; and is easy to
use. No rack mounted controller is required. Position coordinates, in relative or absolute
values, are displayed directly on the ROE. The TRIO manipulators use a logarithmic
acceleration algorithm that eliminates the need for speed selection. As the knobs on the
ROE are turned faster, acceleration ramps up. This allows for smooth and intuitive motion
control of electrode position without the need to stop and change speeds or lift your
hand from the knobs. A Y-axis lockout function (accessible by DIP switch) is also available,
allowing X/Z-only axial movement during HOME and WORK repositioning. Each MPC-100
can control up to two MP-865 manipulators

Five conveniently located buttons control all the functions you will need in normal
operation. Press and hold the [WORK] button to quickly store a work position; pressing
[WORK] after this will return the manipulator to the same location. [HOME] sends the
manipulator to a second position, often set for a point furthest from the microscope,
which is useful for rapid pipette exchange. Pressing [SPEED] allows the selection of one of
4 speed ranges. With practice, there is no need to ever change speeds, however, we have
included three low speed ranges for those who work at very high magnification. Holding
[SPEED] for three-seconds will lock the knobs out, to prevent accidental movement.
Display coordinates can toggle between relative and absolute by pressing the [RELATIVE]
button; holding the button down will zero the relative coordinates. Finally, [PULSE]
activates a pulse movement mode that produces small, rapid bursts of motion that can be
advantageous for cell penetration with sharp electrodes. Hold [PULSE] for three-seconds
to set or modify the 4th axis angle between 0 and 90 degrees.

Designed with maximum flexibility in mind,

a DIP switch on the controller changes the
directional movement of the ROE knobs
to accommodate the preference of the
user. The TRIO comes standard with a
universal mounting system suitable for
the most popular headstages or
pipette holders.

PHONE: 1.888.883.0128 • FAX 1.888.883.0900 45

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S T R I O M P C -16 5 S Y S T E M

n Resolution and Minimal microstep size is 46.88 nanometers per microstep

Full Travel Display has single micron resolution
MICROMANIPULATION

Full travel is 50 mm in X, 25 mm in Z and 12.5 mm in Y

n Maximum Speed 3 mm/sec
n Long Term <1.0 micron/4 hr
Stability
n Dimensions Controller (TRIO MPC-100):
6.25 in x 8.0 in x 5.9 in / 15.9 cm x 20.3 cm x 10.2 cm
n Weight Manipulator (MP-865 - alumimum):
3.5 lbs / 1.6 kg
TRIO MPC-100 Controller:
2.3 lbs / 1.04 kg
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

MECHANICAL DRAWINGS OF THE MP-865/M

46 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 T R I O M P C -16 5 S Y S T E M
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
n MPC-1651,2 One TRIO™ MPC-100 controller, one MP-865/M
manipulator mechanical, mounting adapter plate,
rod holder, 4 inch dovetail extension, cables, power
cord and manual.
n MPC-165-21,2 MPC-165 with two MP-865/M mechanicals.

COMPONENTS T R I O M P C -16 5 S Y S T E M

n MP-865/M3 The MP-865 manipulator mechanical alone. Includes

mounting adapter plate, rod holder, 4 inch dovetail
extension, and cable to connect manipulator to controller.

ACCESSORIES T R I O M P C -16 5 S Y S T E M

n MT-734 Narrow format stand with linear slide

n MT-74 Narrow format stand (no linear slide)
n MAG-MT74 Magnetic feet for MT-74 (set of two)
n 265RBI5 Rotating base for MP-865
n M100106 Flat side panel for MPC-200 controller (each)
n MP-RISER-0.56 1/2 inch riser
n MP-RISER-1.06 1 inch riser
n MP-CLIP7 Rod holder (for rod OD 6.25 mm or larger)
n MP-ROD Rod holder (for rod OD 6.25 mm or larger)
n
EHOLDER Micropipette holder – 1.0-1.5 mm glass

1
Indicate right- or left-handed setup when ordering.
2
Order with a translator or moving stage and receive a discount.
3
Indicate right- or left-handed setup when ordering
4
Suitable for upright scopes
5
Useful with Sutter MD stand and large platform stages
such as the MT-87-FS, MP-78 and MPC-78
6
Risers can be combined to achieve desired height
7
Suitable for multi-electrode probes

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 47

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
MICROMANIPULATION

(Shown: Height-adjustable MT-73 stand) (Shown: 265RBI rotating base)

48 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MOUNTING SYSTEMS
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
MT-1004 Systems
Includes the MT-500 manual X-Y translator, MT-150 chamber column, two MT-74
micromanipulator columns (without linear slide)
n MT-1004/Y511 MT-1004 for the Olympus BX51WI
n MT-1004/Y531 MT-1004 for the Olympus BX53/63
n MT-1004/Y711 MT-1004 for the Olympus IX71
n MT-1004/Z251 MT-1004 for the Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS
n MT-1004/Z451 MT-1004 for the Zeiss Axio Examiner
n MT-1004/N651 MT-1004 for the Nikon FN1
n MT-1004/L301 MT-1004 for the Leica DMLFS
n MT-1004/L351 MT-1004 for the Leica DM6000 FS

MT-2004 Systems
Includes the MT-800 motorized X-Y translator, MP-285A controller and ROE, MT-150
chamber column, two MT-74 micromanipulator columns (without linear slide), cables,
and manual
n MT-2004/Y511 MT-2004 for the Olympus BX51WI
n MT-2004/Y51/FD1,2 MT-2004 with focus drive for the
Olympus BX51WI
n MT-2004/Y531 MT-2004 for the Olympus BX53/63
n MT-2004/Z251 MT-2004 for the Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS
n MT-2004/Z451 MT-2004 for the Zeiss Axio Examiner
n MT-2004/N651 MT-2004 for the Nikon FN1
n MT-2004/L301 MT-2004 for the Leica DMLFS
n MT-2004/L351 MT-2004 for the Leica DM6000 FS

MT-2204 Systems
Includes the MT-800 motorized X-Y translator, MPC-200 controller, ROE-200,
MT-150 chamber column, two MT-74 micromanipulator columns (without linear slide),
cables, and manual
n MT-2204/Y511 MT-2204 for the Olympus BX51WI
n MT-2204/Y51/FD1,2 MT-2204 with focus drive for the Olympus BX51WI
n MT-2204/Y531 MT-2204 for the Olympus BX53/63
n MT-2204/Z251 MT-2204 for the Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS
n MT-2204/Z451 MT-2204 for the Zeiss Axio Examiner
n MT-2204/N651 MT-2204 for the Nikon FN1
n MT-2204/L301 MT-2204 for the Leica DMLFS
n MT-2204/L351 MT-2204 for the Leica DM6000 FS

1
Please specify chamber type when ordering.
2
Please contact Sutter for availability of focus drive on
other microscope makes & models

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 49

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
MICROMANIPULATION

(Shown: MPC-365 with optional MT-73 stand and dPatch® headstage)

(Shown: MT-1004 system}

50 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MICROMANIPULATION

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 51

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 TRIO™ MPC-145 System
3-AXIS 0-90 DIAGONAL
MICROMANIPULATOR SYSTEM
MICROMANIPULATION

(Shown: TRIO MPC-145-2 with optional dPatch® headstage)

F E AT U R E S T R I O ™ M P C -1 0 0 C O N T R O L L E R

n Controls one or two manipulators n Push button control of multiple

functions – WORK, HOME, LOCK,
n Sub-micron (less than 100 nm) PULSE, RELATIVE, SPEED & ANGLE
resolution
n DIP switches on ROE select direction
n User selectable angle from 0 - 90 of movement produced by turn of
degrees via ROE input ROE knob
n Fast movement with a top speed of n USB interface for computer control
3 mm/sec (while homing)
n Compact, fanless, user-friendly,
ROE controller preserves bench and
rack space

F E AT U R E S MP-845 MECHANICAL

n Now also available in thermally stable n Carries up to a kilogram

stainless steel
n Suited for in vivo and in vitro
n Mechanically robust construction for electrophysiological recording
high stability
n Universal mounting system for
n Precision cross-roller bearings headstage or pipette holder
n Three independent axes – 25 mm
orthogonal travel in X, Y and Z

52 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The MPC-145 System consists of the MPC-100 controller and an MP-845
micromanipulator.

The new MP-845 micromanipulator features construction based on the lead screw
design of the TRIO-245, but with the addition of precision cross-roller bearings for

MICROMANIPULATION
even tighter tolerances. A 25 pin connector insures future compatibility with our other
controllers. Available in aluminum or stainless steel (see Stainless MP-845 tab above)
the MP-845 is a highly stable 3-axis manipulator with 25 mm of travel on each axis.
The TRIO MPC-100 controller gives the MP-845 a synthetic 4th axis that can be set in
software to any angle between 0 and 90 degrees for diagonal movement. Based on a
lead-screw design with a smaller overall size and footprint than most manipulators, the
MP-845 is ideal for applications that require 2 pipettes in one setup or for setups where
space is limited.

The compact design of the integrated Rotary Optical Encoder (ROE) controller requires
minimal bench space; provides quiet, fan-free operation; and is easy to use. No rack
mounted controller is required. Position coordinates, in relative or absolute values,
are displayed directly on the ROE. The TRIO MPC-100 uses a logarithmic acceleration
algorithm that eliminates the need for speed selection. As the knobs on the ROE are
turned faster, acceleration ramps up. This allows for smooth and intuitive motion
control of electrode position without the need to stop and change speeds or lift your
hand from the controller. When not moving, the motors are powered down, reducing
electrical noise in the system to unmeasurable levels which keeps the motors cool to
eliminate thermal drift.

Five conveniently located buttons control all the functions you will need in normal
operation. Press and hold the [WORK] button to quickly store a work position; pressing
[WORK] after this will return the manipulator to the same location. [HOME] sends the
manipulator to a second position, often set for a point furthest from the microscope,
which is useful for rapid pipette exchange. Pressing [SPEED] allows the selection of one
of 4 speed ranges. With practice, there is no need to ever change speeds, however, we
have included three low speed ranges for those who work at very high magnification.
Holding [SPEED] for three-seconds will lock the knobs out, to prevent accidental
movement. Display coordinates can toggle between relative and absolute by pressing
the [RELATIVE] button; holding the button down will zero the relative coordinates.
Finally, [PULSE] activates a pulse movement mode that produces small, rapid bursts
of motion that can be advantageous for cell penetration with sharp electrodes. Hold
[PULSE] for three-seconds to set or modify the 4th axis angle between 0 and 90
degrees.

Designed with maximum flexibility in mind, a DIP switch on the controller changes the
directional movement of the ROE knobs to accommodate the preference of the user. A
Y-axis lockout function (accessible by DIP switch) is also available, allowing X/Z-only axial
movement during HOME and WORK repositioning. The TRIO comes standard with a
universal mounting system suitable for the most popular headstages or pipette holders.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 53

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 The MP-845 manipulator is now also available in stainless steel! The standard version of
the MP-845 has virtually no drift in its motor and bearing assemblies. The last remaining
hurdle is that of thermal drift caused by the expansion
and contraction of the aluminum body of the
MICROMANIPULATION

manipulator. By utilizing a stainless steel with very

low coefficient of expansion, the MP-845S is simply
the lowest drift manipulator available on the market.
The added mass of the stainless steel body has the
additional benefit of dampening out vibration,
giving the stainless steel MP-845S the silkiest
movement of any manipulator.

Because low expansion stainless steels do have some

ferric content, the stainless MP-845S is PVD coated
in titanium nitride, giving it its distinctive gold color.
This coating will ensure that the stainless TRIO will
resist corrosion caused by exposure to salt solutions
in a lab environment.
(TRIO MP-845S)

S P EC I F I C AT I O N S T R I O ™ M P C -14 5 S Y S T E M

n Travel MP-845/MP-845S: 25 mm on X, Y and Z axes

n Long Term Stability Aluminum
<1.0 micron in 4 hours
Stainless Steel
<0.5 micron in 24 hours
n Control Box TRIO MPC-100:
Dimensions 6.25 in x 8 in x 5.9 in (15.9 cm x 20.3 cm x 10.2 cm)
n Weight MP-845 Manipulator (aluminum):
3.5 lbs (1.6 kg)
MP-845 Manipulator (Stainless Steel):
7.7 lbs (3.5 kg)
TRIO MPC-100 Controller:
2.3 lbs (1.04 kg)
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

54 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 T R I O ™ M P C -14 5 S Y S T E M S
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
ALUMINUM
n MPC-145 One TRIO MPC-100 controller, one MP-845
manipulator mechanical, mounting adapter plate,
rod holder, hinged headstage mount, 4 inch
dovetail extension, manipulator connecting cables,
power cord and manual (please specify right-
or left-handed)
n MPC-145-2 TRIO MPC-145 with two MP-845 manipulator
mechanicals (please specify right- or left-handed)
STAINLESS STEEL
n MPC-145S One MP-845S manipulator mechanical in stainless
steel, one TRIO MPC-100 controller, mounting
adapter plate, rod holder, hinged headstage mount,
4 inch dovetail extension, manipulator connecting
cables, power cord and manual (please specify
right- or left-handed)
n MPC-145S-2 TRIO MPC-145 with two stainless steel MP-845S
mechanicals (please specify right- or left-handed)
FIXED STAGE PLATFORM
n MT-78-FS Fixed platform stage with imperial/standard
holes, chamber insert and gantry supports
n MT-78-FS/M6 Same as above with M6 tapped holes
MANIPULATOR COLUMNS
n MT-75 Standard gantry stand 8.7 to 13.4 in (22.1 to 33.9 cm)
n MT-75S Short gantry stand 6.7 to 9.6 in (16.9 to 24.4 cm)
n MT-75T Tall gantry stand 10.7 to 15.4 in (27.1 to 39.1 cm)
n MT-75XT Extra tall gantry stand 14.7 to 18.5 in (37.4 to 47 cm)

For detailed information on mounting our micromanipulators, refer to the Mounting Systems
section or phone for assistance.

COMPONENTS T R I O ™ M P C -14 5 S Y S T E M S

For those customers wishing to add a second manipulator

n MP-845-M MP-845 manipulator mechanical alone -

Includes mounting adapter plate, rod holder,
4" dovetail extension, hinged headstage mount
and cable to connect manipulator to controller.
n MP-845-S-M MP-845 stainless steel manipulator mechanical
alone - Includes mounting adapter plate,
rod holder, 4 inch dovetail extension, hinged
headstage mount and cable to connect
manipulator to controller.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 55

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 ACCESSORIES T R I O ™ M P C -1 0 0 / M P C -1 4 5

n 285204 4 inch dovetail extension

n 2652101 Mounting adapter plate
MICROMANIPULATION

n 225RBI Rotating base for TRIO

n 221165 Z-axis vertical extension
n BR-AW Rod clamp for XenoWorks® injectors
(for rod OD 2 to 4 mm)
n BR-AW-L Long rod clamp for XenoWorks injectors
(for rod OD 2 to 4 mm)
n MP-RISER-0.52 1/2 inch riser
n MP-RISER-1.02 1 inch riser
n MP-CLIP3 Rod holder (for rod OD 1 to 4 mm)
n MP-ROD Rod holder (for rod OD 6.25 mm or larger)
n EHOLDER Micropipette holder – 1.0-1.5 mm glass

1
For use with MT and MD series stands and platforms, or any surface
with 1 inch or 25 mm centered holes
2
Risers can be combined to achieve desired height.
3
Suitable for multi-electrode probes.

(Shown: 1078-TRIO with optional Sutter IPA® headstages)

56 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 TRIO™ BUNDLED SYSTEMS
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
MICROSCOPE MODELS - Use this scope suffix when ordering
Z25 Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS Y51 Olympus BX51WI
Z45 Zeiss Axio Examiner Y53 Olympus BX53/63
N65 Nikon FN1
L30 Leica DM LFS
L35 Leica DM6000 FS, DM6 FS

BUNDLED SYSTEMS

SAN FRANCISCO
MANUAL – MT-1000 with manual X-Y translator, micromanipulators
Includes 2 motorized TRIO micromanipulators, one MPC-100 controller, one MT-500
manual X-Y translator, one MT-150 chamber column, two micromanipulator
stands (without linear slide)
n 1000-TRIO-(scope suffix) With TRIO MPC-145-2
n 1000-TRIO-S-(scope suffix) With TRIO MPC-145S-2 stainless steel
MOTORIZED - MT-2800 with motorized X-Y translator, micromanipulators
Includes TRIO MPC-145-2 system with 2 motorized micromanipulators, the MT-800
motorized X-Y translator, BOB controller, one MT-150 chamber column, two
micromanipulator stands (without linear slide)
n 2800-TRIO-(scope suffix) With TRIO MPC-145-2
n 2800-TRIO-S-(scope suffix) With TRIO MPC-145S-2 stainless steel

ALCATRAZ
MANUAL – MT-1078 with manual X-Y translator, micromanipulators
Includes motorized TRIO micromanipulators, one MPC-100 controller, the MT-500
manual X-Y translator, one MT-78-FS fixed stage platform and insert
n 1078-TRIO-(scope suffix)1 With TRIO MPC-145-2
n 1078-TRIO-S-(scope suffix)1 With TRIO MPC-145S-2 stainless steel
MOTORIZED - MT-2878 with motorized X-Y translator, micromanipulators
Includes TRIO MPC-145-2 system with 2 motorized micromanipulators, the MT-800
motorized X-Y translator, BOB controller, one MT-78-FS fixed stage platform
and insert
n 2878-TRIO-(scope suffix)1 With TRIO MPC-145-2
n 2878-TRIO-S-(scope suffix)1 With TRIO MPC-145S-2 stainless steel

1
Specify insert type when ordering

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 57

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 TRIO™-245
3-AXIS DIAGONAL
MICROMANIPULATOR SYSTEM
MICROMANIPULATION

(TRIO-245 shown with Sutter IPA®

headstage (not included))

F E AT U R E S T R I O™- 2 4 5

n Three independent axes – 25 mm n Carries up to a kilogram

orthogonal travel in X, Y and Z
n Push button control of multiple
n Software-based Diagonal axis in any functions – WORK, HOME, LOCK,
user selectable angle (0 - 90 degrees) PULSE, RELATIVE, SPEED & ANGLE

n Sub-micron (less than 100 nm) n Suited for in vivo and in vitro
resolution electrophysiological recording

n Fast movement with a top speed of n Universal mounting system for

3 mm/sec (while homing) headstage or pipette holder

n Mechanically robust construction for n DIP switches on ROE select direction

high stability of movement produced by turn of
ROE knob
n Compact, fanless, user-friendly,
ROE controller preserves bench and n USB interface for computer control
rack space

58 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The TRIO™-245 from Sutter Instrument is a highly stable 3-axis manipulator with 25 mm
of travel on each axis. The TRIO's synthetic 4th axis can be set in software as any angle
between 0 and 90 degrees for diagonal movement. Based on a lead-screw design with
a smaller overall size and footprint than most manipulators, the TRIO-245 is ideal for

MICROMANIPULATION
setups where space is limited.

The TRIO-245 controller employs a combination of state-of-the-art software and

mechanical design that eliminates the need for the motor to remain powered on
during recording, thus eliminating the heating effects of the motors and giving us
the electrically quietest manipulators in the industry. This stability ensures that Sutter
manipulators will not drift in the middle of experiements.

The compact design of the integrated Rotary Optical Encoder (ROE) controller requires
minimal bench space; provides quiet, fan-free operation; and is easy to use. No rack
mounted controller is required. Position coordinates, in relative or absolute values, are
displayed directly on the ROE. The TRIO manipulators use a logarithmic acceleration
algorithm that eliminates the need for speed selection. As the knobs on the ROE are
turned faster, acceleration ramps up. This allows for smooth and intuitive motion control
of electrode position without the need to stop and change speeds or lift your hand
from the knobs. A Y-axis lockout function (accessible by DIP switch) is also available,
allowing X/Z-only axial movement during HOME and WORK repositioning.

Five conveniently located buttons control all the functions you will need in normal
operation. Press and hold the WORK button to quickly store a work position; pressing
WORK after this will return the manipulator to the same location. HOME sends the
manipulator to a second position, often set for a point furthest from the microscope,
which is useful for rapid pipette exchange. Pressing SPEED allows the selection of one
of 4 speed ranges. With practice, there is no need to ever change speeds, however, we
have included three low speed ranges for those who work at very high magnification.
Holding SPEED for three seconds will lock the knobs out, to prevent accidental
movement. Display coordinates can toggle between relative and absolute by pressing
the RELATIVE button; holding the button down will zero the relative coordinates.
Finally, PULSE activates a pulse movement mode that produces small, rapid bursts of
motion that can be advantageous for cell penetration with sharp electrodes. Hold
PULSE for three seconds to set or modify the 4th axis angle between 0 and 90 degrees.

Designed with maximum flexibility in mind, a DIP switch on the controller changes
the directional movement of the ROE knobs to accommodate the preference of the
user. The TRIO comes standard with a universal mounting system suitable for the most
popular headstages or pipette holders.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 59

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S T R I O™- 2 4 5

n Travel 25 mm on X, Y and Z axes

MICROMANIPULATION

n Long Term Stability <1 micron in 2 hours

n Control Box 5.5 in x 7.5 in x 4 in (14 cm x 19 cm x 10.2 cm)
Dimensions
n Weight 3.5 lbs (1.6 kg)
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

60 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 T R I O ™- 2 4 5
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
TRIO™-245 BASIC SYSTEM
Basic systems include the manipulator, controller, rod holder,
4 inch dovetail extension, mounting adapter plate, Z-axis vertical

extension, cables, and power supply
n TRIO-245-L 3-axis manipulator (X,Y and Z) – left-handed setup
n TRIO-245-R 3-axis manipulator (X,Y and Z) – right-handed setup

FIXED STAGE PLATFORM

n MT-78-FS Fixed platform stage with imperial/standard
holes, chamber insert and gantry supports
n MT-78-FS/M6 Same as above with M6 tapped holes

MANIPULATOR COLUMNS
n MT-75 Standard gantry stand 8.7 to 13.4 in (22.1 to 33.9 cm)
n MT-75S Short gantry stand 6.7 to 9.6 in (16.9 to 24.4 cm)
n MT-75T Tall gantry stand 10.7 to 15.4 in (27.1 to 39.1 cm)
n MT-75XT Extra tall gantry stand 14.7 to 18.5 in (37.4 to 47 cm)

For detailed information on mounting our micromanipulators, refer to the Mounting
Systems section or phone for assistance.

ACCESSORIES T R I O™- 2 4 5

n 285204 4 inch dovetail extension

n 2852101 Mounting adapter plate
n 225RBI Rotating base for TRIO
n 221165 Z-axis vertical extension
n BR-AW Rod clamp for XenoWorks® injectors
(for rod OD 2 to 4 mm)
n BR-AW-L Long rod clamp for XenoWorks injectors
(for rod OD 2 to 4 mm)
n MP-CLIP2 Rod holder (for rod OD 1 to 4 mm)
n MP-ROD Rod holder (for rod OD 6.25 mm or larger)
n MP-RISER-0.53 1/2 inch riser
n MP-RISER-1.03 1 inch riser
n EHOLDER Micropipette holder – 1.0-1.5 mm glass

1
For use with MT and MD series stands and platforms,
or any surface with 1 inch or 25 mm centered holes
2
Suitable for multi-electrode probes.
3
Risers can be combined to achieve desired height.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 61

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MPC-385 SYSTEM
MP-285 BASED
MULTI-MICROMANIPULATOR SYSTEMS
MICROMANIPULATION

(Shown: MPC-385-2)

F E AT U R E S MPC-385 SYSTEM

n Quietest electronics in the industry. n Robotic HOME and WORK Position

Optimized for single channel recording. moves for easy automated pipette
exchange
n Single controller and ROE will run two
stepper motor drive manipulators n Faster robotic moves than previous
versions
n Self-detecting, daisy-chain capability
allows control of four manipulators n Definable 4th axis for coaxial pipette
from one ROE-200 movement, angle selected by DIP
switches
n User-friendly interface: single button
access to all major functions n Simple USB interface
n Easily configurable virtual 4th axis set n Toggle switch selects which
without external computer manipulator is connected to input
device
n Accelerated Mode for fast,
manual manipulator movement n LED and display indicate active
manipulator
n Easy toggle selection of Mode (speed/
resolution, pulsed diagonal, n Ultra-low drift, ultra-smooth
Accelerated Mode) movement
n Display indicates X, Y, Z coordinates, n Low-drift mechanical stability
Mode, active manipulator

62 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
Neurobiological experiments are becoming more complex. Many require multiple

MICROMANIPULATION
manipulators with control units that quickly become space and/or cost prohibitive.
The MPC-200 is the solution you have been asking for. A single controller capable
of running 2 manipulators! Sutter Instrument has taken the simplicity of the
MP-225 controller and expanded it to run two manipulators from a single
controller/ROE. The MPC-200 works with our world-renowned mechanicals,
the MP-285 (MPC-385), MP-225 (MPC-325) or narrow format MP-865 (MPC-365).

If two manipulators aren’t enough, a second controller can be daisy-chained to

allow the single ROE-200 to move up to four manipulators. Thus the system can
be easily expanded to control highly sophisticated experiments.

The Sutter MPC-200 is electrically quiet. Unique to the MPC-200 is our multi-unit
controller which employs linear output circuitry to minimize electrical noise. Sutter
adds additional manipulators to the same controller without requiring potentially
noisy chopper drives.

In all of our manipulators, the 4th axis can be set up and changed without the
need to connect an external computer and download and configure software.
A separate configuration is allowed for each output on this manipulator controller.
If desired, each manipulator can approach the preparation at a different angle from
the horizontal. The 4th axis can be configured between the X and Z axes or the
Y and Z axes (useful when manipulator is rotated 90 degrees relative to the
preparation).

Faster automated pipette exchange

The MPC-200 has faster “Home” and “Work Position” moves for quicker pipette
exchange. Automation is set up and run via the same interface used in the MP-225
controller; however, the speeds of the automated movement are much faster.

Accelerated manual mode

For users who prefer manual pipette exchange we have added “Accelerated Mode”
to the ROE. Using Accelerated Mode, the user can make quick manual moves in
and out of a setup. Accelerated Mode amplifies the speed attainable in a manual
move by smoothly accelerating to the maximum speed during sustained, fast turns
of the ROE. Accelerated movement ends as soon as the user stops turning the
knob. This mode can be fully disabled for those who feel the need for direct
control of the pipette.

MP-285 MICROMANIPULATOR
One of the first in our line of precision motorized micromanipulators, the MP-285
mechanical offers advanced features found in manipulators costing thousands
more. Custom engineered stepping motors, precision cross-roller bearing slides and

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 63

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 proprietary worm gear capstan drives form the basis of the watch-like mechanical
system. Pipette holders and headstages are securely mounted to the MP-285 with
one of our several unique and rigid mounting systems.
MICROMANIPULATION

The extremely low backlash of the MP-285 removes traditional drawbacks of “open
loop” technology and eliminates drift. This allows submicron resolution down to
0.2 microns in the coarse range and down to 63 nanometers in the fine range. With
over 1 inch of motorized travel on all three axes, and a user designated 4th axis, the
MP-285 allows tremendous range of motion while maximizing resolution.

Additional components can be added at any time, allowing the user to develop a
system tailored to his or her particular needs. The controller is self-detecting so there
is no need for manual configuration of the components.

64 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S MPC-385 SYSTEM

n Resolution and Minimal microstep size is 62.5

MICROMANIPULATION
Full Travel nanometers per microstep.
Display has single micron resolution.
Full travel is 25 mm in each axis.
n Maximum Speed MP-285 mechanical
5 mm/sec.
n Long Term Stability <1.0 micron in 4 hours

DIMENSIONS
n Controller 15.75 in x 10.75 in x 3.5 in
40 cm x 27.3 cm x 9 cm
n ROE 10 in x 6 in x 4 in
25.4 cm x 15.2 cm x 10.2 cm
WEIGHT
n Controller 6.5 lbs
3 kg
n ROE 3.5 lbs
1.6 kg
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 65

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MPC-385 SYSTEM
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
MICROMANIPULATION

n MPC-3851 One MP-285 manipulator mechanical, one

MPC-200 controller and one ROE-200. Also
includes mounting adapter plate, rod holder,
hinged headstage mount, 4 inch dovetail
extension, manipulator and ROE connecting
cables, power cord and manual.
n MPC-385-21 MPC-385 with two MP-285 mechanicals.
n MPC-385-31 MPC-385 with three MP-285 mechanicals,
and two MPC-200 controllers.
n MPC-385-41 MPC-385 with four MP-285 mechanicals,
and two MPC-200 controllers.

1
Indicate right- or left-handed set-up when ordering

66 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MPC-385 SYSTEM COMPONENTS
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
n MPC-200-ROE Consists of the MPC-200 controller and ROE-200.
This “system” is made available at a special price
for those who wish to use previously purchased
Sutter manipulators with the newer controller
system or to use the MPC-200-ROE to control
other devices. Includes cable to connect ROE
to controller, power cord and manual.
n MPC-200 Controller box alone. Purchase this if you intend to
daisy-chain two controllers to one ROE-200. In this
configuration, up to 4 manipulators can be
controlled by a single ROE-200.
NOTE:
This is not a standalone device. In order to
function, the MPC-200 must be connected to a
second MPC-200 with ROE-200 attached or be
connected to its own ROE-200. Includes daisy-chain
cable, power cord and manual.
n ROE-200 This is the ROE alone. Provides user input to one or
more MPC-200 controllers. This component is
intended for users who have an existing
four-manipulator MPC-200 system with a single
ROE-200 and wish to split it into two independent
two-manipulator systems. Includes cable to connect
ROE to controller.
n MP-285/M1 MP-285 manipulator mechanical alone - Includes mounting
adapter plate, rod holder, 4" dovetail extension, hinged
headstage mount and cable to connect manipulator to controller.

1
Indicate right- or left-handed set up when ordering

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 67

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MPC-385 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
MICROMANIPULATION

n 285204 4 inch dovetail extension

n 285210 1
Mounting adapter plate
n 285RBI Rotating base for MP-285
n 285300
Right angle adapter
n 285305
Z-axis vertical extension
n 285310
Z-axis horizontal extension
n 285HEA
Hinged headstage mount
n M100106 Flat side for controller (each)
n BR-AW Rod clamp for XenoWorks® injectors
(for rod OD 2 mm to 4 mm)
n BR-AW-L Long rod clamp for XenoWorks injectors
(for rod OD 2 to 4 mm)
n MP-CLIP2 Rod holder (for rod OD 1 to 4.5 mm)
n MP-ROD Rod holder (for rod OD 6.25 mm or larger)
n EHOLDER Micropipette holder – 1.0-1.5 mm glass

For detailed information on mounting our micromanipulators, refer to the
Mounting Systems section or phone Sutter for assistance.

1
For use with MT and MD series stands and platforms, or any surface with
1 inch or 25 mm centered holes.
2
Suitable for multi-electrode probes.

68 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MICROMANIPULATION

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 69

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MPC-365 SYSTEM
NARROW-FORMAT MP-865 BASED
MULTI-MICROMANIPULATOR SYSTEMS
MICROMANIPULATION

(MT-73 stand and dPatch® headstage not included)

F E AT U R E S MPC-365 SYSTEM

n Quietest electronics in the industry. n Robotic HOME and WORK Position

Optimized for single channel recording. moves for easy automated pipette
exchange
n Single controller and ROE will run two
stepper motor drive manipulators n Faster robotic moves than previous
versions
n Self-detecting, daisy-chain capability
allows control of four manipulators n Definable 4th axis for coaxial pipette
from one ROE-200 movement, angle selected by DIP
switches
n User-friendly interface: single button
access to all major functions n Simple USB interface
n Easily configurable virtual 4th axis set n Toggle switch selects which
without external computer manipulator is connected to input
device
n Accelerated Mode for fast,
manual manipulator movement n LED and display indicate active
manipulator
n Easy toggle selection of Mode (speed/
resolution, pulsed diagonal, n Ultra-low drift, ultra-smooth
Accelerated Mode) movement
n Display indicates X, Y, Z coordinates, n Low-drift mechanical stability
Mode, active manipulator

70 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
Neurobiological experiments are becoming more complex. Many require multiple
manipulators with control units that quickly become space and/or cost prohibitive.

MICROMANIPULATION
The MPC-200 is the solution you have been asking for. A single controller capable
of running 2 manipulators! Sutter Instrument has taken the simplicity of the
MP-225 controller and expanded it to run two manipulators from a single
controller/ROE. The MPC-200 works with our world-renowned mechanicals,
the MP-285 (MPC-385), MP-225 (MPC-325) or narrow format MP-865 (MPC-365).

If two manipulators aren’t enough, a second controller can be daisy-chained to

allow the single ROE-200 to move up to four manipulators. Thus the system can
be easily expanded to control highly sophisticated experiments.

The Sutter MPC-200 is electrically quiet. Unique to the MPC-200 is our multi-unit
controller which employs linear output circuitry to minimize electrical noise. Sutter
adds additional manipulators to the same controller without requiring potentially
noisy chopper drives.

In all of our manipulators, the 4th axis can be set up and changed without the
need to connect an external computer and download and configure software.
A separate configuration is allowed for each output on this manipulator controller.
If desired, each manipulator can approach the preparation at a different angle from
the horizontal. The 4th axis can be configured between the X and Z axes or the
Y and Z axes (useful when manipulator is rotated 90 degrees relative to the
preparation).

Faster automated pipette exchange

The MPC-200 has faster “Home” and “Work Position” moves for quicker pipette
exchange. Automation is set up and run via the same interface used in the MP-225
controller; however, the speeds of the automated movement are much faster.

Accelerated manual mode

For users who prefer manual pipette exchange we have added “Accelerated Mode”
to the ROE. Using Accelerated Mode, the user can make quick manual moves in
and out of a setup. Accelerated Mode amplifies the speed attainable in a manual
move by smoothly accelerating to the maximum speed during sustained, fast turns
of the ROE. Accelerated movement ends as soon as the user stops turning the
knob. This mode can be fully disabled for those who feel the need for direct
control of the pipette.

MP-865 MICROMANIPULATOR
Our new MP-865 "narrow format" mechanical is designed specifically for patch-
slice work that require more than 2 or 3 pipettes, as well as for other setups where
space is limited. We designed the MP-865 to minimize the width, allowing as many

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 71

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 manipulators to be grouped together as possible. Travel in the Y-axis is shortened
(12.5 mm) because radially oriented manipulators do not require long travel in the
traverse axis. Travel in the X-axis has been increased to 50 mm to facilitate fast and
easy pipette exchange.
MICROMANIPULATION

The optional narrow-format stand and linear slide or rotating base is available for
mounting the MP-865 mechanical. With the 150 mm throw of the linear slide, the
manipulator can be quickly and smoothly retracted out to a location where there is
easy access to the pipette for replacement. A rotating base can be used for mounting
to large platform stages like the Sutter MT-78, or smaller Sutter MD Series platforms.

Additional components can be added at any time, allowing the user to develop a
system tailored to his or her particular needs. The controller is self-detecting so there
is no need for manual configuration of the components.

F E AT U R E S MP-365 MECHANICAL

n Mechanically robust construction for n Suited for in vitro and in vivo

high stability electrophysiological recording
n Precision cross-roller bearings n Universal mounting system for
headstage or pipette holder
n Three independent axes - 50 mm travel
in X, 12.5 mm in Y and 25 mm in Z n Optional MT-73 narrow stand with
linear slide and built in rotating base
n Carries up to a kilogram

72 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S MPC-365 SYSTEM

n Resolution and Minimal microstep size is 46.88

MICROMANIPULATION
Full Travel nanometers per microstep
Display has single micron resolution
Full travel is 50 mm in X, 25 mm in Z
and 12.5 mm in Y
n Maximum Speed MP-265 mechanical
3 mm/sec.
n Long Term Stability <1.0 micron in 4 hours

DIMENSIONS
n MPC-200 Controller 15.75 in x 10.75 in x 3.5 in
40 cm x 27.3 cm x 9 cm
n ROE-200 10 in x 6 in x 4 in
25.4 cm x 15.2 cm x 10.2 cm
WEIGHT
n MP-865 (aluminum) 3.5 lbs
1.6 kg
n MPC-200 Controller 6.5 lbs
3 kg
n ROE-200 3.5 lbs
1.6 kg
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 73

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MPC-365 SYSTEM
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
MICROMANIPULATION

n MPC-3651 One MP-865 manipulator mechanical, one

MPC-200 controller and one ROE-200. Also
includes mounting adapter plate, rod holder,
hinged headstage mount, 4 inch dovetail
extension, manipulator and ROE connecting
cables, power cord and manual
n MPC-365-21 ROE-200 with MPC-200 and (2) MP-865 mechanicals
n MPC-365-31 ROE-200 with (2) MPC-200 controllers and
(3) MP-865 mechanicals
n MPC-365-41 ROE-200 with (2) MPC-200 controllers and
(4) MP-865 mechanicals
n MPC-365-51 ROE-200 with (2) MPC-200 controllers and
(5) MP-865 mechanicals
n MPC-365-61 ROE-200 with (2) MPC-200 controllers and
(6) MP-865 mechanicals

1
Indicate right- or left-handed set-up when ordering

74 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MPC-365 SYSTEM COMPONENTS
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
n MPC-200 Controller box alone. Purchase this if you intend to
daisy-chain two controllers to one ROE-200. In this
configuration, up to 4 manipulators can be
controlled by a single ROE-200.
NOTE:
This is not a standalone device. In order to
function, the MPC-200 must be connected to a
second MPC-200 with ROE-200 attached or be
connected to its own ROE-200. Includes daisy-chain
cable, power cord and manual.
n ROE-200 This is the ROE alone. Provides user input to one or
more MPC-200 controllers. This component is
intended for users who have an existing
four-manipulator MPC-200 system with a single
ROE-200 and wish to split it into two independent
two-manipulator systems. Includes cable to connect
ROE to controller.
1
n MP-865/M MP-285 manipulator mechanical alone. Includes mounting
adapter plate, rod holder, 4 inch dovetail extension, and
cable to connect manipulator to controller.

1
Indicate right- or left-handed set up when ordering

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 75

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MPC-365 SYSTEM ACCESSORIES
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
MICROMANIPULATION

n MT-731
Narrow-format stand with linear slide
n MT-74
Narrow-format stand (no linear slide)
n MAG-MT74 Magnetic feet for MT-74 (set of two)
n 265RBI2
Rotating base
n M100106 Flat side panel for MPC-200 controller (each)
n MP-RISER-0.53 1/2 inch riser
n MP-RISER-1.03 1 inch riser
n MP-CLIP4 Rod holder (for rod OD 1 to 4.5 mm)
n MP-ROD Rod holder (for rod OD 6.25 mm or larger)
n EHOLDER Micropipette holder – 1.0-1.5 mm glass

For detailed information on mounting our micromanipulators, refer to the
Mounting Systems section or phone Sutter for assistance.

1
Suitable for upright microscopes.
2
Useful with Sutter MD stand and large platform stages such as
the MT-78-FS, MP-78 and MPC-78.
3
Risers can be combined to achieve desired height.
4
Suitable for multi-electrode probes.

76 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MICROMANIPULATION

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 77

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MPC-325
MP-225 BASED
MULTI-MICROMANIPULATOR SYSTEMS
MICROMANIPULATION

F E AT U R E S MPC-325

n Quietest electronics in the industry. n Robotic HOME and WORK Position

Optimized for single channel recording. moves for easy automated pipette
exchange
n Single controller and ROE will run two
stepper motor drive manipulators n Faster robotic moves than previous
versions
n Self-detecting, daisy-chain capability
allows control of four manipulators n Definable 4th axis for coaxial pipette
from one ROE-200 movement, angle selected by DIP
switches
n User-friendly interface: single button
access to all major functions n Simple USB interface
n Easily configurable virtual 4th axis set n Toggle switch selects which
without external computer manipulator is connected to input
device
n Accelerated Mode for fast,
manual manipulator movement n LED and display indicate active
manipulator
n Easy toggle selection of Mode (speed/
resolution, pulsed diagonal, n Ultra-low drift, ultra-smooth
Accelerated Mode) movement
n Display indicates X, Y, Z coordinates, n Low-drift mechanical stability
Mode, active manipulator

78 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The MPC-325 System consists of the MPC-200 controller and one to four MP-225
micromanipulators.

MPC-200 Controller and ROE

MICROMANIPULATION
Neurobiological experiments are becoming more complex. Many require multiple
manipulators with control units that quickly become space and/or cost prohibitive.
The MPC-200 is the solution you have been asking for. A single controller capable
of running 2 manipulators! Sutter Instrument has taken the simplicity of the
MP-225 controller and expanded it to run two manipulators from a single
controller/ROE. The MPC-200 works with our world-renowned mechanicals,
the MP-285 (MPC-385), MP-225 (MPC-325) or narrow format MP-865 (MPC-365).
If two manipulators aren’t enough, a second controller can be daisy-chained to
allow the single ROE-200 to move up to four manipulators. Thus the system can
be easily expanded to control highly sophisticated experiments.
The Sutter MPC-200 is electrically quiet. Unique to the MPC-200 is our multi-unit
controller which employs linear output circuitry to minimize electrical noise. Sutter
adds additional manipulators to the same controller without requiring potentially
noisy chopper drives.
In all of our manipulators, the 4th axis can be set up and changed without the
need to connect an external computer and download and configure software.
A separate configuration is allowed for each output on this manipulator controller.
If desired, each manipulator can approach the preparation at a different angle from
the horizontal. The 4th axis can be configured between the X and Z axes or the
Y and Z axes (useful when manipulator is rotated 90 degrees relative to the
preparation).
Faster automated pipette exchange
The MPC-200 has faster “Home” and “Work Position” moves for quicker pipette
exchange. Automation is set up and run via the same interface used in the MP-225
controller; however, the speeds of the automated movement are much faster.
Accelerated manual mode
For users who prefer manual pipette exchange we have added “Accelerated Mode”
to the ROE. Using Accelerated Mode, the user can make quick manual moves in
and out of a setup. Accelerated Mode amplifies the speed attainable in a manual
move by smoothly accelerating to the maximum speed during sustained, fast turns
of the ROE. Accelerated movement ends as soon as the user stops turning the
knob. This mode can be fully disabled for those who feel the need for direct
control of the pipette.
The MP-225 manipulator represents an economical alternative to the MP-285 and
MPC-365. In 2002, production and design changes allowed us to produce this
motorized manipulator as a more affordable alternative to the industry standard
MP-285. The mechanical design utilizes a miniature stepper motor and integral
anti-backlash gear head. Pre-loaded ball bearing slides provide smooth movement
throughout the 25 mm of travel. The methodology for mounting pipette holders and
headstages used with the MP-285 has been maintained in the MP-225 to allow for
cross compatibility.
Additional component pieces can be added at any time, allowing the user to develop
a system tailored to his or her particular needs. The controller is self-detecting so
there is no need for manual configuration of the components.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 79

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S MPC-325

n Resolution and Minimal microstep size is

MICROMANIPULATION

Full Travel 62.5 nanometers per microstep

Display has single micron resolution
Full travel is 25 mm in each axis
n Maximum Speed MP-225 mechanical
3 mm/sec.
n Long Term Stability <1.0 micron in 2 hours

DIMENSIONS
n MPC-200 Controller 15.75 in x 10.75 in x 3.5 in
40 cm x 27.3 cm x 9 cm
n ROE-200 10 in x 6 in x 4 in
25 cm x 15 cm x 10.2 cm
WEIGHT
n MPC-200 Controller 6.5 lbs
3 kg
n ROE-200 3.5 lbs
1.6 kg
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

80 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MPC-325
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
n MPC-3251 One MP-325 manipulator mechanical, one
MPC-200 controller and one ROE-200. Also
includes mounting adapter plate, rod holder,
hinged headstage mount, 4 inch dovetail
extension, manipulator and ROE connecting
cables, power cord and manual
n MPC-325-21 MPC-325 and (2) MP-225 mechanicals
n MPC-325-31 MPC-325 with (2) MPC-200 controllers and
(3) MP-225 mechanicals
n MPC-325-41 MPC-325 with (2) MPC-200 controllers and
(4) MP-225 mechanicals

1
Indicate right- or left-handed set-up when ordering

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 81

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MPC-325 COMPONENTS
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
MICROMANIPULATION

n MPC-200-ROE Consists of the MPC-200 controller and ROE-200.

This “system” is made available at a special price
for those who wish to use previously purchased
Sutter manipulators with the newer controller
system or to use the MPC-200-ROE to control
other devices. Includes cable to connect ROE
to controller, power cord and manual.
n MPC-200 Controller box alone. Purchase this if you intend to
daisy-chain two controllers to one ROE-200. In this
configuration, up to 4 manipulators can be
controlled by a single ROE-200.
NOTE:
This is not a standalone device. In order to
function, the MPC-200 must be connected to a
second MPC-200 with ROE-200 attached or be
connected to its own ROE-200. Includes daisy-chain
cable, power cord and manual.
n ROE-200 This is the ROE alone. Provides user input to one or
more MPC-200 controllers. This component is
intended for users who have an existing
four-manipulator MPC-200 system with a single
ROE-200 and wish to split it into two independent
two-manipulator systems. Includes cable to connect
ROE to controller.
n MP-285/M1 MP-285 manipulator mechanical alone - Includes mounting
adapter plate, rod holder, 4 inch dovetail extension, hinged
headstage mount and cable to connect manipulator to controller.
n MP-225/M1 MP-225 manipulator mechanical alone - Includes mounting
adapter plate, rod holder, 4 inch dovetail extension, hinged
headstage mount and cable to connect manipulator to controller.

1
Indicate right- or left-handed set up when ordering

82 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MPC-325 ACCESSORIES
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
n 285204 4 inch dovetail extension
n 285210 1
Mounting adapter plate
n 285RBI Rotating base
n 285300
Right angle adapter
n 285305
Z-axis vertical extension
n 285310
Z-axis horizontal extension
n BR-AW Rod clamp for XenoWorks® injectors
(for rod OD 2 mm to 4 mm)
n BR-AW-L Long rod clamp for XenoWorks injectors
(for rod OD 2 to 4 mm)
n MP-CLIP2 Rod holder (for rod OD 1 to 4.5 mm)
n MP-ROD Rod holder (for rod OD 6.25 mm or larger)
n 285HEA
Hinged headstage mount
n M100106 Flat side for controller (each)
n MP-RISER-0.53 1/2 inch riser
n MP-RISER-1.03 1 inch riser
n EHOLDER Micropipette holder – 1.0-1.5 mm glass

For detailed information on mounting our micromanipulators, refer to the
Mounting Systems section or phone Sutter for assistance.

1
For use with MT and MD series stands and platforms, or any surface
with 1 inch or 25 mm centered holes
2
Suitable for multi-electrode probes.
3
For MP-225 mechanical only. Risers can be combined to achieve
desired height.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 83

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MULTI-LINK™
POSITION CONTROL SOFTWARE FOR MPC-200
MICROMANIPULATION

F E AT U R E S M U LT I L I N K ™

n Selectable linking of one, two or n Supports mounting of manipulators

more manipulators and translator at ANY mounting angle in the X-Y
plane
n Unlimited memorized positions
n Extended version controls up to
n Simultaneous control via ROE and 8 manipulators
computer GUI
n Backwards compatible with all
n Positional information mirrored existing MPC-200 controllers
between GUI and ROE
n Price: FREE! Available on our
n Pipettes are color coordinated to Technical Support/Software page
selected manipulator LED on ROE at www.sutter.com

84 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Multi-Link™ Position Control Software is a standalone program that interfaces with our MPC-200
manipulator controllers. Multi-Link™ is an intuitive GUI that uses the MPC-200 driver Sutter developed
for the NIH freeware µManager. It operates any Sutter Instrument device that can be connected to the
MPC-200, including: manipulators, motorized microscopes (MOM and SOM), the MT-800 translator
(with or without focus drive), and the MPC-78 platform stage (with or without focus drive) and the

MICROMANIPULATION
3DMS stage.

The most powerful aspect of the Multi-Link software is the ability to link the movement of multiple
devices together. The lead pipette can be used to direct the movement of a microscope translator
(objective/camera), or the translator can function as the leader and thereby keep the pipettes in the
field of view. The leading device can be controlled through the manual input knobs of the ROE-200 or
the computer GUI via a mouse or other PC interface.

Multi-Link easily memorizes multiple working locations and can rapidly switch between them. The
user simply moves the microscope to a region of interest and clicks to save the location. Turning
on “Link” will then coordinate all linked devices (usually manipulators) with moves made by the
microscope via a motorized translator. Switching between memorized positions will bring all linked
devices to that location. Link, intuitive and easy to use, will allow users to bring all their pipettes to
a working location in seconds! The memory positions available in the Multi-Link software allow for
most of the same robotic functionality found in our MP-285. Memorized locations can be repeated in
looped operation.

While all features found in the ROE-200 have been replicated in Multi-Link, full functionality of the
ROE is retained, allowing movement of any connected device by turning the knobs on the ROE or
by clicking and dragging the pipettes in software. Moves made in the GUI update the positional
information displayed on the ROE, and moves made with the ROE-200 are updated in Multi-Link.

ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Accurately linked moves require “Calibration”. A calibration protocol within the software automatically
determines the mounting angle of each manipulator in the X-Y plane, so that Linked movement of the
pipette will always be accurate. With two simple moves, the software automatically determines the
mounting angle of each pipette with respect to the objective/camera.

The ROE-200 always displays the coordinates in an absolute scale, from 0 µm to 25000 µm. Multi-Link
displays coordinates in either absolute or relative scale. Press one button to set the relative origin in all
three axes and move in a positive or negative direction with respect to the relative origin. Multi-Link
can also multiply the coordinates by a user-defined Scaling factor. The Scaling factor allows the user
to match the position information displayed in Multi-Link to that of third-party and/or home-made
stages, translators, focusing knobs, or other stepper motor devices.

One of the most innovative features of Multi-Link is the GUI representation of all manipulated pipettes.
In addition to being a great teaching tool, the GUI allows a user to visualize the relative position of all
pipettes in an experiment. Zoom out to see the location of each pipette at each memorized location,
even when these positions are outside the microscope’s field of view. Drag the virtual pipettes from
one memorized position to another and the manipulators will move the real pipettes in real-time.

All the features of the Multi-Link software, from Link to the virtual pipette GUI, will increase the
success rate of your experiments and save time. Another outstanding feature of this software is the
price. Sutter is including this software at no charge with all MPC-200 systems. The software is also
available as a FREE download for those with existing MPC-200 systems!

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 85

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MP-285
ROBOTIC MICROMANIPULATOR
MICROMANIPULATION

(Shown with optional dPatch® headstage)

F E AT U R E S MP-285

n Quietest electronics in the industry. n Absolute and relative origins

Optimized for single channel recording.
n Convenient HOME function allows
n Highly stable for experiments pipettes to be quickly repositioned
intolerant of pipette drift
n Assignable axes permit any orientation
n Sub-micron resolution and integrated of the manipulator
coarse positioning
n Easy-to-read vacuum fluorescent
n 1 inch of motorized travel on all three display
axes
n Remote computer control via serial
n Virtual 4th axis with user-selected interface
angle for axial drive
n Compact design easily adaptable to
n Adjustable speed and resolution allows your setup
optimization for your experimental setup
n Universal mounting system for
n Programmable robotics for complex headstage or pipette holder
motion sequences
n Optional mounting adapters (see
n Continuous display (in microns) of axes price list)
positions
n Switch between continuous or single
step movement

86 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
One of the first in our line of precision motorized micromanipulators, the MP-285 is
affordable yet offers advanced features found in manipulators costing thousands more.
Custom engineered stepping motors, precision cross-roller bearing slides and proprietary
worm gear capstan drives form the basis of the watch-like mechanical system. The
controller provides power to the stage motors with a quiet linear power supply to

MICROMANIPULATION
minimize electrical noise radiation in your setup. Pipette holders and headstages are
securely mounted to the MP-285 with one of our several unique and rigid mounting
systems.

The MP-285 was designed to meet a wide variety of positioning needs for the scientific
community and is suitable for patch clamp experiments, extracellular recording,
microinjection, intra-cellular recording and precision robotic positioning applications.
An outstanding feature of this system is the unique definable 4th axis for diagonal
advancement of the pipette. You select the angle, then activate the 4th axis. As with
the other three axes, you may move with adjustable coarse or ultrafine resolution, select
the movement speed, and move continuously or in single step increments. To quickly
reposition the pipette, simply select the HOME function. Axes positions are continuously
shown in relative and absolute scales, and are easily readable on the vacuum fluorescent
display.

The extremely low backlash of the MP-285 removes traditional drawbacks of “open loop”
technology and eliminates drift. This allows submicron resolution down to 0.2 microns
in the coarse range and down to 40 nanometers in the fine range. With over 1 inch of
motorized travel on all three axes, and a user designated 4th axis, the MP-285 allows
tremendous range of motion while maximizing resolution.

In all our manipulators, the 4th axis can be set up and changed without the need to
connect an external computer and download and configure software. Unlike other
designs, the virtual 4th axis in the MP-285 can comprise any two axes — conventional X-Z
to approach along the pipette axis, Y-Z used when the manipulator is rotated 90 degrees,
and you can even set up a virtual diagonal in the X-Y plane: useful when the manipulator
is set up as a 3DMS (3D movable stage) and one wants to quickly move along the
diagonal between two points on a horizontal specimen.

Available with a table-top or rack-mounted controller, our manipulator fits in seamlessly

with your other components while the compact design and assignable axes of the
MP-285 allow you to easily integrate it into your setup at any orientation. To add to its
practicality, the rotary optical encoder (ROE), assures a comfortable experimentation
environment, customized to the scientist. Turning one of three 2-inch knobs produces
a movement along one axis proportional to the amount and speed of the turn. Buttons
allow the activation of “4th axis”, change of movement resolution, “Home” return
function, and toggle between continuous pulse movements.

For users who require repeatable motion sequences, the MP-285 features easily
programmed robotic control from the keypad, or via a remote computer. The system can
store up to 500 position instructions, including pauses, and will execute the instruction
set once, continuously, or in reverse.

As always, our technical support team is available to address your concerns and answer
all questions before, and after your purchase.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 87

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S MP-285

n Travel 1 inch
MICROMANIPULATION

25 mm on all three axes

n Resolution Low: 0.2 µm/step
High: 0.04 µm/step
n Maximum Speed 2.9 mm/sec
n Long Term Stability <1.0 micron in 4 hours
n Drive Mechanism Precision worm gear capstan drive
n Serial Interface RS-232, 9600 baud
(1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit)
n Dimensions Mechanical:
4.5 in x 6 in x 6.25 in
11 cm x 15 cm x 16 cm
Controller:
16 in x 10.75 in x 3.75 in
40.6 cm x 27.3 cm x 9.6 cm
n Weight Manipulator:
3.85 lbs / 1.7 kg
Controller:
10 lb 11 oz / 4.5 kg
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

88 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MP-285
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
n MP-285/R Includes manipulator, rack mount controller unit,
rotary optical encoder, cables, rod holder, hinged
headstage mount, 4 inch dovetail extension,
mounting adapter plate, choice of input device,
power cord, and manual
n MP-285/T Includes manipulator, table top controller unit,
rotary optical encoder, cables, rod holder, hinged
headstage mount, 4 inch dovetail extension,
mounting adapter plate, choice of input device,
power cord, and manual

When ordering the MP-285, the handedness must be specified.

Please list as separate item with no cost.
Select the manipulator handedness
Right-handed setup RIGHT
Left-handed setup LEFT
If you have any questions regarding the part numbering system, please
contact Sutter Instrument Company directly.

ACCESSORIES MP-285

n 285204 4 inch dovetail extension

n 2852101 Mounting adapter plate
n 285RBI Rotating base for MP-285
n 285300 Right angle adapter
n 285305 Z-axis vertical extension
n 285310 Z-axis horizontal extension
n BR-AW Rod clamp for XenoWorks® injectors
(for rod OD 2 mm to 4 mm)
n BR-AW-L Long rod clamp for XenoWorks injectors
(for rod OD 2 mm to 4 mm)
n 285HEA Hinged headstage mount
n M100106 Flat side panel for controller (each)
n MP-CLIP2 Rod holder (for rod OD 1 to 4.5 mm)
n MP-ROD Rod holder (for rod OD 6.25 mm or larger)
n EHOLDER Micropipette holder – 1.0-1.5 mm glass

For detailed information on mounting our micromanipulators, refer to

the Mounting Systems section or phone Sutter for assistance.
1
For use with MT and MD series stands and platforms, or any surface
with 1 inch or 25 mm centered holes.
2
Suitable for multi-electrode probes.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 89

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MANIPULATOR DRAWINGS MP-285
MICROMANIPULATION

 


















 

90 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
MECHANICAL DRAWINGS OF OPTIONAL ROTATING BASE
(285RBI OR 225RBI)

MICROMANIPULATION





 









PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 91

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MP-225A
MOTORIZED MICROMANIPULATOR
MICROMANIPULATION

F E AT U R E S MP-225A

n Highly stable for experiments n Programmable Work position near

intolerant of pipette drift recording location

n Submicron (125 nm) minimal n Absolute or Relative position display in

resolution for fine movement microns

n Convenient toggle wheel selects n DIP switches on ROE to customize

resolution/speed of movement direction of movement produced by
turn of ROE knob
n New logarithmic mode automatically
adjusts speed n Modularized, compact design easily
adaptable to your setup
n 25 mm of motorized travel on all three
axes n Universal mounting system for
headstage or pipette holder
n 4th axis for coaxial movement of
pipette, any angle from 0-90 can be n Mounting adapters included with
selected on ROE manipulator

n Programmable Home position for

pipette exchange

92 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
In 2002, we created the MP-225 controller and motorized manipulator as a cost
effective option for those who didn’t need all the features of the industry standard
MP-285. While the MP-225 feature set is less comprehensive than the MP-285's,

MICROMANIPULATION
it includes the most popular features with an efficient user interface. The MP-225
was designed primarily for positioning patch and intracellular recording pipettes.
We have retained and refined the features most desired for this type of work.

In 2021, we’ve updated the MP-225 controller design, now called the MP-225A, by
integrating the ROE and rack mounted controller box into a single unit to save you
valuable space. This extended version of the popular rotary optical encoder (ROE) is
the sole input device available with the MP-225A. The MP-225A mechanical continues
to use a cable driven mechanical design that utilizes a miniature stepper motor and
integral anti backlash gear head. Pre-loaded ball bearing slides provide smooth
movement throughout the 25 mm of travel. The methodology for mounting pipette
holders and headstages used with the MP-285 has been maintained in the MP-225A
to allow for cross compatibility.

A newly added RELATIVE mode allows the user to zero the display at any point,
showing travel distance from that point onward.

In addition to the fixed speeds, the MP-225A now has an option to use a logarithmic
acceleration algorithm, which allows speed control proportional to the input speed. As
the knobs on the ROE are turned faster, acceleration ramps up. This allows for smooth
and intuitive motion control of electrode position without the need to stop and change
speeds or lift your hand from the controller. When not moving, the motors will power
down, reducing electrical noise in the system to unmeasurable levels while also keeping
the motors cool to eliminate thermal drift.

The display on the ROE gives position location and, like the MP-285, the MP-225A
manipulator has a synthetic 4th axis for diagonal advancement of the pipette; any
angle from 0-90 degrees may be selected on the controller. Speed and resolution of
movements are easily selected with a multiple position thumbwheel, allowing fast/
coarse movement and slow/ultra-fine movement in 10 increments. Two commonly used
robotic movements have been incorporated for user convenience: a single button press
can initiate a move to a Home position for pipette exchange or to a user defined Work
position to quickly relocate the pipette near the recording location.

As always, our technical support team is available to address your particular needs and
answer all questions before and after your purchase.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 93

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S MP-225A

n Travel 1 in – 25 mm on all three axes

n Resolution 125 nm/microstep
MICROMANIPULATION

n Maximum Speed 2.0 mm/sec

n Long Term Stability <1.0 micron in 2 hours
n Drive Mechanism Integral miniature stepper motor with anti-backlash gearhead
n Dimensions Mechanical: ROE Controller:
4 in x 5.5 in x 6 in 9.25 in x 4.5 in x 3 in
10 cm x 15 cm x 15.5 cm 23.5 cm x 14.43 cm x 7.62 cm
n Weight Manipulator: ROE Controller:
2.95 lbs /1.3 kg 3 lbs 12 oz / 1.7 kg
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

MECHANICAL DRAWINGS MP-225

1.63

4.55

5.88
2.97

3.75
0

6.23

94 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MP-225A
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
MOTORIZED MICROMANIPULATOR
n MP-225A1 Includes manipulator, extended ROE, cables, rod
holder, 4 inch dovetail extension, mounting adapter
plate, screws, hex wrench, power cord and manual


ACCESSORIES MP-225A

n 285204 4 inch dovetail extension

n 2852102 Mounting adapter plate
n 225RBI Rotating base
n 285300 Right angle adapter
n 285305 Z-axis vertical extension
n 285310 Z-axis horizontal extension
n 285SHEA Hinged headstage mount
n M100106 Flat side panel for controller (each)
n BR-AW Rod holding clamp for XenoWorks® injectors
(rod OD 2-4 mm)
n BR-AW-L Long rod holding clamp for XenoWorks® injectors
(for rod OD 2-4 mm)
n MP-RISER-0.53 1/2 inch riser
n MP-RISER-1.03 1 inch riser
n MP-CLIP4 Rod holder (for rod OD 1.0-4.5 mm)
n MP-ROD Rod holder (rod OD 6.25 mm or larger)
n EHOLDER Micropipette holder – 1.0-1.5 mm glass
For detailed information on mounting our micromanipulators, refer to
the Mounting Systems section or phone for assistance.
1
Indicate right- or left-handed set-up when ordering.
2
For use with MT and MD series stands and platforms, or any surface
with 1 inch or 25 mm centered holes.
3
Risers can be combined to achieve desired height.
4
Suitable for multi-electrode probes.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 95

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 QUAD®
4-AXIS
MOTORIZED MICROMANIPULATOR
MICROMANIPULATION

F E AT U R E S QUAD®

n Four independent axes — 30 mm n Push button control of multiple

travel in diagonal for coaxial pipette functions — WORK, HOME, LOCK,
movement, 25 mm travel in PULSE, and RELATIVE
X, Y and Z
n Robotic Home and Work position
n Sub-micron 100 nm resolution moves for easy automated pipette
exchange
n True diagonal assures coaxial
movement n Suited for in vivo electrophysiological
recording
n Quiet mode eliminates electrical noise
n USB interface for computer control
n Display indicates coordinates in relative
or absolute

n User-friendly, fanless compact

controller with ROE preserves bench
space

96 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The QUAD® motorized micromanipulator is easy to use and features four independent

MICROMANIPULATION
axes. Each axis has a 25 mm range of motion, a digital display of position and an ROE
control. The compact, intuitive controller takes up minimal bench space, is fan free
and is easy to use. Three axes provide the X, Y, Z-orthogonal motion typical of most
motorized micromanipulators. In the QUAD, Sutter introduces a true fourth axis to
move the electrode coaxially at exactly the desired angle of approach. The fourth axis
has 30 mm of travel that significantly extends the range of travel for the system.

The QUAD has an intuitive ROE interface. The ROE inputs for each axis allow facile
manual control of electrode position. Five conveniently located buttons control all of
the basic functions that you will need in normal operation. Press and hold the WORK
button to quickly store a work position; press WORK again and the manipulator will
return to the same location. HOME sends the manipulator to an initial location that
is useful for changing electrodes. When you are ready to begin collecting data, the
motor drive, electronics can be suppressed by pressing LOCK. Display coordinates
can be zeroed at any location by pressing RELATIVE; go back to absolute coordinates
by pressing RELATIVE again. Finally, PULSE activates a pulse movement mode that
produces small, rapid bursts of motion that can be advantageous for sharp electrode
cell penetration.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 97

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S QUAD®

n Travel 30 mm on diagonal 4th axis

MICROMANIPULATION

25 mm on X, Y and Z axes

n Long Term Stability <1.0 micron in 4 hours

n Control Box 5.5 in x 7.5 in x 4 in

Dimensions 14 cm x 19 cm x 10.2 cm

n Weight 2.2 lbs

1.0 kg

n Electrical 115/230 Volts

50/60 Hertz power line

MECHANICAL DRAWINGS QUAD ®

** All measurements are in inches

98 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 QUAD®
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
QUAD BASIC SYSTEM
Includes the manipulator, controller, rod holder, 4 inch
dovetail extension, mounting adapter plate, Z-axis vertical
extension, cables, and power supply
n QUAD-L1 QUAD 4-axis manipulator with ROE controller
– left-handed setup
n QUAD-R1 QUAD 4-axis manipulator with ROE controller
– right-handed setup
FIXED STAGE PLATFORM
n MT-78-FS Fixed platform stage with imperial/standard
holes, chamber insert and gantry supports
n MT-78-FS/M6 Same as above with M6 tapped holes
MANIPULATOR COLUMNS
n MT-75 Standard gantry stand 8.7 to 13.4 in (22.1 to 33.9 cm)
n MT-75S Short gantry stand 6.7 to 9.6 in (16.9 to 24.4 cm)
n MT-75T Tall gantry stand 10.7 to 15.4 in (27.1 to 39.1 cm)
n MT-75XT Extra tall gantry stand 14.7 to 18.5 in (37.4 to 47 cm)
MICROINJECTION COLUMNS
n MT-81-DOV82 MT-81 stand with 8 inch dovetail
n MT-81-DOV122 MT-81 stand with 12 inch dovetail

ACCESSORIES QUAD®
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

n 285204 4 inch dovetail extension

n 225RBI Rotating base for TRIO
n 221165 Z-axis vertical extension
n BR-AW Rod clamp for XenoWorks® injectors (for rod OD 2 to 4 mm)
n BR-AW-L Long rod clamp for XenoWorks injectors (for rod OD 2 to 4 mm)
n MP-RISER-0.53 1/2 inch riser
n MP-RISER-1.03 1 inch riser (for rod OD 2 to 4 mm)
n MP-CLIP4 Rod holder (for rod OD 1 to 4.5 mm)
n MP-ROD Rod holder (for rod OD 6.25 mm or larger)
n EHOLDER Micropipette holder – 1.0 to 1.5 mm glass

1
Manipulator will be preconfigured as a convenience.
Customer can change orientation as needed.
2
Useful for low profile stereoscopes and microinjection
2
Risers can be combined to achieve desired height
3
Suitable for multi-electrode probes

For detailed information on mounting our micromanipulators, refer to the Mounting Systems
section or phone for assistance.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 99

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 TRIO™-235
3-AXIS
0-90 DIAGONAL MICROMANIPULATOR SYSTEM
MICROMANIPULATION

(TRIO-235 shown with Sutter IPA®

headstage (not included))

F E AT U R E S T R I O™- 2 3 5

n Three independent axes – 25 mm n Push button control of multiple

orthogonal travel in X, Y and Z functions – WORK, HOME, LOCK,
PULSE, RELATIVE, SPEED & ANGLE
n Software-based "Z-axis"
n Suited for in vivo and in vitro
n Sub-micron (less than 100 nm) electrophysiological recording
resolution
n Universal mounting system for
n Fast movement with a top speed of headstage or pipette holder
3 mm/sec (while homing)
n DIP switches on ROE select direction
n Mechanically robust construction for of movement produced by turn of
high stability ROE knob

n Compact, fanless, user-friendly, n USB interface for computer control

ROE controller preserves bench and
rack space

n Carries up to a kilogram

100 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
Ideal for in vivo work, the TRIO™-235, replaces the Z-axis with an adjustable diagonal
axis. This configuration pairs a traditional X and Y-axis with a diagonal axis that can be
adjusted in angle with a set screw. The diagonal features 50 mm of travel, with 25 mm
of travel in the X and Y-axes. We have added software to create a synthetic "Z-axis"

MICROMANIPULATION
by combining the diagonal and X-axes which is the reverse of how we create a synthetic
diagonal axis on our other manipulators. The TRIO-235 features a precision bearing and
lead-screw design.

The TRIO-235 controller employs a combination of state-of-the-art software and

mechanical design that eliminates the need for the motor to remain powered on
during recording, thus eliminating the heating effects of the motors and giving us
the electrically quietest manipulators in the industry. This stability ensures that Sutter
manipulators will not drift in the middle of experiments.

The compact design of the integrated Rotary Optical Encoder (ROE) controller uses
minimal bench space; provides quiet, fan-free operation; and is easy to use. No rack
mounted controller is required. Position coordinates, in relative or absolute values, are
displayed directly on the ROE. The TRIO manipulators use a logarithmic acceleration
algorithm that eliminates the need for speed selection. As the knobs on the ROE are
turned faster, acceleration ramps up. This allows for smooth and intuitive motion control
of electrode position without the need to stop and change speeds or lift your hand
from the knobs. A Y-axis lockout function (accessible by DIP switch) is also available,
allowing X/Diagonal-only axial movement during HOME and WORK repositioning.

Five conveniently located buttons control all the functions you will need in normal
operation. Press and hold the WORK button to quickly store a work position; pressing
WORK after this will return the manipulator to the same location. HOME sends the
manipulator to a second position, often set for a point furthest from the microscope,
which is useful for rapid pipette exchange. Pressing SPEED allows the selection of one
of 4 speed ranges. With practice, there is no need to ever change speeds; however, we
have included three low speed ranges for those who work at very high magnification.
Holding SPEED for three-seconds will lock the knobs out, to prevent accidental
movement. Display coordinates can toggle between relative and absolute by pressing
the RELATIVE button; holding the button down will zero the relative coordinates.
Finally, PULSE activates a pulse movement mode that produces small, rapid bursts of
motion that can be advantageous for cell penetration with sharp electrodes. Hold
PULSE for three-seconds to set or modify the angle the diagonal axis is positioned at.
This allows the controller to calculate the synthetic “Z-Axis”.

Designed with maximum flexibility in mind, a DIP switch on the controller changes the
directional movement of the ROE knobs to accommodate the preference of the user.
The TRIO-235 comes standard with a universal mounting system suitable for the most
popular headstages or pipette holders.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 101

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S T R I O™- 2 3 5

n Travel 25 mm on X and Y / 50 mm on diagonal

MICROMANIPULATION

n Long Term Stability <1.0 micron in 4 hours

n Control Box 5.5 in x 8 in x 4 in (14 cm x 20.4 cm x 10.2 cm)
Dimensions
n Weight 2.8 lbs (1.3 kg)
Mechanical
n Weight 2.2 lbs (1.0 kg)
Controller
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

102 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 T R I O ™- 2 3 5
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
TRIO™-235 BASIC SYSTEM
Includes the manipulator, controller, rod holder, 4 inch
dovetail extension, mounting adapter plate, Z-axis vertical
extension, cables, and power supply
n TRIO-235 3-axis manipulator (X,Y and diagonal) and controller

FIXED STAGE PLATFORM

n MT-78-FS Fixed platform stage with imperial/standard
holes, chamber insert and gantry supports
n MT-78-FS/M6 Same as above with M6 tapped holes

MANIPULATOR COLUMNS
n MT-75 Standard gantry stand 8.7 to 13.4in (22.1 to 33.9 cm)
n MT-75S Short gantry stand 6.7 to 9.6 in (16.9 to 24.4 cm)
n MT-75T Tall gantry stand 10.7 to 15.4 in (27.1 to 39.1 cm)
n MT-75XT Extra tall gantry stand 14.7 to 18.5 in (37.4 to 47 cm)

MICROINJECTION COLUMNS
n MT-81-DOV81 MT-81 stand with 8 inch dovetail
n MT-81-DOV121 MT-81 stand with 12 inch dovetail

For detailed information on mounting our micromanipulators, refer to the Mounting
Systems section or phone for assistance.

ACCESSORIES T R I O™- 2 3 5

n 285204 4 inch dovetail extension

n 2652102 Mounting adapter plate
n 225RBI Rotating base for TRIO
n 221165 Z-axis vertical extension
n BR-AW Rod clamp for XenoWorks® injectors
(for rod OD 2 to 4 mm)
n BR-AW-L Long rod clamp for XenoWorks injectors
(for rod OD 2 to 4 mm)
n MP-RISER-0.53 1/2 inch riser
n MP-RISER-1.03 1 inch riser
n MP-CLIP4 Rod holder (for rod OD 1 to 4.5 mm)
n MP-ROD Rod holder (for rod OD 6.25 mm or larger)
n EHOLDER Micropipette holder – 1.0 to 1.5 mm glass

1
Useful for low profile stereoscopes and microinjection.
2
For use with MT and MD series stands and platforms, or any surface
with 1 inch or 25 mm centered holes
3
Risers can be combined to achieve desired height.
4
Suitable for multi-electrode probes.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 103

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 SOLO
SINGLE AXIS
MANIPULATOR CONTROLLER
MICROMANIPULATION

(Shown with SOLO-50)

F E AT U R E S SOLO

n Control any single axis from Sutter n User defined WORK and HOME
stepper motor manipulator collection positions in Absolute mode

n 25 mm or 50 mm length of travel n Pulse mode

n Absolute and Relative modes n USB connectivity

A P P L I C AT I O N S SOLO

n Can be used with a single axis n Can be used to add a 4th axis to a
micromanipulator to design a focus 3-axis Sutter manipulator
drive for your researcher-made
microscope n Ideal for in vivo experiments

104 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The SOLO is an extremely easy to operate single axis controller capable of running

MICROMANIPULATION
any single axis from Sutter’s line of stepper motor manipulators. The compact design
of the SOLO controller requires minimal bench space and provides quiet, fan-free
operation.

The SOLO controller features user defined HOME and WORK positions. Press and
hold the WORK button to quickly store a Work position; press WORK again and
the manipulator will return to the same location. HOME sends the manipulator to
an initial location or any user defined position. Position coordinates, in relative or
absolute values, are displayed directly on the ROE. A PULSE button activates a discrete
3 micron movement of the axis.

Speed of movement is determined by how fast the ROE knob is turned. We have
added three distinct speeds to give the user extreme control over movement. The
combination of three speeds and the knob speed control makes the SOLO an ideal,
ultra-reliable controller for sub-micron movement.

Single axes are available in lengths of 25 mm or 50 mm. The SOLO is suitable for in
vivo experiments that require only one motorized axis. Additionally, this single axis
controller can be used as a sub-micron focusing system as seen in the Sutter SOM
and BOB microscopes. Or add a fourth axis to your existing Sutter manipulator to
create a true four-axis motorized in vivo and in vitro manipulator (such as the QUAD).

USB connectivity and open source commands, along with built-in features such as
WORK & HOME positions, and Pulse mode, make this single axis controller the ideal
device for the do-it-yourself scientist.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 105

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S SOLO

n Control Box 5.5 in x 5.1 in x 3.2 in

MICROMANIPULATION

Dimensions 14 cm x 13 cm x 8.1 cm

n Weight Controller:
1.2 lbs
0.53 kg

n Long Term Stability < 1.0 micron in 4 hours

n Electrical 115/230 Volts

50/60 Hertz power line

106 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 SOLO
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
SINGLE AXIS MANIPULATOR CONTROLLER
n SOLO-25MM SOLO controller and single axis with 25 mm travel
n SOLO-50MM SOLO controller and single axis with 50 mm travel

Adapters are available to connect your Sutter

single axis manipulator to many instruments.
Phone Sutter for details.

ACCESSORIES SOLO

For 25 mm axis
n SO-ST25 Stereotaxic adapter for Kopf/Stoelting

For 50 mm and 70 mm axis

n SO-ST Stereotaxic adapter for Kopf/Stoelting

For ALL
n 285204 4 inch dovetail extension
n MP-CLIP 1
Rod holder (for rod OD 1 to 4.5 mm)
n MP-ROD Rod holder (for rod OD 6.25 mm or larger)
n EHOLDER Micropipette holder – 1.0 to 1.5 mm glass

1
Suitable for multi-electrode probes.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 107

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MP-85
HUXLEY-WALL STYLE
MICROMANIPULATOR
MICROMANIPULATION

(Shown with optional spacer, wedge and magnetic feet)

F E AT U R E S MP-85

n Dual springing of the moment arms to n The coarse movement is an all cross-
insure zero backlash and zero torsion roller bearing design consisting of
coarse X, Y, and Z with an additional
n The micromanipulator is mounted on fine X motion
a precision rotating base featuring a
positive stop and lock n The micromanipulator can be ordered
in either a right- or left-handed version

OPTIONS MP-85

n Fifteen degree stackable wedges for n One inch thick, chrome plated, solid
tilting the manipulator brass spacer

n A set of three magnetic feet for

increased stability

108 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The classic micromanipulator, developed by Sir Andrew Huxley many years ago,

MICROMANIPULATION
is still considered by many investigators to be the finest manual micromanipulator
available. The MP-85 offers the advantage of a very large range of movement
with its built-in coarse manipulator and precise submicron movement with the
fine controls. Coarse positioning is achieved with a three axis manipulator mounted
on top. The ultrafine positioning is accomplished with the large micrometers
mounted on the base. These micrometers provide smooth, precise movement
through a 10:1 reduction mechanism.

The brass and stainless steel construction of the MP-85 makes for a very heavy
and solid micromanipulator with excellent damping properties. This exceptionally
stable design is ideal for patch clamp recording, intracellular recording, or any
other application that is intolerant of drift.

The MP-85 is chrome-plated and anodized to prevent corrosion. The J.R. Wall
designed rotating base is machined from solid, stainless steel with a brass spindle;
a thin Teflon washer provides for the bearing surface.

Please contact Sutter Instrument for any additional information on the suitability
and use of the MP-85 micromanipulator for your specific application.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 109

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S MP-85

n Coarse X-axis Tilt 0 to 45 degrees

MICROMANIPULATION

in 15 degree increments
n Coarse Resolution 0.1 mm on all axes
n Fine X resolution 0.01 mm
n Ultrafine (Huxley) 0.2 µm
Resolution
n Huxley Excursion ~2 mm maximum in each axis
n Dimensions 10 in x 10 in x 12 in
25.4 cm x 25.4 cm x 30.5 cm
n Weight Manipulator:
15 lbs
7 kg

110 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MP-85
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
MICROMANIPULATOR
n MP-85/R Right-handed — Includes manipulator, coarse
movement MM-33 micromanipulator, and
rotating base
n MP-85/L Left-handed — Includes manipulator, coarse
movement MM-33 micromanipulator, and
rotating base

ACCESSORIES MP-85

n Holder/MP85 Headstage adapter

n RBI Rotating base for MP-85
n MAG-85 Magnetic feet (set of 3)
n 85AX2001 Headstage adapter for MP-85
n X850600 15 degree wedges (each)
n X850700 1 inch increment spacer
(No more than three recommended)
n X700115 MP-85 to MT stand adapter plate

1 Suitable for Sutter IPA®, dPatch®, Axopatch 200 and Heka EPC-10.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 111

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MM-33
MICROMANIPULATOR
MICROMANIPULATION

MM-33/R MM-33A/L MM-33A/L open profile

F E AT U R E S MM-33

n Compact design allows use in tight n Rack and pinion drive gives stable
environments movement with minimal backlash

n Cross-loaded roller bearings for n Vertical axis lock

smooth, low friction movement

OPTIONS MM-33

n Rotating base allows horizontal n Magnetic feet

rotation and vertical tilting

n Tilting mount for fine X-axis

112 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
Successfully used in conjunction with our other micromanipulators, the MM-33 is

MICROMANIPULATION
available separately for those in need of a small, practical instrument in applications
not requiring submicron accuracy.

The MM-33 is the right choice for tight environments which require maximum
versatility within a small space. A vertical lock is added to secure the vertical axis in
position. The optional rotating base and tiltable X-axis provide even further flexibility.

Stainless steel cross-loaded roller bearings are designed to offer low friction and smooth
linear motion with a minimum of side play. The pre-loaded rollers are set at 90 degrees to
the hardened steel guides insuring constant contact and accuracy. This precise rack and
pinion drive gives stable, drift-free movement with minimal backlash. The controls are
placed one above the other which makes for less hand movement and easier positioning.
The scales for all axes are calibrated in 0.10 mm increments and the fine micrometer
adjustment for the X-axis thrust is calibrated at 0.01 mm with estimates to 5µm.

The optional rotating base extends the utility of the MM-33 by providing two additional
rotating planes. The rotation in the horizontal plane (approximately 120 degrees) has
a positive stop, quick release mechanism for fast insertion and removal of pipettes.
The second rotating axis allows the MM-33 to be tilted in a vertical plane from 0 to 70
degrees. The optional tiltable X-axis allows the fine axis to be tilted up to 45 degrees.
This option should be ordered at the time of purchase since the modifications require
factory installation.

(Shown: MM-33A/L)

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 113

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 INDIVIDUAL EXCURSIONS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
X-axis coarse movement: 37 mm

X-axis fine movement: 10 mm

MICROMANIPULATION

Y-axis horizontal movement: 20 mm

Z-axis vertical movement: 20 mm

(Shown: MM-33/R)

114 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MM-33
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
MICROMANIPULATOR
n MM-33/R1 Right-handed micromanipulator with vertical lock
(with 1/2 inch rod clamps)
n MM-33/L1 Left-handed micromanipulator with vertical lock
(with 1/2 inch rod clamps)
n MM-33A/R Right-handed micromanipulator with tilting mount
for fine X-axis, vertical lock, rotating base, and two
base clamps
n MM-33A/L Left-handed micromanipulator with tilting mount
for fine X-axis, vertical lock, rotating base, and two
base clamps

ACCESSORIES MM-33

n MM-330002 Right-handed tilting mount for fine X-axis

n MM-330012 Left-handed tilting mount for fine X-axis
n MM-33002 Rotating base with two base clamps
n MM-330052 Stationary mounting base
n MM-33006 Rod mounting bracket for use with stands
n H102905 12 mm rod clamp
n H102910 1/2 inch rod clamp
n H102925 Electrode holder
n MAG-332 Magnetic feet for rotating base (set of 3)
n X330105 Base clamps (2) for clamping rotating base

1
12 mm rod clamps available upon request
2
Must be ordered with the MM-33 since this option is factory installed
only.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 115

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MM-6
MICROPOSITIONER
MICROMANIPULATION

The MM-6 micropositioner is light weight, accurate, compact device designed

to eliminate many research and design problems, especially in the case of space
limitations. Hardened steel precision pre-loaded ball bearing slides and high
resolution thumbscrew movement assure smooth motion, precision, and excellent
load bearing capacity.

The black anodized aluminum body is made with a one-piece base and three piece
construction. The top plate is designed around an M2 thread size on a 10 mm
square hole pattern and central M4 tapped hole. The MM-6 is available in single,
double, or triple stages. Adding stages is an easy job and requires no special tools.
Triple stages come with an angle bracket to attach the Z-axis. The travel of the
stage is 0.26 in (6.5 mm) and the base is easily adapted to most surfaces.

116 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S MM-6

n Baseplate Dimensions 1.4 in x 1.2 in x 0.6 in

MICROMANIPULATION
35 mm x 30 mm x 15 mm
n Travel 0.26 in
6.5 mm
n Resolution 1.0 µm
n Maximum Load Horizontal:
6.5 lbs
3 kg
Vertical:
1 lb
0.5 kg

MM-6
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATOR
n MM-6 X Single stage
n MM-6 XY Double stage
n MM-6 XYZ Triple stage

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 117

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MT-1000 / MT-2000 / MT-2200 SYSTEMS
MOTORIZED AND MANUAL TRANSLATION
SYSTEMS FOR FIXED-STAGE MICROSCOPES
MICROMANIPULATION

(Shown: MT-1000, chamber not included)

F E AT U R E S M T-1 0 0 0 / M T- 2 0 0 0 / M T- 2 2 0 0

n 22 mm of travel in X & Y n Adjustable speed and resolution allows

optimization for your experimental
n 40 nm resolution displayed in setup
submicrons (MP-285)
n Programmable robotics for complex
n 62.5 nm resolution displayed in motion sequences (MP-285)
microns (MPC-200)
n Continuous display of axes positions
n Highly stable for experiments
intolerant of drift n Convenient HOME function allows
microscope to be quickly
n Easy to read vacuum fluorescent repositioned
display

118 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The MT-1000 / MT-2000 / MT-2200 systems consist of a microscope translator and

MICROMANIPULATION
three independent stands. Two MT-75 stands used for each manipulator and a
similar stand, the MT-150 holds the tissue chamber. The classic design features
freestanding columns that provide rock solid mounting for the tissue recording
chamber and multiple micromanipulators. Many prefer this methodology as it
maximizes working room for adjusting the microscope and changing pipettes.
Furthermore, the independent stand design minimizes movement-related cross
talk between manipulators.

The MT-1000 uses a manual translator. At the core of the MT-1000 translator
systems is the MT-500 X-Y manual translation table. It is designed to allow movement
of a microscope’s optics with respect to the fixed stage(s). This methodology was
developed by electrophysiologists recording from tissue slice preparations. The
translator allows visualization and/or imaging of multiple tissue locations while
maintaining multiple stable recordings from the preparation. Such a system is also
useful for experiments on cells in culture where one wishes to monitor several cells
not in the same field of view, e.g., recording from pre and post synaptic neurons in
culture and/or imaging one cell while recording from or stimulating another.

The MT-2000 / MT-2200 systems use a motorized translator. At the core of the
MT-2000 / MT-2200 system is the MT-800 stepper-motor driven X-Y translation table.
The motors can be operated either by the popular MP-285 manipulator controller
(MT-2000) or the dual manipulator controller MPC-200 (MT-2200). A two-axis
rotary optical encoder (ROE) accepts user input to the motorized translator and can
be placed in any convenient location in your setup. Either controller gives the user
smooth, high-resolution control of motion. The MP-285 controller offers extensive
on-board robotic functionality and a serial computer interface for PC control.
The MPC-200 controller offers a USB computer interface for PC control. Systems
using the MP-285 controller are called MT-2000 while systems using the MPC-200
controller are designated MT-2200.

Our controller design has allowed Sutter to easily add a focus drive to the
MT-2000 / MT-2200. The Sutter focus drive employs a direct-coupled stepper
motor for lock-step focus movement and adjustable end of travel sensors to limit
the travel of the microscope objective to a safe range for the setup. In the focus
drive version, MT-2000/FD and MT-2200/FD, the ROE input device has inputs
for X, Y and Z focus.

MT-500 manual translators and MT-800 motorized translators are currently available
for the Olympus BX-51WI, Nikon FN1, Zeiss Examiner, Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS and the
Leica DM6000FS. Focus drives are available for the Olympus BX51WI. Other
microscopes can be supported.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 119

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S
M T-1 0 0 0 / M T- 2 0 0 0 / M T- 2 2 0 0 S Y S T E M S

n Baseplate 8 in x 15.25 in x 2.25 in

MICROMANIPULATION

Dimensions 200 mm x 375 mm x 55 mm

n Maximum Travel 22 mm
n Minimal Microstep 50 nm (MP-285 controller)
Size 78 - 125 nm (MPC-200 controller)
n Minimal Display 50 nm (MP-285 controller)
Resolution 1 micron (MPC-200 controller)
n Maximum Load 110 lbs
50 kg
n Weight 35 lbs
16 kg
n Controller Weight 11 lbs
4.5 Kg

120 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 M T -1 0 0 0 / M T - 2 0 0 0 / M T - 2 2 0 0
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
COMPLETE SYSTEMS
MT-1000 Includes the MT-500 manual X-Y translator, MT-150
chamber column, two MT-75 micromanipulator columns
(without linear slide)
n MT-1000/Y511 MT-1000 for the Olympus BX51WI
n MT-1000/Y531 MT-1000 for the Olympus BX53/63
n MT-1000/Y711 MT-1000 for the Olympus IX71
n MT-1000/Z251 MT-1000 for the Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS
n MT-1000/Z451 MT-1000 for the Zeiss Axio Examiner
n MT-1000/N651 MT-1000 for the Nikon FN1
n MT-1000/L301 MT-1000 for the Leica DMLFS
n MT-1000/L351 MT-1000 for the Leica DM6000 FS

MT-2200 Includes the MT-800 motorized X-Y translator, MPC-200

controller and ROE, MT-150 chamber column, two MT-75
micromanipulator columns (without linear slide), cables
and manual
n MT-2200/Y511 MT-2200 for the Olympus BX51WI
n MT-2200/Y531,2 MT-2200 for the Olympus BX53/63
n MT-2200/Z251 MT-2200 for the Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS
n MT-2200/Z451 MT-2200 for the Zeiss Axio Examiner
n MT-2200/N651 MT-2200 for the Nikon FN1
n MT-2200/L301 MT-2200 for the Leica DMLFS
n MT-2200/L351 MT-2200 for the Leica DM 6000 FS

MT-2000 Includes the MT-800 motorized X-Y translator, MP-285

controller and ROE, MT-150 chamber column, two MT-75
micromanipulator columns (without linear slide), cables
and manual
n MT-2000/Y511 MT-2000 for the Olympus BX51WI
n MT-2000/Y531 MT-2000 for the Olympus BX53/63
n MT-2000/Z251 MT-2000 for the Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS
n MT-2000/Z451 MT-2000 for the Zeiss Axio Examiner
n MT-2000/N651 MT-2000 for the Nikon FN1
n MT-2000/L301 MT-2000 for the Leica DMLFS
n MT-2000/L351 MT-2000 for the Leica DM 6000 FS

1
Please specify chamber type when ordering.
2
Please contact Sutter for availability of focus drive on other
microscope makes & models.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 121

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 M T -1 0 0 0 / M T - 2 0 0 0 / M T - 2 2 0 0
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
MICROMANIPULATION

COMPONENTS

MANUAL X-Y TRANSLATOR

n MT-500/Y50 Manual Translator for Olympus BX50WI
n MT-500/Y51 Manual Translator for Olympus BX51WI
n MT-500/Y53 Manual Translator for Olympus BX53/63
n MT-500/Y71 Manual Translator for Olympus IX71
n MT-500/N65 Manual Translator for Nikon FN1
n MT-500/L30 Manual Translator for Leica DMLFS
n MT-500/L35 Manual Translator for Leica DM6000 FS
n MT-500/Z20 Manual Translator for Zeiss Axioskop FS
n MT-500/Z25 Manual Translator for Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS
n MT-500/Z45 Manual Translator for Zeiss Axio Examiner

MOTORIZED X-Y TRANSLATOR WITH MPC-200 CONTROLLER AND ROE

n MT-820/Y51 Translator for Olympus BX51WI
n MT-820/Y53 Translator for Olympus BXBX53/63
n MT-820/Z25 Translator for Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS
n MT-820/Z45 Translator for Zeiss Axio Examiner
n MT-820/N65 Translator for Nikon FN1
n MT-820/L30 Translator for Leica DMLFS
n MT-820/L35 Translator for Leica DM6000 FS

MOTORIZED X-Y TRANSLATOR WITH MP-285 CONTROLLER AND ROE

n MT-800/Y51 Translator for Olympus BX51WI
n MT-800/Y53 Translator for Olympus BX53/63
n MT-800/Z25 Translator for Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS
n MT-800/Z45 Translator for Zeiss Axio Examiner
n MT-800/N65 Translator for Nikon FN1
n MT-800/L30 Translator for Leica DMLFS
n MT-800/L35 Translator for Leica DM6000 FS

122 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 M T -1 0 0 0 / M T - 2 0 0 0 / M T - 2 2 0 0
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
CHAMBER COLUMN
n MT-150/W20 Chamber column for Warner Series 20 (octagon)
n MT-150/W20R Chamber column for Warner Series 20 (round)
n MT-150/ALA35 Chamber column for ALA 35 mm chamber
n MT-150/ALA-MS Chamber column for ALA MS
n MT-150/CUST Chamber column for non-standard recording chamber
n MT-150/PT Chamber column for petri dish or lid
n MT-150/AUTO Chamber column for Automate round stage adapter

MANIPULATOR COLUMNS
n MT-75 Standard gantry stand 8.7 to 13.4 in (22.1 to 33.9 cm)
n MT-75S1 Short gantry stand 6.7 to 9.6 in (16.9 to 24.4 cm)
n MT-75T Tall gantry stand 10.7 to 15.4 in (27.1 to 39.1 cm)
n MT-75XT Extra tall gantry stand 14.7 to 18.5 in (37.4 to 47 cm)
n MT-75/LS1 Standard gantry stand with linear slide
n MT-75S/LS1 Short gantry stand with linear slide
n MT-75T/LS Tall gantry stand with linear slide
n MT-75XT/LS1 Extra tall gantry stand with linear slide

1
Useful for most upright scopes & Axiovert 25 inverted scope with low stage plate.

MT-150/W20R MT-150/W20 MT-150/W30 MT-150/PT MT-150/ALA-MS

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 123

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MT-1078 / MT-2078 / MT-2278
X-Y TRANSLATION SYSTEM
FOR FIXED-STAGE MICROSCOPES
MICROMANIPULATION

(Shown: MT-1078/Y51)

F E AT U R E S M T-1 0 7 8 / M T- 2 0 7 8 / M T- 2 2 7 8

n Motorized or manual X-Y translation n Accommodates a variety of stage

inserts
n Stable support and solid design
n Compatible with Nikon, Olympus,
n Open design allows easy access to Zeiss and Leica upright and inverted
specimen and microscope microscopes

n Highly stable for experiments n Suitable for:

intolerant of drift Multi-site electrophysiology
where there is a need for a single
large stage

124 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The MT-1078 / MT-2078 / MT-2278 systems consist of a X-Y translator and a large

MICROMANIPULATION
fixed stage. The MT-78-FS is designed for users who prefer a large platform stage for
their experiments. The stage provides solid, stable support and ample space to attach
manipulators and other instruments as needed. The rigid aluminum top plate sits firmly
on two MT-75 gantry style stands. These stands provide height adjustment and sturdy
attachment to the user’s vibration tables.

At the core of the MT-1078 is a manual X-Y translation table, the MT-500. The
translator is designed to allow movement of a microscope’s optics with respect to
the fixed stage. The translator allows visualization and/or imaging of multiple tissue
locations while maintaining multiple stable recordings from the preparation.

The MT-2078 / MT-2278 systems use a motorized translator. At the core of the
MT-2000/MT-2200 system is the MT-800 stepper-motor driven X-Y translation table.
The motors can be operated either by the popular MP-285 manipulator controller
(MT-2078) or the dual manipulator controller MPC-200 (MT-2278). A rotary optical
encoder (ROE) accepts user input to the motorized translator and can be placed in
any convenient location in your setup. Either controller gives the user smooth, high-
resolution control of motion. The MP-285 controller offers extensive on-board robotic
functionality and a serial computer interface for PC control.

The MPC-200 controller offers a USB computer interface for PC control. Systems
using the MP-285 controller are called MT-2078 while systems using the MPC-200-
ROE controller are designated MT-2278. In the center of the MT-78-FS top plate is a
4x6 inch milled pocket that will accommodate a variety of aluminum or stainless steel
(ferromagnetic) stage inserts, designed to secure various commercial tissue chambers,
Petri dishes or slide holders. Custom can also be provided. The ferromagnetic insert
allows small magnetic devices such as perfusion lines, ground electrodes and small
manipulators to be mounted near the dish.

The MT-500 manual translator and the MT-800 motorized translator are currently
available for the Olympus BX-51WI, Nikon FN1, Zeiss Examiner, Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS
and the Leica DM6000FS. Focus drives are available for the Olympus BX51WI. Other
microscopes can be supported.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 125

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S
M T-1 0 7 8 / M T- 2 0 7 8 / M T- 2 2 7 8
MICROMANIPULATION

n Baseplate 8 in x 15.25 in x 2.25 in

Dimensions 200 mm x 375 mm x 55 mm
n Maximum Travel 1 in
25 mm
n Resolution 0.0002 in
5 µm
n Maximum Load 70 lbs
32 kg
n Weight 35 lbs
16 kg

(MT-1078 shown with MPC-385-2.

Headstages and microscope not included)

126 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 M T-1 0 7 8 / M T- 2 0 7 8 / M T- 2 2 7 8
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
COMPLETE SYSTEMS
MT-1078 Includes the MT-500 manual X-Y translator, and MT-78-FS
fixed stage platform
n MT-1078/Y511 MT-1078 for the Olympus BX51WI
n MT-1078/Y531 MT-1078 for the Olympus BX53/63
n MT-1078/Y711 MT-1078 for the Olympus IX71
n MT-1078/Z251 MT-1078 for the Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS
n MT-1078/Z451 MT-1078 for the Zeiss Axio Examiner
n MT-1078/N651 MT-1078 for the Nikon FN1
n MT-1078/L301 MT-1078 for the Leica DMLFS
n MT-1078/L351 MT-1078 for the Leica DM6000 FS

MT-2278 Includes the MT-800 motorized X-Y translator, MPC-200 controller

and ROE, MT-78-FS fixed stage platform, cables and manual
n MT-2278/Y511 MT-2278 for the Olympus BX51WI
n MT-2278/Y531 MT-2278 for the Olympus BX53/63
n MT-2278/Z251 MT-2278 for the Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS
n MT-2278/Z451 MT-2278 for the Zeiss Axio Examiner
n MT-2278/N651 MT-2278 for the Nikon FN1
n MT-2278/L301 MT-2278 for the Leica DMLFS
n MT-2278/L351 MT-2278 for the Leica DM6000 FS

MT-2078 Includes the MT-800 motorized X-Y translator, MP-285 controller

and ROE, MT-78-FS fixed stage platform, cables and manual
n MT-2078/Y511 MT-2078 for the Olympus BX51WI
n MT-2078/Y531 MT-2078 for the Olympus BX53/63
n MT-2078/Z251 MT-2078 for the Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS
n MT-2078/Z451 MT-2078 for the Zeiss Axio Examiner
n MT-2078/N651 MT-2078 for the Nikon FN1
n MT-2078/L301 MT-2078 for the Leica DMLFS
n MT-2078/L351 MT-2078 for the Leica DM6000 FS

1
Please specify chamber type when ordering.
2
Please contact Sutter for availability of focus drive on other
microscope makes & models

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 127

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 A C C E S S O R I E S M T -1 0 7 8 / M T - 2 0 7 8 / M T - 2 2 7 8
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
MICROMANIPULATION

PLATFORM CHAMBER INSERTS

n X0405001 Warner Series 20 (round) for PM platform — aluminum
n X0405031 Warner Series 20 (round) for PM platform — stainless
n X0405051 Warner Series 20 (octagonal) for P & PH — aluminum
n X0405071 Warner Series 20 (octagonal) for P & PH — stainless
n X0405101 50 mm round — aluminum
n X0405121 50 mm round — stainless steel
n X0404971 Blank insert — aluminum
n X0404981 Blank insert — stainless steel
n SI-SLIDE1 Insert with slide holders
n SI-PETRI Insert for petri dish and slides
n SI-W301 Warner Series 30 platform insert — aluminum
n SI-W30ST1 Warner Series 30 platform insert — stainless steel
n SI-ALA-MS1 ALA MS series insert — aluminum
n SI-CUSTOM2 Custom stage insert

1
One insert included with MT-1078 / MT-2078 / MT-2278 at no charge
2
Call Sutter Instrument for details

INSERT DRAWINGS

X040500, X040503 X040505, X040507

SI-W30, SI-W30-ST SI-ALA-MS

SI-SLIDE SI-PETRI

128 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 C O M P O N E N T S M T -1 0 7 8 / M T - 2 0 7 8 / M T - 2 2 7 8
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS
n MT-78-FS1 Fixed platform stage with imperial/standard
holes, chamber insert and gantry supports
n MT-78-FS/M61 Same as above with M6 tapped holes
n MT-78-CS1 Platform stage with 12.5 mm manual micrometer
movement, chamber insert, and gantry supports
n MT-78-CS/M61 Same as above with M6 tapped holes

MANUAL X-Y TRANSLATOR

n MT-500/Y50 Manual Translator for Olympus BX50WI
n MT-500/Y51 Manual Translator for Olympus BX51WI
n MT-500/Y53 Manual Translator for Olympus BX53/63
n MT-500/Y71 Manual Translator for Olympus IX71
n MT-500/N65 Manual Translator for Nikon FN1
n MT-500/L30 Manual Translator for Leica DMLFS
n MT-500/L35 Manual Translator for Leica DM6000 FS
n MT-500/Z20 Manual Translator for Zeiss Axioskop FS
n MT-500/Z25 Manual Translator for Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS
n MT-500/Z45 Manual Translator for Zeiss Axio Examiner

MOTORIZED X-Y TRANSLATOR WITH MPC-200 CONTROLLER AND ROE

n MT-820/Y51 Translator for Olympus BX51WI
n MT-820/Y53 Translator for Olympus BXBX53/63
n MT-820/N65 Translator for Nikon FN1
n MT-820/L30 Translator for Leica DMLFS
n MT-820/L35 Translator for Leica DM6000 FS
n MT-820/Z25 Translator for Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS
n MT-820/Z45 Translator for Zeiss Axio Examiner

MOTORIZED X-Y TRANSLATOR WITH MP-285 CONTROLLER AND ROE

n MT-800/Y51 Translator for Olympus BX51WI
n MT-800/Y53 Translator for Olympus BX53/63
n MT-800/N65 Translator for Nikon FN1
n MT-800/L30 Translator for Leica DMLFS
n MT-800/L35 Translator for Leica DM6000 FS
n MT-800/Z25 Translator for Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS
n MT-800/Z45 Translator for Zeiss Axio Examiner
1
Useful for most upright scopes and the Axiovert 25 inverted scope with
low stage plate. Please specify chamber type when ordering (Page 100).

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 129

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MPC-78 / MP-78
LARGE MOVING PLATFORM STAGE
MICROMANIPULATION

F E AT U R E S M P C -78 / M P -78

n Stable support and solid design n Accomodates a variety of stage inserts

n 25 mm motorized travel in X & Y n Compatible with Nikon, Olympus,

Zeiss and Leica upright and inverted
n 40 nm or 62.5 nm resolution microscopes
(depending on controller)
n Suitable for:
n Convenient HOME function allows Multi-site, two-photon,
stage to be quickly repositioned electrophysiology
Multi-site, inverted (or other large
n Can be operated with MPC-200 or microscope) electrophysiology
MP-285 controllers

n Easy to read vacuum fluorescent

display

130 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The MPC-78 / MP-78 Large Moving Stage is available for patch slice or in vivo

MICROMANIPULATION
experiments where the microscope body cannot be moved to view different fields of
view. This is most common in two-photon experiments where the excitation beam
path must enter a fixed microscope. In order to visit wide-spaced fields of view,
and potentially position pipettes at wide-spaced locations, the preparation and any
associated manipulators must move together on a large stage.

The MPC-78 / MP-78 was introduced at the 2007 Imaging Structure and Function in the
Nervous System course at Cold Spring Harbor labs. The stage was very well received.
The MPC-78 / MP-78 is also appropriate for use with inverted microscopes or other
scopes that are larger and not easily translated.

The MPC-78 version uses our MPC-200 multi-manipulator controller. Connecting the
stage to one port leaves the second port open for a Sutter MP-285, MP-865, or MP-225
manipulator. A simple switch on the ROE-200 allows you to easily control the stage or
manipulator. A second MPC-200 controller can be daisy-chained to allow operation of a
more complex system from one ROE-200.

The MP-78 version is operated by the MP-285 controller, providing onboard

programming capability along with control via a serial interface.

The cast aluminum top plate has an attractive shape with an extensive 1/4-20 threaded
hole pattern on 1-inch centers. This hole pattern is appropriate for mounting Sutter
MP-285 or MP-225 manipulator mechanicals using the mounting adapter plates that
come with these devices. Optional rotating bases (285RBI) are also compatible and add
fiexibility. Finally, the MP-865 mechanical can be mounted on its narrow linear slide.

The large-stage platforms provide solid, stable support and ample space to attach
manipulators and other instruments as needed. The rigid aluminum top plate sits firmly
on two of our well-known MT-75 gantry-style stands. These stands provide height
adjustment and sturdy attachment to the user’s vibration table. Multiple degrees of
freedom accommodate a variety of microscope and instrument arrangements.

In the center of the top plate is a 4 X 6 inch milled pocket that will accommodate
a variety of aluminum stage inserts, designed to secure various commercial tissue
chambers or slide holders. Custom aluminum inserts can also be provided. An available
magnetic stainless steel insert carries commercial chambers or can be provided with a
simple large, through hole for mounting a custom chamber. The magnetic insert allows
small magnetic devices (perfusion lines, ground electrodes, small manipulators) to be
mounted easily near the dish.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 131

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S M P C -78
L A R G E M OV I N G S TAG E P L AT F O R M

n Baseplate 8 in x 15.25 in x 2.25 in

MICROMANIPULATION

Dimensions 200 mm x 375 mm x 55 mm

n Maximum Travel 1 in
25 mm
n Resolution 0.625 µm/step
Displayed in microns
n Maximum Load 110 lbs
50 kg
n Weight 35 lbs
16 kg
n Interface USB

S P EC I F I C AT I O N S M P -78
L A R G E M OV I N G S TAG E P L AT F O R M

n Baseplate 8 in x 15.25 in x 2.25 in

Dimensions 200 mm x 375 mm x 55 mm
n Maximum Travel 1 in
25 mm
n Resolution Low: 0.2 µm/step
High: 0.04 µm/step
Displayed in submicrons
n Maximum Load 110 lbs
50 kg
n Weight 35 lbs
16 kg
n Interface RS-232, 9600 baud
(1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit)

132 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 M P C -78 / M P -78
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS
n MPC-781 Moving platform stage plate with motorized gantry
supports and imperial/standard holes, MP-200 controller
(USB interface) and ROE, chamber insert, cables, manual
n MPC-78/M61 Same as MPC-78 except M6 tapped holes
n MP-781 Moving platform stage plate with motorized gantry
supports and imperial/standard holes, MP-285 controller
(serial interface) and ROE, chamber insert, cables, manual
n MP-78/M61 Same as MP-78 except with M6 tapped holes

ACCESSORIES M P C -78 / M P -78

MP-78 and MPC-78 CHAMBER INSERTS (Diagrams on page 100)

n X0405003 Warner Series 20 (round) for PM platform – aluminum
n X0405033 Warner Series 20 (round) for PM platform – stainless
n X0405053 Warner Series 20 (octagonal) for P & PH – aluminum
n X0405073 Warner Series 20 (octagonal) for P & PH – stainless
n X0405103 50mm round – aluminum
n X0405123 50mm round – stainless steel
n X0404973 Blank insert – aluminum
n X0404983 Blank insert – stainless steel
n SI-SLIDE3 Insert with slide holders
n SI-PETRI Insert for petri dish and slides
n SI-W303 Warner Series 30 platform insert – aluminum
n SI-W30ST3 Warner Series 30 platform insert – stainless steel
n SI-ALA-MS3 ALA MS series insert – aluminum
n SI-CUSTOM4 Custom stage insert

1
Please specify chamber type when ordering.
2
Other microscope makes and models may be available. Order with M6 or
standard tapped holes.
3
One insert included with MP-78 or MPC-78 at no charge
4
Call Sutter Instrument for details

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 133

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 3DMS
3-AXIS MOTORIZED STAGE
MICROMANIPULATION

(Shown: 3DMS-200, with 3DMS-W20 stage bracket)

F E AT U R E S 3DMS

n Variety of stage bracket options n When used with the MP-285

provide increased flexibility controller, programmable robotics for
complex motion sequences
n Highly stable for experiments
intolerant of pipette drift n Continuous display (in microns) of
axes positions
n Sub-micron resolution and integrated
coarse positioning n Switch between continuous or single
step movement
n 1 inch of motorized travel on all three
axes n Absolute and relative origins

n Adjustable speed and resolution n Remote computer control

allows optimization for your
experimental setup n Compact design easily adaptable to
your setup

134 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
Many imaging experiments require the ability to move to multiple locations in a

MICROMANIPULATION
chamber or in a tissue culture dish. Large motorized stages accomplish this, but
generally make the microscope into a single-use, motorized imaging station. The
form factor of motorized stages usually precludes positioning other equipment such
as manipulators at the same microscope.

Now, a simple attachment converts a standard Sutter MP-285 manipulator into the
3-Dimensional Motorized Stage. The 3DMS manipulator and stage attachment can
be either mounted on an MT-75 gantry stand next to an upright microscope, or on
an MD series stand attached to the body of an inverted microscope. The compact
size allows manipulators and other equipment to be used simultaneously.

Refocusing is often required at the different X-Y locations when images are
automatically acquired. Normally this requires a motorized focus drive to be added
to the microscope. Because the 3DMS is a three-axis manipulator, focusing (vertical
movement of the stage) is already built in. Surprisingly, this relatively small package
still allows for 25 mm of movement in X, Y and Z axes with sub-micron precision.

A variety of stage brackets are available to fit the needs of your experiment.
Please consult our technical staff for further information.

3DMS-W20 3DMS-W20R 3DMS-3X3 3DMS-PETRI 3DMS-BLANK

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 135

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S 3DMS

n Travel 1 inch
MICROMANIPULATION

25 mm on all three axes

n Resolution (with Low: 0.2 µm/step
MP-285 Controller) High: 0.04 µm/step
n Maximum Speed 2.9 mm/sec
n Long Term Stability <10 nm/hour at 24 deg C
n Drive Mechanism Precision worm gear capstan drive
n Serial Interface RS-232, 9600 baud
(1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit)
n Dimensions Mechanical:
4.5 in x 6 in x 6.25 in
11 cm x 15 cm x 16 cm
Controller:
4 in x 16 in x 12.25 in
10 cm x 40.5 cm x 31 cm
n Weight Manipulator:
3.85 lb
1.7 kg
Controller:
10 lb 11 oz
4.5 kg
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
STAGE BRACKETS

3DMS-W20 3DMS-W20R 3DMS-3X3 3DMS-PETRI 3DMS-BLANK

136 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 3DMS SYSTEMS
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
n 3DMS-100 Includes TRIO™ MPC-100 controller, 3-axis
motorized stage for microscope, stage bracket,
and ROE user interface
n 3DMS-2851 Includes rack mount MP-285 controller, 3-axis
motorized stage for microscope, stage bracket,
and ROE user interface
n 3DMS-2001 Includes rack mount MPC-200 controller, 3-axis
motorized stage for microscope, stage bracket,
and ROE user interface

ACCESSORIES 3DMS

STAGE BRACKETS
When ordering the 3DMS, the stage bracket must be specified. Please list as a separate
item at no cost. Additional stage brackets can be purchased as needed.

n 3DMS-W202 Stage bracket for Warner Series 20 octagonnal (P & PH)

n 3DMS-W20R 2 Stage bracket for Warner Series 20 round (PM)
n 3DMS-3X32 Stage bracket with 3X3 M6 tapped holes
n 3DMS-PETRI2 Stage bracket for Petri dish and slides
n 3DMS-BLANK 2 Stage bracket – blank
n 3DMS-CUSTOM Stage bracket – custom design
n 3DMS/M 3-axis motorized stage mechanical only
n M100106 Flat side panel for controller (each)

1 Please specify stage bracket when ordering.

2 One stage bracket included with 3DMS-200 or 3DMS-285 at no charge.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 137

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 M O T O R I Z E D M I C R O S C O P E S TAG E A N D T R A N S L AT O R
C O M PA R I SO N C H A R T
MICROMANIPULATION

MT-2000 / 2078 MP-78

MT-2200 / 2278 MPC-78 3DMS
DESCRIPTION Microscope translator Large moving platform 3-dimensional
and table mounted stage motorized stage
stands and/or fixed
stage for multi-patch

USES Multi-electrode recording Simultaneous Multi-site imaging of

and imaging in slices or 2-Photon Imaging and samples smaller than
other preparations electrophysiology 25 mm x 25 mm

FEATURES 25 mm X and Y optical Tissue sample or whole Built-in Z focus drive,

train movement via animal and multiple compact form factor,
manual or motorized manipulators are compatible with upright
microscope translators. supported on a large, or inverted microscopes,
Accomplishes moving stage. 25 mm 25 mm travel in X, Y,
high magnification travel in X and Y allow and Z. Adjustable speed
microscopy/ the user to move to and resolution allows
electrophysiology multiple sites in brain optimization for your
at multiple sites in a or other tissue for experimental setup.
sample. Manipulatators electrode placement Absolute and relative
and tissue sample can and simultaneous origins.Programmable
be on separate stands 2-photon imaging. The robotics for complex
or on a single large fixed large moving stage is motion sequences
stage. also useful for inverted when used with
microscope or other MP-285 controller.
applications where
moving the microscope
is not convenient or
easily accomplished.
Features
Travel
25 mm in X, Y, and Z n n
22 mm in X and Y n
Focus
Built-in n
Option for Olympus BX51WI1 n n
Control ROE or PC ROE or PC ROE or PC
Interface
With MPC-200 USB USB USB
With MP-285A Serial & USB Serial & USB Serial & USB
With TRIO™ MPC-1002 USB

1
Please contact Sutter for availability on other microscope makes and models
2
Only available with 3DMS

138 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MICROMANIPULATION

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 139

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MT-75 SERIES
GANTRY STYLE MICROMANIPULATOR STAND
MICROMANIPULATION

F E AT U R E S M T-75 S E R I E S

n Adjustable vertical and horizontal axes n Solid construction provides stable

mounting
n Up to 360 degrees of rotation
n Optional linear slide provides smooth
n Suitable for upright and inverted and easy movement for pipette
microscopes replacement

n Quick lock mechanism allows for easy

positioning

140 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
For ultimate flexibility in positioning micromanipulators or other devices adjacent

MICROMANIPULATION
to your microscope, look to the MT-75 series stands. These unique gantry systems
offer adjustable vertical and horizontal axes and up to 360 degrees of rotation. Your
manipulator or other device will mount to the 3/4 in. thick aluminum cantilever which
is dovetailed for secure positioning. The cantilever assembly is mounted on a heavy
2 in. diameter stainless steel post. The post is supported within the same extruded
aluminum tower used in our MT-70 stands. The tower can be center mounted or
edge mounted to the base-plate for an additional degree of positioning freedom.

A quick lock mechanism allows easy unlocking and rotation of the post/cantilever
assembly up to 320 degrees, then rotation back to the same positive stop position
and locking in place (e.g. insertion and removal of microelectrodes from headstages).
Remove the positive stop and you have a full 360 degree rotation. A Teflon washer
contributes to the smooth rotation of the system.

The solid aluminum baseplate has through-holes on 1 inch (25mm) centers for
mounting onto tables. The cantilever has eighteen 1 inch spaced 10-32 holes along
the edges. The MT-75/LS manipulator mount provides additional flexibility of
movement. In multiple manipulator setups, rotational movement for pipette
replacement is often not possible. Using a long linear rail, the manipulator can be
quickly and smoothly moved to a location where there is easy access to the pipette
for replacement. After replacement, the manipulator can be slid back into a fixed
stop that defines the working position.

Vertical positioning is achieved with an aluminum collar which securely locks onto
the steel post to fix the height of the system. These systems are very stiff, deflecting
approximately 2 µm per 25 mm rise with a 1.5 kg load at the end of the cantilever.

The linear slide system can also be added to existing MT-75 stands by ordering
the MT-7004 linear slide cantilever alone.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 141

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S
M T-75 S E R I E S
MICROMANIPULATION

n Baseplate 6 in x 6 in x .75 in
Dimensions 153 mm x 153 mm x 19 mm
n Cantilever 2.5 in x 8 in x .75 in
Dimensions 64 mm x 204 mm x 19 mm
n Total Stand Height MT-75:
Adjustable
8.71 in to 12.25 in
221 mm to 311 mm
MT-75S:
Adjustable
6.71 in to 7.25 in
170 mm to 184 mm
n Weight MT-75:
11 lbs 7 oz
5.2 kg
MT-75S:
9 lbs 14 oz
4.5 kg
MT-75T:
13 lbs
5.9 kg

142 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MT-75 GANTRY STYLE STAND SELECTION GUIDE

MICROMANIPULATION
For use with an For use with an upright For use with an
inverted microscope. microscope mounted upright microscope
Independent tower on a translator. without a translator.
solution when
not using our MD
manipulator or
stage platforms.

MT-75T MT-75 MT-75S

Max

Max
Min

Min
Max

Min
38.74 cm

31.12 cm
29.74 cm

22.12 cm

17.04 cm
18.42 cm
15.25 in

12.25 in
11.71 in

8.71 in

6.71 in
7.25 in

BASEPLATE OPTIONS

SQUARE MT-75T MT-75 MT-75S

6 in x 6 in x 0.75 in
BASEPLATE VERTICAL DIMENSIONS
15.2 cm x 15.2 cm x 1.9 cm
Min Max Min Max Min Max

SQUARE 11.71 in 15.25 in 8.71 in 12.25 in 6.71 in 7.25 in

OR
NARROW 29.74 cm 38.74 cm 22.12 cm 31.12 cm 17.04 cm 18.42 cm
NARROW
3 in x 5 in x 0.75 in 11.26 in 14.80 in 8.26 in 11.80 in 6.26 in 6.80 in
7.6 cm x 12.7 cm x 1.9 cm THIN
28.60 cm 37.59 cm 20.98 cm 29.97 cm 15.90 cm 17.27 cm

THIN
5 in x 5 in x 0.3 in
12.7 cm x 12.7 cm x 0.76 cm

The MT-75 stands come standard with the square baseplate.

The narrow or thin baseplate can be substituted at the time of
ordering at no additional charge.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 143

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 M T-75 S E R I E S
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
MICROMANIPULATION

MT-75 SERIES
n MT-75 Standard gantry stand 8.7 to 13.4in (22.1 to 33.9 cm)
n MT-75S1 Short gantry stand 6.7 to 9.6 in (16.9 to 24.4 cm)
n MT-75T Tall gantry stand 10.7 to 15.4 in (27.1 to 39.1 cm)
n MT-75XT Extra tall gantry stand 14.7 to 18.5 in (37.4 to 47 cm)
n MT-75/LS1 Standard gantry stand with linear slide
n MT-75S/LS1 Short gantry stand with linear slide
n MT-75T/LS Tall gantry stand with linear slide
n MT-75XT/LS Extra tall gantry stand with linear slide

MT-81 MICROINJECTION SERIES

n MT-81-DOV82 MT-81 stand with 8 inch dovetail
n MT-81-DOV122 MT-81 stand with 12 inch dovetail

1
Useful for most upright scopes and the Axiovert 25 inverted scope
with low stage plate.
2
Useful for low profile stereoscopes and microinjection.

(Shown: MT-81-DOV8.
Suitable for microinjection)

ACCESSORIES M T-75 S E R I E S

n MT-7004 Linear slide cantilever (no stand)

n MAG-MT Magnetic feet (set of 4)
n X7000803 Thin baseplate – 5 in x 5 in x 0.3 in thick
n X7000953 Narrow baseplate – 3 in x 5 in x 0.75 in thick
n X7001003 Square baseplate – 6 in x 6 in x 0.75 in thick
n X7500903 12 inch dovetail

3
Can be substituted at time of ordering with MT-75 stands at no
additional charge.

144 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MICROMANIPULATION

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 145

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MT-70 & MT-71 SERIES
MICROMANIPULATOR STANDS
MICROMANIPULATION

F E AT U R E S M T-70 / M T-71

n Solid extrusion provides sturdy, stable n Accomodates a variety of special

mounting layouts

n Individual components provide a n Suitable for upright and inverted

variety of mounting options microscopes

n Adjustable height cantilever available

146 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The MT-70 series of stands are sturdy, stable, and extremely versatile for mounting

MICROMANIPULATION
components for a variety of research applications. They were designed for placing
our heavy Huxley-style micromanipulators adjacent to any microscope. We found
them to be so useful and adaptable that we also use them for mounting other items
such as optical components.

The stands are based on a rigid extruded aluminum tower which is available in 3 inch
increments up to 12 inches. The tower is mounted on a sturdy 3/4 in thick aluminum
baseplate and then fitted with a 5/16 in thick aluminum mounting platform. These
systems are configurable as fixed height stands or, in the MT-71 series, have an
adjustable height cantilevered side platform for added versatility. The tower can be
center or edge mounted to the baseplate for accommodating various spatial layouts.
Rows of 1 inch and 25 mm centered clearance holes are provided in the baseplate
for attachment to tables. The mounting platforms have tapped ¼-20 mounting
holes on 1 inch centers.

The stands are available in sets, or you can order individual components separately
to meet your specific requirements. Custom heights can be made to order for an
additional fee. To securely fasten our MP-85 Huxley style manipulator to the
mounting plates, please order the manipulator adapter plate at the time of purchase.
Larger baseplates or mounting plates are available upon special order.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 147

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S M T-70 / M T-71 S E R I E S

n Baseplate 6 in x 6 in x .75 in
MICROMANIPULATION

Dimensions 153 mm x 153 mm x 19 mm

n Mounting Plate 5 in x 5 in x 5/16 in
Dimensions 128 mm x 128 mm x 8 mm
n Total Stand Height Depending on configuration
4 1/16 in to 13 1/16 in
104 mm to 333 mm
n Weight Depending on configuration
3 lbs 11 oz to 8 lbs 5 oz
1.7 kg to 3.8 kg

MECHANICAL DRAWINGS MT-70-3


 





 


MECHANICAL DRAWINGS MT-71-6





 






 


148 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 M T-70 / M T-71 S E R I E S
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
MT-70 SERIES
n MT-70-3 3 inch tower, baseplate, mounting
platform and fastening hardware
n MT-70-6 Same as above with 6 inch tower
n MT-70-9 Same as above with 9 inch tower
n MT-70-12 Same as above with 12 inch tower

(Custom tower lengths available: Call for pricing)

MT-71 SERIES
n MT-71-3 3 inch tower, baseplate, mounting
platform and fastening hardware
n MT-71-6 Same as above with 6 inch tower
n MT-71-9 Same as above with 9 inch tower
n MT-71-12 Same as above with 12 inch tower

(Custom tower lengths available: Call for pricing)

ACCESSORIES M T-70 / M T-71 S E R I E S

n MT-7001 Cantilever mounting assembly

n MAG-MT Magnetic feet (set of 4)
n X700080 Thin baseplate — 5 in x 5 in x 0.3 in thick
n X700095 Narrow baseplate — 3 in x 5 in x 0.75 in thick
n X700100 Square baseplate — 6 in x 6 in x 0.75 in thick
n X700102 Mounting plate — 5 in x 5 in x 0.3 in thick
n X700115 MP-85 adapter plate

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 149

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MD SERIES
MICROMANIPULATOR PLATFORMS
MICROMANIPULATION

F E AT U R E S MD SERIES

n Creates a stable matrix of ¼-20 n Independent platform separate from

or M6 holes on one or both sides of specimen
a mechanical stage
n Allows for flexible mounting of all
n Open design allows easy access to Sutter motorized manipulators
specimen and microscope

n Mounts directly on microscope,

preserving valuable optical bench
space

150 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
We've designed a series of Microscope Dependent (MD) stands for those who wish to

MICROMANIPULATION
use a Sutter Instrument manipulator in conjunction with an inverted microscope.

The typical MD stand is a manipulator platform that bolts directly to the frame of an
inverted microscope. Stands are available in either single-sided or double-sided versions
for the most common inverted microscopes made by Nikon, Olympus, Leica, and Zeiss.
These platforms lend themselves to the absolutely drift-free recording configuration
required when using the manipulators to position patch-electrodes to record from
attached cells in culture.

To mount the MP-285 to an MD stand, you also need either the X285210 mounting
adapter plate (for orthogonal mounting), or the 285RBI
rotating base that allows for non-orthogonal mounting and rotation of the entire
manipulator (note: the X285210 mounting plate is included with each MP-285 and
MP-225). New mounting options and adapters for new microscopes are being added
frequently. Please see our web site for new additions, current mechanical drawings,
and dimensions.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 151

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MECHANICAL DRAWINGS MD-SERIES
MICROMANIPULATION











 





(Dimensions vary by scope)

152 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MD-SERIES
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
MD part numbers have top plates with an imperial hole pattern (¼-20 on 1 inch centers)
and our MDM part numbers indicate a metric hole pattern (M6 tapped holes on 25 mm
centers). The last digit of the MD and MDM part number identifies a single-sided universal
platform (-1), single-sided positional (-1L, -1R), or a double-sided platform (-2). If you do
not see a metric top plate for your microscope, please phone Sutter as it may be available.
Nikon MD-50 SERIES
Nikon Diaphot 200/300 and Nikon TE 200/300
MD-50-1 Single-sided
MD-50-2 Double-sided
Nikon TMD
MD-51-1 Single-sided
MD-51-2 Double-sided
Nikon TE-2000
MD-52-1 Single-sided
MD-52-2 Double-sided
MD-52-1/UP Single-sided for scopes with Stage Up
MD-52-2/UP Double-sided for scopes with Stage Up
Nikon TE-2000 (metric tap)
MDM-52-1 Single-sided
MDM-52-2 Double-sided
MDM-52-1/UP Single-sided for scopes with Stage Up
MDM-52-2/UP Double-sided for copes with Stage Up
Nikon Ti
MD-54-1L Single-sided left
MD-54-1R Single-sided right
MD-54-2 Double-sided
MD-54-1/M Single-sided for scopes with motorized stage
MD-54-2/M Double-sided for scopes with motorized stage
MD-54-1/UP Single-sided for scopes with Stage Up
MD-54-2/UP Double-sided for scopes with Stage Up
MD-54-1/MUP Single-sided for scopes with Stage Up — motorized
MD-54-2/MUP Double-sided for scopes with Stage Up — motorized
Nikon Ti (metric tap)
MDM-54-1L Single-sided left
MDM-54-1R Single-sided right
MDM-54-2 Double-sided
MDM-54-1/M Single-sided for scopes with motorized stage
MDM-54-2/M Double-sided for scopes with motorized stage
MDM-54-1/UP Single-sided for scopes with Stage Up
MDM-54-2/UP Double-sided for scopes with Stage Up
MDM-54-1/MUP Single-sided for scopes with Stage Up — motorized
MDM-54-2/MUP Double-sided for scopes with Stage Up — motorized
Nikon Ti2
MD-55-1L Single-sided left
MD-55-1R Single-sided right
MD-55-2 Double-sided
Nikon Ti2 (metric tap)
MDM-55-1L Single-sided left
MDM-55-1R Single-sided right
MDM-55-2 Double-sided
MD-SPACER-15 15 mm spacer for Nikon Ti2 with motorized stage (set of 4)

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 153

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MD-SERIES
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
MICROMANIPULATION

Nikon MD-50 SERIES – continued

Nikon TS-2
MD-56-1L Single-sided left
MD-56-1R Single-sided right
MD-56-2 Double-sided
Nikon TS-2 (metric tap)
MDM-56-1L Single-sided left
MDM-56-1R Single-sided right
MDM-56-2 Double-sided
Nikon TS-2R
MD-57-1/L Single-sided left
MD-57-1/R Single-sided right
MD-57-2 Double-sided
Nikon TS-2R (metric tap)
MDM-57-1 Single-sided
MDM-57-2 Double-sided t

Leica MD-60 SERIES

Leica DMIRB
MD-60-1L Single-sided left
MD-60-1R Single-sided right
MD-60-2 Double-sided
Leica DMIL
MD-61-1 Single-sided
MD-61-2 Double-sided
Leica DMI 4000/5000/6000
MD-62-1L Single-sided left
MD-62-1R Single-sided right
MD-62-2 Double-sided
Leica DMi 8
MD-63-1/L Single-sided left
MD-63-1/R Single-sided right
MD-63-2 Double-sided
MD-63-1L/M Single-sided left for scopes with motorized stage
MD-63-1R/M Single-sided right for scopes with motorized stage
MD-63-2/M Double-sided for scopes with motorized stage
Leica DMi 8 (metric tap)
MDM-63-1L Single-sided left
MDM-63-1R Single-sided right
MDM-63-2 Double-sided
MDM-63-1L/M Single-sided left for scopes with motorized stage
MDM-63-1R/M Single-sided right for scopes with motorized stage
MDM-63-2/M Double-sided for scopes with motorized stage

154 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MD-SERIES
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
Olympus MD-80 SERIES
Olympus IX 50/70
MD-80-1 Single-sided
MD-80-2 Double-sided
Olympus IX 50/70 (metric tap)
MDM-80-1 Single-sided
MDM-80-2 Double-sided
Olympus IX 51/71/81
MD-81-1 Single-sided
MD-81-2 Double-sided
Olympus IX 51/71/81 (metric tap)
MDM-81-1 Single-sided
MDM-81-2 Double-sided
Olympus IX 51/71/81 with zero drift stage
MD-81-1ZDC Single-sided
MD-81-2ZDC Double-sided
Olympus IX 53/73
MD-73-1 Single-sided
MD-73-2 Double-sided
Olympus IX 53/73 (metric tap)
MDM-73-1 Single-sided
MDM-73-2 Double-sided
Olympus IX 83
MD-83-1 Single-sided
MD-83-2 Double-sided
Olympus IX 83 (metric tap)
MDM-83-1 Single-sided
MDM-83-2 Double-sided

Zeiss MD-90 SERIES

Axiovert 100/135
MD-90-1 Single-sided
MD-90-2 Double-sided
Axiovert 200 / Axio Observer
MD-91-1 Single-sided
MD-91-2 Double-sided
Axiovert 200 / Axio Observer (metric tap)
MDM-91-1 Single-sided
MDM-91-2 Double-sided
Axiovert 25
MD-92-1 Single-sided
MD-92-2 Double-sided

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 155

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY SYSTEMS
BUNDLED CONFIGURATIONS
MICROMANIPULATION

(Shown: 1078-385-N65. Headstages and microscope not included)

F E AT U R E S BUNDLED SYSTEMS

n Discounted pricing offers savings n Single ROE input device controls

and value manipulators and motorized
components providing ease of
n Classic electrophysiology designs operation
available through a single system
configuration n All features of manipulators, stages
and translators are retained
n Each bundled system comes with
2 manipulators n Systems with platforms include rotating
bases for mounting manipulators
n Easy toggle selection of active
component n Simple USB interface

156 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
MANIPULATOR / STAGE / PLATFORM BUNDLED SYSTEMS

MICROMANIPULATION
Over the last 20 years, electrophysiology rigs have developed around several platforms.
In all, the central concept is that manipulators and the sample are fixed in one frame,
and the microscope is fixed in a second frame. These two separate frames of reference
are then moved with respect to each other in order to locate cells. Sutter Instrument is
now offering several systems, or "Big Kits", that include dual manipulators with either
manipulator stands and scope translator or large moving stage and a dual manipulator
system. By specifying and offering the Big Kit systems, Sutter is able to extend
significant price savings over the same components purchased separately.

Sutter San Francisco... the classic moving scope design with manual translator and
three columns and two manipulators. Developed by labs at UCSF and later adopted
throughout the Bay area, the U.S., and the world. This method allows for easy hand
access to controls on the scope and manipulators, for pipette exchange and other
adjustments.

Sutter Alcatraz... another well proven design, relies on a manual scope translator but
uses a single large fixed plate stage rather than separate stands for manipulators. Many
electrophysiologists want the ability to add additional manipulators or other devices
that a single large platform allows.

Both the San Francisco and the Alcatraz are available with a motorized or manual
translator.

Sutter Long Island... intended specifically for multi-pipette electrophysiology on two-

photon microscopes. Designed in conjunction with Northwestern University and first
used for the CSHL Imaging course. The large moving stage can easily hold an in vivo
or slice preparation and two or more manipulators. The scope is allowed to be fixed to
the table top, which is required for scopes attached to two-photon sources. This same
design is also good for systems where the scope has become too large to move easily,
as in spinning disc confocals and large camera systems. The stage and manipulator
systems have been used on many two-photon and other scopes including those from
Intelligent Imaging Innovations, Zeiss, Olympus and Leica. This configuration is also used
by many researchers in custom built two-photon microscopes.

Software compatibility: Motorized translation and motorized stage systems are

compatible with a wide range of commercial and freeware imaging software platforms
including Intelligent Imaging Innovations' Slidebook, Scan Image, MicroManager and
Sutter's MCS - MOM Computer System. Please contact Sutter for current listing of
software suites that are compatible with our products.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 157

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 CHOOSING THE RIGHT BUNDLED SYSTEM
MICROMANIPULATION

SAN FRANCISCO1

Three Towers Translator Manipulator Part No.

MPC-325-2 1000-325-(scope suffix)

MT-1000
Manual MPC-385-2 1000-385-(scope suffix)
MT-150
+ (2) MT-75
MPC-325-2 2200-325-(scope suffix)
MT-2200
Motorized MPC-385-2 2200-385-(scope suffix)

ALCATRAZ1

Fixed Platform Stage Translator Manipulator Part No.

MPC-325-2 1078-325-(scope suffix)

MT-1078
Manual MPC-385-2 1078-385-(scope suffix)
MT-78-FS
MPC-325-2 2278-325-(scope suffix)
MT-2278
Motorized
MPC-385-2 2278-385-(scope suffix)

LONG ISLAND2

Motorized Platform Stage No Translator Manipulator Part No.

MPC-325-2 78-325
MPC-78
MPC-385-2 78-385

1
Suported microscopes. Others may be available. Please call Sutter for details.
Z25 Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS L30 Leica DM LFS
Z45 Zeiss Axio Examiner L35 Leica DM6000 FS, DM6 FS
Y51 Olympus BX51WI N65 Nikon FN1
Y51-FD Olympus BX51WI (includes focus drive)
Y53 Olympus BX53/63
2
The Long Island has no translator and is appropriate when the microscope must be stationary.

158 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 BUNDLED SYSTEMS
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROMANIPULATION
MICROSCOPE MODELS - Use this scope suffix when ordering
Z25 Zeiss Axioskop 2 FS Y51 Olympus BX51WI
Z45 Zeiss Axio Examiner Y53 Olympus BX53/63
N65 Nikon FN1
L30 Leica DMLFS
L35 Leica DM6000 FS

SAN FRANCISCO
MT-1000 with manual X-Y translator, micromanipulators
n 1000-325-(scope suffix) With two MP-225 manipulators
n 1000-385-(scope suffix) With two MP-285 manipulators
MT-2200 with motorized X-Y translator, micromanipulators
n 2200-325-(scope suffix) With two MP-225 manipulators
n 2200-385-(scope suffix) With two MP-285 manipulators

ALCATRAZ
MT-1078 with manual X-Y translator, micromanipulators
n 1078-325-(scope suffix)1 With two MP-225 manipulators
n 1078-385-(scope suffix)1 With two MP-285 manipulators
MT-2278 with motorized X-Y translator, micromanipulators
n 2278-325-(scope suffix)1 With two MP-225 manipulators
n 2278-385-(scope suffix)1 With two MP-285 manipulators

LONG ISLAND
MT-78 with motorized platform stage, and micromanipulators
n 78-3251 With two MP-225 manipulators
n 78-3851 With two MP-285 manipulators

1
Specify stage insert type when ordering.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 159

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
After the founding product, the BV-10 of use of the P-1000 touch screen display,
Micropipette Beveler, the P-77 Puller to the P-2000, one of the only pullers
was Sutter Instrument's second product available that can fabricate pipettes from
to market. With 50 years of continual pure quartz tubing, Sutter’s pullers have
development, we have long been the become the world standard.
undisputed leader in micropipette pullers.
The P-1000 is the latest evolution of the
Forming glass micropipettes at a nanoscale Flaming/Brown™ Style micropipette puller.
demands precision and sophisticated This puller extends the features of the P-97
controls. From years of continued by incorporating a color touch screen and
refinement of the micropipette puller, integrating new technology that simplifies
Sutter pullers represent the state-of-the-art programming. Unique features such as
in micropipette fabrication. From the ease the safe heat mode, diagnostic testing,

160 PHONE: 1-888-883-0128 • FAX: 1-888-883-0900

INTL PHONE: 1-415-883-0128 • INTL FAX: 1-415-883-0572
EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
line repeat mode, and jaw temperature quartz tubing can now be pulled along
sensor assist in creating the ideal pipette with other lower melting point glass
morphology. The pre-installed Sutter compositions. Quartz pipettes have
Pipette Cookbook, glossary and help helped eliminate some technical barriers
topics, make it easy to access the extensive in electrophysiological studies and have
library of programs. Both pullers offer: enhanced microinjection procedures as
microprocessor controlled programmability, well as near field scanning microscopy.
constant current power supply, a self-
contained precision air delivery system, The P-30 is Sutter’s lowest priced and
and a patented velocity sensing system. simplest puller, based upon a National
These design elements have led to Institutes of Health (NIH) design from the
significant improvements in pipette 1950s. As a vertical puller, it is intended
reproducibility when compared to other for basic micropipette fabrication, sharp
micropipette pullers. electrode, and microinjection work.

The current state-of-the-art in micropipette The BV-10 micropipette beveler continues

puller technology is the P-2000. It to be the state-of-the-art in micropipette
incorporates the mechanical design and beveling technology. For precision
programmability of the Flaming/Brown™ beveling of pipette tip diameters from
pullers, but uses a CO2 laser as the heat fractions of a micron to tens of microns,
source. With the addition of the laser, it is the system of choice.

PHONE: 1-888-883-0128 • FAX: 1-888-883-0900

INTL PHONE: 1-415-883-0128 • INTL FAX: 1-415-883-0572
EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 P-2000 LASER-BASED
MICROPIPETTE PULLER
MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION

F E AT U R E S P-2000

n Capable of pulling quartz, borosilicate n Individual programs can be write-

and aluminosilicate glass protected in order to secure them
from inadvertent changes
n Fully programmable — including
heating filament characteristics n The total time that the heat is on
during the pull is displayed for
n The laser has no melting point limit as improved program development
with conventional metal filaments, and troubleshooting
and therefore, cannot be burned out
n A date and time stamp is displayed to
n Pulls electrodes with tip diameters that show when the program was written
are less than 0.03 µm and/or the last time a program was
changed
n Optimized velocity sensing circuit for
maximized sensitivity and n The P-2000/F is ideal for applications
reproducibility such as nanospray and NSOM

n Operating life of the CO2 laser is n Preprogrammed sample programs for

expected to be in excess of ten years intra-cellular and patch pipettes. The
with normal use, after which the P-2000/F is also comes with an NSOM
laser can be refurbished by Sutter tip program
Instrument for a fee
Patent No.4,600,424

162 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The P-2000 micropipette puller represents a significant advance in the technology

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
of fabrication of micropipettes, optical fiber probes, and nanospray tips. The P-2000
integrates a CO2 laser-based heat source with the technology derived from our extensive
experience with conventional pullers. This system offers capabilities unmatched by other
pullers.

While the P-2000 is suitable for working with most conventional glasses, its primary
advantage is the ability to work with quartz glass (fused silica). Quartz offers superior
material properties for a variety of research applications. Quartz is stronger than other
glasses and can facilitate penetration through tough tissues which would normally
break conventional pipettes1 . For applications requiring a low noise glass, users will find
that quartz is the lowest noise glass available2,3. Quartz contains none of the metals
used in conventional glasses4. Optically, quartz is virtually free from fluorescence when
illuminated.

A CO2 laser was selected as the heat source for the P-2000 for several reasons: 1) the
nominal emission wavelength of the laser approximates the resonant frequency of the
SiO2 lattice in glass. Thus, quartz and other conventional glasses can be melted when the
appropriate laser power is supplied; 2) laser heat is clean and leaves no metal residue on
the pipette as do conventional heating filaments; 3) laser heat can be turned off instantly,
leaving no residual filament heat; 4) the user can program the amount and distribution of
heat supplied to the glass; 5) laser heat source means there are no filaments to burn out
or replace.

The P-2000 can store up to 100 separate programs, with each program consisting of up
to 8 command lines. Programmable parameters include; laser power level, scan width, trip
velocity, delay/laser-on time, and hard pull strength.

One important consideration for the use of the P-2000 is the diameter of the glass used.
The P-2000/G is designed to produce even heating on glass up to 1.2 mm in outside
diameter. Larger diameter glass can be used with the P-2000/G (up to 1.5 mm quartz
and 1.8 mm conventional glass), but the performance is best with glass that is 1.2 mm
diameter or less.

The P-2000/F is designed specifically for small diameter glass (outer diameter in the range
of 0.125 mm to 0.6 mm), such as optical fiber and fused silica capillary, commonly used
for the manufacture of nanospray tips. The P-2000/F is built with special fiber puller bars
and is optically aligned so it is optimized for small diameter material.

As with larger diameter glass, a wide range of tip sizes and taper geometries can be
produced with the P-2000/F and small diameter glass. We have drawn optical fiber tips
ranging from less than 10 nm to more than 5 µm. Please consult our technical staff for
further information.
1, 2, 3, 4
References listed on the next page.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 163

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S P-2000

P-2000/G P-2000/F
MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION

n Patch clamp — single-channeled and n Nanospray mass spectrometry

whole-cell recordings n NSOM
n Intracellular recording n Tapering optical fibers
n Nanoprobe research
n SECM

S P EC I F I C AT I O N S P-2000

n Dimensions 30 in x 14.25 in x 13.25 in

76 cm x 36 cm x 33.5 cm
n Weight 90 lbs
41 kg
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

n CLASS I LASER PRODUCT

REFERENCES P-2000

1. Munoz, J.L. and Coles, J. Quartz micropipettes for intracellular voltage microelectrodes and
ion selective microelectrodes. Journal of Neuroscience Methods: 22:57-64, 1987.

2. Rae, J.L. and Levis, R. A. A method for exceptionally low noise single channel recordings.
European Journal of Physiology - Pflügers Archive: 420:618-620, 1992.

3. Levis, R. A. and Rae, J. L. The use of quartz patch pipettes for low noise single channel recording.
Biophysical Journal: 65:1666-1677, 1993.

4. Zuazaga, C. and Steinacker, A. Patch-clamp recording of ion channels: Interfering effects of

patch pipette glass. News in Physiological Science: 5:155-59, 1990.

164 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 P-2000
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
n P-2000/G Laser-based puller, outfitted for use with glass
GREATER than 0.6 mm OD
n P-2000/F Laser-based puller, outfitted for use with glass
LESS than 0.6 mm OD

(Pullers include a glass stop, sample box of Q100-70-7.5 glass, mirrored

tile and manual)

ACCESSORIES P-2000

n FPS Spacer for special procedures

n GS-I1 Glass stop (Imperial)
n GLA1 Glass loading aid
n GC-I Glass clamps with grips for P-2000/G (set of 2)
n GC-P2000-F Glass clamps with grips for P-2000/F (set of 2)
n CTS Ceramic tile for scoring glass
n PET Pipette examining tile
n BX102 Pipette storage box (holds 10)
4 3/4 in x 3 5/8 in x 3/4 in
n BX202 Pipette storage box (holds 20)
7 in x 3 5/8 in x 3/4 in
n O730350 Mirrored tile
n PR3 Protective ruler (used with P-2000/F)
n PBS Puller bar hard stop

1
Installs on either puller bar
2
Minimum order of any 2 boxes
3
Allows user to burn coating off HPLC tubing without
damaging tubing. Acts as a guide to allow repeatable
location control of burn site.

Protective Ruler

Glass Loading Aid

Glass Stop

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 165

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 P-1000
NEXT GENERATION MICROPIPETTE PULLER
MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION

F E AT U R E S P -1 0 0 0

n Color touch screen display n Jaw temperature sensor helps define

ideal pulling conditions
n Safe heat mode to protect and extend
filament life n Record of last two pull results

n Pipette Cookbook program directory n Ramp test more easily accessed and
is stored and referenced within each
n Pre-heat mode improves stability program. Helps to establish program
heat settings and protect filament.
n Line repeat mode simplifies multi-line
programming n Two symmetrical pipettes with each pull

n Help topics and error detection n Self-contained air supply with filtration
system and humidity control chamber
n Glossary defines micropipette and
puller terminology n Memory storage for up to 100 programs

n Copy & paste function for writing n Two cooling modes: Time and Delay
new programs

166 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
Developed through years of experience with the Flaming/Brown style micropipette

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
pullers and infused with leading edge technology, Sutter is proud to introduce the
P-1000 micropipette puller. The most obvious new feature is the color touchscreen
display that provides an intuitive and full-featured interface.

The extensive library of programs found in the popular Sutter Cookbook has been
incorporated into the P-1000 puller and is available to the user via the touchscreen
display. You need only specify the glass, filament, and type of pipette you require and a
suitable program will be identified and available for installation. This takes the guesswork
out of pipette pulling and simplifies programming.

The Pre-heat mode actively heats and controls the jaw temperature and assures that the
jaws have reached a specific temperature before the glass is pulled. This can increase the
stability of the program from pull to pull. Copy and paste functions assure that programs
can be easily written and the line repeat mode simplifies multi-line programming. A safe
heat mode is an additional feature that helps the user avoid using heat settings that
might damage or burn out the filament. When the safe heat mode is turned on, the
puller will “check” the installed heat and alert the user when a given heat value is too
low or too high in relation to the ramp value. User notes can be added to each program
for annotating important information.

New features for the P-1000 include: diagnostic testing of all puller components, built-
in error detection of air pressure loss or filament burnout, easy access to ramp test,
measurement of jaw temperature, and access to previous pull results with the heat on
times for each cycle of the program. In addition, help topics are pre-loaded to assist with
on-site troubleshooting and the built-in glossary includes text, pictures, and diagrams
explaining the terms used in micropipette fabrication. A rotary dial is offered as an
alternative to the keypad for numerical entry.

Every Sutter Instrument P-1000 Micropipette Puller undergoes a stringent quality control
procedure. Finished pullers are run in for 48 hours to expose any issues that might
lead to premature failure. During the run-in process, the pull cycle is triggered over
2800 times. After this, seven pipettes are pulled and examined in a scanning electron
microscope to ensure good quality pipettes are being made. Only after passing all
these tests, the puller is shipped to the customer. We perform this test on every single
P-1000 Puller we sell to guarantee the quality. Our other pullers, micromanipulators,
light sources, imaging products, microscopes and amplifier systems undergo similarly
demanding quality control procedures before they ship to you.

With over 100 collective years of experience, our product managers are always available
by phone or email to help you program your Sutter puller to help you get the pipettes
you want. No other micropipette manufacturer has as much experience and expertise.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 167

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S P -1 0 0 0

n Patch pipettes n Zebrafish injection

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION

n Sharp electrodes n Insect Egg microinjection

n Pronuclear injection n Aspiration pipettes

S P EC I F I C AT I O N S P -1 0 0 0

n Dimensions 21 in x 14 in x 12 in
53 cm x 36 cm x 30 cm
n Weight 41 lbs
18.59 kg
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

P -1 0 0 0
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

n P-1000 Flaming/Brown™ type micropipette puller,

glass stop, manual, hard copy of Sutter Pipette
Cookbook. Each puller comes with a FB255B
filament and a sample box of BF100-50-10,
BF150-110-10, and BF150-86-10 glass. Sutter
pre-programs the P-1000 with a 2.5 mm x 2.5 mm
box filament (FB255B) unless an alternative
filament is requested.

168 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 ACCESSORIES P -1 0 0 0

n FPS Fire polishing spacer

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
n GS-M Glass stop (Metric)
n GC-M Glass clamps with grips (Metric set of 2)
n CTS Ceramic tile for scoring glass
n PET Pipette examining tile
n BX101 Pipette storage box (holds 10) 4 3/4 in x 3 5/8 in x 3/4 in
n BX201 Pipette storage box (holds 20) 7 in x 3 5/8 in x 3/4 in
n V400103 Replacement Drierite (1 lb)
n V400105 Drierite-w/Cobalt Chloride (5 lb)
n X870700 Drierite Tube Assembly-Complete, w/ports
n M100210 Replacement Puller Dust Cover

BOX FILAMENTS
n FB215B 2.0 mm square box filament, 1.5 mm wide
n FB220B 2.0 mm square box filament, 2.0 mm wide
n FB230B 2.0 mm square box filament, 3.0 mm wide
n FB255B 2.5 mm square box filament, 2.5 mm wide
n FB245B1 2.5 mm square box filament, 4.5 mm wide
n FB315B 3.0 mm square box filament, 1.5 mm wide
n FB320B 3.0 mm square box filament, 2.0 mm wide
n FB330B 3.0 mm square box filament, 3.0 mm wide
TROUGH FILAMENTS
n FT315B 1.5 mm wide trough filament
n FT320B 2.0 mm wide trough filament
n FT330B 3.0 mm wide trough filament
n FT345B 4.5 mm wide trough filament
CUSTOM FILAMENT
n FILAMENT Custom platinum/iridium filament
(phone Sutter for assistance)
1
Minimum order of any 2 boxes

Glass Stop

Pipette storage box

Fire Polishing Spacer

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 169

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 P-97
FLAMING/BROWN™ MICROPIPETTE PULLER
MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION

F E AT U R E S P-97

n Environmental chamber for humidity n Constant current power supply for

control filament and pull solenoid

n Programmable air pressure n Looping pull cycle for fabrication of

patch type micropipettes
n Memory storage for up to 100 programs
n Self-contained air supply with filtration
n Write protection and date stamp for system and humidity control
each programf
n Consistent and reliable electrodes with
n Two symmetrical pipettes with each pull tip diameters less than 0.1 µm
n Two cooling modes: time and delay n Control over the time and pressure at
which the air is delivered
n Pre-programmed sample programs for
intracellular and patch pipettes. Special n Optimized velocity sensing circuit
programming on request for maximized sensitivity and
reproducibility
n Ramp test to establish program heat
settings when a new filament or glass n Quality control, SEM photograph of a
is introduced tip pulled with each puller; criterion
is tip measurement less than 0.1 µm
n Vacuum fluorescent display and typically is ~0.06 µm

170 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The P-97 Flaming/Brown type micropipette puller is ideal for fabricating

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
micropipettes, patch pipettes and microinjection needles. While retaining many of
the features of earlier models, the P-97 offers improvements in mechanical, electronic
and software design. The result is better control of the pulling process and a higher
degree of reproducibility. The P-97 combines a proven mechanical system with a
sophisticated, programmable microprocessor controller. This programmable control of
the pulling parameters allows the investigator to design application specific pipettes
from a wide range of glass compositions and sizes.

A number of other features have been incorporated in the design of the P-97. Most
apparent is the environmental chamber which surrounds the heating filament. This
environmental chamber is designed to minimize the effect of changing humidity on
the reproducibility of pulled pipettes. A 25% increase in power over the P-87 allows
for the use of larger heating filaments, larger diameter glass and multi-barreled
glass. The metal jaws that clamp the heating filament have also been redesigned to
minimize heat retention. A gas delivery mode switch provides for extended cooling
for large diameter and multi-barreled glass. A spring-loaded clamping mechanism has
been added for easier loading of glass. A vacuum fluorescent display has been added
that allows easy viewing.

Software improvements on the P-97 include a display of the total heat-on time to
assist in program development and troubleshooting. Up to 100 programs can now
be written and stored in memory, which makes the P-97 suitable for multiple users.
These programs can now be write-protected, adding security to prevent programs
from being changed or altered inadvertently. The display shows the last date and
time the program was written or edited. In addition, the air pressure is included as a
programmable parameter.

Every Sutter Instrument P-97 Micropipette Puller undergoes a stringent quality control
procedure. Finished pullers are run in for 48 hours to expose any issues that might
lead to premature failure. During the run-in process, the pull cycle is triggered over
2800 times. After this, seven pipettes are pulled and examined in a scanning electron
microscope to ensure good quality pipettes are being made. Only after passing all
these tests, the puller is shipped to the customer. We perform this test on every single
P-97 Puller we sell to guarantee the quality. Our other pullers, micromanipulators,
light sources, imaging products, microscopes and amplifier systems undergo similarly
demanding quality control procedures before they ship to you.

With over 100 collective years of experience, our product managers are always
available by phone or email to help you program your Sutter puller to help you get
the pipettes you want. No other micropipette manufacturer has as much experience
and expertise.

* Patent No. 4,600,424

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 171

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S P-97

n Patch pipettes n Zebrafish injection

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION

n Sharp electrodes n Insect egg microinjection

n Pronuclear injection n Aspiration pipettes

S P EC I F I C AT I O N S P-97

n Dimensions 21 in x 16 in x 12 in
53 cm x 40.6 cm x 30 cm
n Weight 50 lbs
23 kg
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

REFERENCES P-97

These references describe the Flaming/Brown™ series of pullers and contain valuable
information applicable to the P-97.

1. Brown, K.T. and Flaming, D.G. Neurosciences Journal: 2:813-827, 1977.

2. Flaming, D.G. and Brown, K.T., Journal of Neuroscience Methods: 6:91-102, 1982.

3. Brown, K.T. and Flaming, D.G., Advanced Micropipette Techniques for Cell Physiology.
John Wiley and Sons. Great Britain, 1986.

Glass Stop

Fire Polishing Spacer

172 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 P-97
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
n P-97 Flaming/Brown™ type micropipette puller, glass
stop, manual, hard copy of Sutter Pipette Cookbook.
Each puller comes with a FB255B filament and a sample box
of BF150-110-10, BF100-50-10, and BF150-86-10 glass.
Sutter pre-programs the P-97 with a 2.5 mm box filament
unless an alternative filament is requested.

ACCESSORIES P-97

n FPS Fire polishing spacer

n GS-M1 Glass stop (Metric)
n GC-M1 Glass clamps with grips (Metric set of 2)
n CTS Ceramic tile for scoring glass
n PET Pipette examining tile
n BX102 Pipette storage box (holds 10) 4 3/4 in x 3 5/8 in x 3/4 in
n BX202 Pipette storage box (holds 20) 7 in x 3 5/8 in x 3/4 in
n V400103 Replacement Drierite (1 lb)
n V400105 Drierite-w/Cobalt Chloride (5 lb)
n X870700 Drierite Tube Assembly-Complete, w/ports
n M100210 Replacement Puller Dust Cover
BOX FILAMENTS
n FB215B 2.0 mm square box filament, 1.5 mm wide
n FB220B 2.0 mm square box filament, 2.0 mm wide
n FB230B 2.0 mm square box filament, 3.0 mm wide
n FB255B 2.5 mm square box filament, 2.5 mm wide
n FB245B1 2.5 mm square box filament, 4.5 mm wide
n FB315B 3.0 mm square box filament, 1.5 mm wide
n FB320B 3.0 mm square box filament, 2.0 mm wide
n FB330B 3.0 mm square box filament, 3.0 mm wide
TROUGH FILAMENTS
n FT315B 1.5 mm wide trough filament
n FT320B 2.0 mm wide trough filament
n FT330B 3.0 mm wide trough filament
n FT345B 4.5 mm wide trough filament
CUSTOM FILAMENT
n FILAMENT Custom platinum/iridium filament
(phone Sutter for assistance)
1
Installs on either puller bar. Order Metric for serial numbers
that include a “M” and Imperial for all others.
2
Minimum order of any 2 boxes

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 173

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 P-30
VERTICAL
MICROPIPETTE PULLER
MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION

F E AT U R E S P-30

n Pulls electrodes with tip diameters n All working parts are made from
down to 0.3 µm, consistently and corrosion resistant material
reliably
n Two heating assemblies available:
n A micrometer allows precise platinum/iridium (recommended) or
reproducibility of trip point settings in Nichrome coil
producing fine microelectrodes
n Built-in RFI filter and dual voltage/dual
n Full three digit digital controls for frequency operation
accurate setting of heat and pull values
n Rubber padded jaws to minimize
n Constant current power supplies for breakage of capillary tubing
filament and pull solenoid
n Designed to take up minimal bench
n Enclosed front to reduce variability space
caused by drafts
n Slope of the front panel aids in
n Dual (manually) switched heat settings preventing glass from entering
for patch pulling or two different types cabinet/solenoid mechanism
of micropipettes

174 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The model P-30 vertical micropipette puller is designed for the fabrication of basic

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
micropipettes and patch-type pipettes. It will pull micropipettes with tip diameters as
small as 0.3 µm and moderate taper lengths (6 mm to 10 mm). By using an included
patching attachment, the P-30 will pull a patch-type pipette. But, for those
needing very short tapers, high cone angles, and advanced reproducibility, one
should consider the P-97 or the P-1000 micropipette pullers. Using thin or standard
walled capillaries, the P-30 will generate suitable pipettes for microinjection
studies. The P-30 is also ideal for student laboratories and other situations which
call for an economical, reliable pipette pulling device.

The P-30 is available with either a platinum/iridium or a Nichrome filament. The

Nichrome filament is suitable for many applications and is not prone to damage.
The platinum filament is more efficient at heating and cooling, and, although it
is more prone to damage than the Nichrome filament, the platinum filament is
recommended for thick wall and aluminosilicate glass and applications requiring
shorter taper lengths.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 175

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S P-30

n C. elegans
n Xenopus
MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION

n Drosophila microinjection

S P EC I F I C AT I O N S P-30

n Dimensions 18 in x 10 in x 9 in
46 cm x 25 cm x 23 cm
n Weight 35 lbs
16 kg
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

P-30
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

n P-30/P Vertical micropipette puller with platinum/iridium

filament
n P-30/N Vertical micropipette puller with Nichrome
filament
Each puller comes with a sample box of BF100-50-10 glass, and
manual. The P-30/P also comes with an additional filament.

176 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 ACCESSORIES P-30

n P-30-NFL/M1 Nichrome filament block assembly

n P-30-PFL/M1 Platinum/iridium filament block assembly

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
n PET Pipette examining tile
n BX102 Pipette storage box (holds 10)
4 3/4 in x 3 5/8 in x 3/4 in
n BX202 Pipette storage box (holds 20)
7 in x 3 5/8 in x 3/4 in

FILAMENTS P-30

n PF30T15 1.5 mm wide trough filament

n PF30T20 2.0 mm wide trough filament
n PF30T30 3.0 mm wide trough filament
n PF30N3 Nichrome filament (3 turns) (BEFORE SN# P30-680)
n PF30N-43 Nichrome filament (4 turns) (AFTER SN# P30-679)

1
Only necessary when changing filament configuration
2
Minimum order of any 2 boxes
3
P-30/N pullers (serial number lower than P-30-680) came with a P30N
filament installed. You can now select either the P30N or P30N-4
filament. With the P30N-4 you can 1) use lower heat settings, 2) pull
longer tapers (2-3 cm) and 3) use aluminosilicate glass. If you need to
pull very short tapers, the P30N is recommended.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 177

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 M I C RO PI P E T T E P U L L E R C O M PA R I SO N C H A R T
MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION

Features P-1000 P-97 P-2000 P-30

Heat Source
Platinum Filament with Safe Heat Mode n
Platinum Filament n
CO2 Laser n
Platinum or Nichrome Filament n
Glass Type
Borosilicate and Aluminosilicate n n n n
Quartz Glass or Fiber1 n
Max. Glass Size (OD)
4 mm n n
2 mm n
1.65 mm Quartz, 1.8mm Borosilicate n
Tip Size
0.06 µ–3 µ n n
0.01 µ–5 µ n (Fiber)
0.03 µ–5 µ n (Glass)
0.30 µ–2 µ n
Max. Taper Length
1 cm n
1.8 cm n
2 cm n n
Program Lines
8 n n
1 Stage or 2 Stage with manual adjustment n
4 plus Line Repeat Mode n
Type of Cooling
Compressed Dry Air with Humidity Control Chamber n n
NA (Laser On/Off) n
None n
Usable Pipettes/Pull 2 2 2 1

1. Outer diameters < 600 µm require P-2000/F.

178 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 P -1 0 0 0 / P - 9 7 C O M PA R I S O N C H A R T

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
Features P-1000 P-97 Notes

Tip Size Range 0.06 µm–3 µm 0.06 µm–3 µm Two identical pipettes with the same taper length and same tip size.
Taper Length Range 3 mm–15 mm 3 mm–15 mm For longer or shorter tapers, contact Sutter Technical Support.
Two Identical Pipettes Yes Yes To make overall length identical, please purchase and install
the optional Glass Stop (part # GS) onto your puller bar.
Program Looping Yes Yes 4–5 loops is ideal for thick walled glass, while 2–3 loops is ideal
for thin walled glass.
Multi-line Programming Yes Yes The P-1000 has an additional feature “Line Repeat” (see below).
Humidity Control Yes Yes This chamber is purged with dry air before and after the pull to
Chamber remove humidity and control for the ambient conditions in the lab.
100 Program Spots Yes Yes Ideal for labs with multiple users.
Two Cooling Modes: Yes Yes Delay mode is recommended when making patch pipettes with
Time & Delay thick walled glass.
Program Lock Yes Yes On the P-1000, the PROGRAM LOCK feature is on the Menu
Screen of the program.
Safe Heat Mode Yes No The SAFE HEAT mode helps prevent filament burn-out.
Pipette Cookbook Yes No The PIPETTE COOKBOOK can be used to search for a program
that is appropriate for the filament installed in your puller, the glass
dimension you are using, and your application.
Programming Touch Yes No The color TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY provides an intuitive interface
Screen Display that allows more information to be displayed.
Temperature Sensor Yes No The JAW TEMPERATURE SENSOR helps define ideal pulling
conditions.
Pre-heat Mode Yes No The ThermoLock™ technology in the PRE-HEAT mode assures that the
jaws have reached a specific temperature before the glass is pulled.
This can increase the stabilility of the program from pull to pull.
Copy & Paste Function Yes No The COPY & PASTE feature simplifies writing and editing a program.
Line Repeat Yes No The LINE REPEAT feature simplifies writing multi-line programs.
Ramp Test Specific to Yes No The RAMP TEST VALUE is linked and specific to each
Each Program program.
Diagnostics Yes No The DIAGNOSTIC feature can be used to check the Heat, Pull,
Velocity Sensor, and Air/Cooling System functions of the puller.
Error Messages Yes No The P-1000 will alert the user if a system error occurs when pulling
& Warnings a pipette (filament burn-out, air leak, failed to melt glass, etc).
Pull Results Yes No The PULL RESULTS feature displays the heat-on times line by line
for the last two pulls.
Glossary Yes No The GLOSSARY is a built-in dictionary of terms associated with
the pipette puller.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 179

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 FILAMENTS / ACCESSORIES
MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION

There is a minimum purchase of 4 filaments.

Appropriate filament selection depends on your research application, but a general

guideline for filaments is as follows:
Box Filaments are recommended for small to large diameter borosilicate glass, double
barreled, or aluminosilicate glass. Box filaments are particularly suitable for patch
pipettes, slice preparations, and for sharp electrodes and microinjection pipettes where
gradual parallel walls would aid cell penetration. When using a box filament, the size
of the square box should be approximately 1.0 mm to 1.5 mm larger than the outside
diameter of the glass that you will be using.
For IVF and ICSI applications, a 2.5 mm x 4.5 mm box filament (FB245B) is
recommended. For pronuclear injection work, we recommend a 2.5 mm x 2.5 mm
box filament (FB255B). Call for more specific advice or to request a combination of
settings, filaments, and glass for your application.
Trough Filaments are excellent general purpose filaments and are recommended for
creating longer slice patch pipettes and sharp electrodes. The trough filament is not
ideal for making patch pipettes or when using glass over 1.2 mm OD. If very short
tapers are required for patch electrodes or for microinjection, a 2.5 mm or 3mm box
filament is recommended.
Sutter pre-programs the P-1000 and P-97 with a 2.5 mm x 2.5 mm box filament unless an
alternative filament is requested.
For either shape of filament (box or trough), increasing the filament width tends to
increase the length of the pipette taper. If there are specific questions as to the filament
type needed, please call and our technical support staff will guide you in your choice.

180 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
BOX FILAMENTS
P-1000, P-97, P-87, P80PC, P80C, PC-84, P-77B
FB215B 2.0 mm square box filament, 1.5 mm wide
FB220B 2.0 mm square box filament, 2.0 mm wide

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
FB230B 2.0 mm square box filament, 3.0 mm wide
FB255B 2.5 mm square box filament, 2.5 mm wide
FB245B1 2.5 mm square box filament, 4.5 mm wide
FB315B 3.0 mm square box filament, 1.5 mm wide
FB320B 3.0 mm square box filament, 2.0 mm wide
FB330B 3.0 mm square box filament, 3.0 mm wide
TROUGH FILAMENTS
P-1000, P-97, P-87, P80PC, P80C, PC-84, P-77B
FT315B 1.5 mm wide trough filament
FT320B 2.0 mm wide trough filament
FT330B 3.0 mm wide trough filament
FT345B 4.5 mm wide trough filament
P-30 FILAMENTS
PF30T15 1.5 mm wide trough filament
PF30T20 2.0 mm wide trough filament
PF30T30 3.0 mm wide trough filament
PF30N2 Nichrome filament (3 turns) (BEFORE SN# P30-680)
PF30N-42 Nichrome filament (4 turns) (AFTER SN# P30-679)
P-77A LOOP FILAMENTS
(Serial number 160 and above)
FL315A 3.0 mm loop filament, 1.5 mm wide
FL320A 3.0 mm loop filament, 2.0 mm wide
FL325A 3.0 mm loop filament, 2.5 mm wide
(Serial number below 160)
FL315X 3.0 mm loop filament, 1.5 mm wide
FL320X 3.0 mm loop filament, 2.0 mm wide
FL325X 3.0 mm loop filament, 2.5 mm wide
ACCESSORIES
FILAMENT Custom platinum/iridium filament
FPS Fire polishing spacer (P-2000, P-97, P-87)
FS1875 Platinum/iridium sheet,
18 mm x 75 mm x 0.05 mm (40 µ)
CTS Ceramic tile for scoring glass
(large tips 20-200 microns)
BX10 Pipette storage box (holds 10)
4 3/4 in x 3 5/8 in x 3/4 in
BX20 Pipette storage box (holds 20)
7 in x 3 5/8 in x 3/4 in
1
For P-87, please contact Sutter.
2
P-30/N pullers (serial number lower than P-30-680) came with a P30N
filament installed. You can now select either the P30N or P30N4 filament.
With the P30N4 you can 1) use lower heat settings, 2) pull longer tapers
(2-3 cm) and 3)use aluminosilicate glass. If you need to pull very short
tapers, the P30N is recommended.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 181

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 BV-10
MICROELECTRODE BEVELER
MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION

(BV-10-D with optional 40X stereo microscope)

F E AT U R E S B V -1 0

n Vibration-free, magnetically coupled n 7 pound steel baseplate adds

beveling surface additional dampening

n Abrasive surface optically flat to a half n Integrated LED lamp

wave (250 nm)
n Robust micromanipulator controls
n Finest abrasive surface commercially bevel angle and advancement
available

n Synchronous clock motor insures

stable rotation ratef

C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S B V -1 0

n Deep brain injections n C. elegans injections

n ES cell and ICSI procedures n Fish and insect egg injections

n CRISPR

182 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
Elegant and simple to use, the BV-10 offers precision beveling of micropipette tips between 0.1

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
and 100 µm. The unique abrasive plate drive system is vibration free for greater control of the
beveling process. Beveling can be accomplished very rapidly and produces consistent tip diameters
using the techniques as described by Brown and Flaming, Science, August 1974, Vol. 185.

Intracellular recording electrodes can benefit from beveling because of:

• A reduction in the tip diameter by creation of the sharp point on the electrode
• A lowered electrical resistance of the electrode due to the larger cross sectional area of the lumen.

This greatly facilitates penetrating and holding very small or difficult cells. Microinjection needles
also benefit from beveling by promoting entry into cells with minimal damage while at the same
time enhancing the flow of material through the needle.

The basic beveling system consists of a stationary pedestal, optically flat to a half wave (250
nm), surface mounted on a heavy baseplate. This serves as a bearing for an abrasive coated
glass grinding plate, which is also flat to half a wave. The flat abrasive plate is coupled to a low
vibration, slow-speed motor by means of magnetic fields to provide a wobble-free flat grinding
surface. The abrasive plates are fabricated with a proprietary process which insures a consistent
abrasive coating.

A 2-axis micromanipulator holds the pipette to be beveled and permits controlled advancement
onto the abrasive surface. The bevel angle and speed of advancement are adjustable. An LED
lamp with a gooseneck enhances the beveling operation by providing sharp illumination of the
abrasive plate and pipette.

The basic system is completed with two abrasive plates of your choice, a wick with holder (for wet
beveling), pedestal oil, degreasing fluid, and manual.

Two options are available for monitoring the beveling process, an 40X stereo microscope and
an electrode impedance meter. Depending on your research application, one or both of these
options may be desirable. For all micropipette applications, the swing mounted microscope
enhances your control of pipette advancement onto the abrasive plate and allows for viewing of
the beveling operation (scope resolution is not sufficient for viewing the actual bevel except in the
case of very large tips). For microelectrode applications, the impedance meter is used to monitor
the tip resistance during the beveling operation. The meter is an analog design, offering three
resistance ranges (0-10, 0-100, 0-500 MOhm). Measurements are made at 12 Hz to minimize
capacitive contributions to the impedance measured and provide a near-true DC resistance
value. A rapid roll-off is used to reduce 50/60 Hz interference, allowing operation in a laboratory
environment without screening.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 183

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S B V -1 0

n Bevel Range 0.1 µm through 100 µm finished

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION

electrodes depending on abrasive

plate used
n Grinding Surface Less than 1.0 µm
Variation
n Grinding Speed 60 RPM
n Bevel Angle Range 5–90 degrees — adjustable
n Micromanipulator Course drive: 0.075 in / dial
revolution
Fine drive: 0.0004 in / dial
revolution
n Dimensions Speed 19 in x 9 in x 8 in
48 cm x 22 cm x 20 cm
n Weight Approx. 30 lbs / 14 kg
n Electrical 100/120 or 200/240 Volts
50/60 Hz power line

OPTIONS

40X stereo microscope

Impedance meter for real-time measurement of tip impedance

(Shown: BVM-CE)

184 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 B V -1 0
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
BV-10 SYSTEM
n BV-10-B1 Micropipette beveler basic system
n BV-10-C BV-10-B with electrode impedance meter
n BV-10-D BV-10-B with 40X stereo microscope
n BV-10-E BV-10-B with impedance meter and 40X
stereo microscope
n BV-10-N BV-10-B with 40X stereo microscope for NSOM, nano-ESI

1
Includes BV-10 beveler, micromanipulator, reference wick, reference
wick holder, pedestal oil, degreaser, manual, and two abrasive plates
of your choice.

ACCESSORIES B V -1 0

n BVM-CE Electrode impedance meter with active and reference lead

n BV-10S 40X stereo microscope
n 104C Diamond abrasive plate – coarse
(5.0 µm to 50 µm tip sizes)
n 104D Diamond abrasive plate – fine
(2.0 µm to 20 µm tip sizes)
n 104E Diamond abrasive plate – very fine
(0.7 µm to 2.0 µm tip sizes)
n 104F Diamond abrasive plate – extra fine
(0.2 µm to 1.0 µm tip sizes)
n 007 Degreaser (bottle)
n 008 Beveler pedestal oil
n O740124 20X eyepiece
n O740130 Reticle grid for BV-10S scope
5 mm scale / 100 divisions

R E P L AC E M E N T PA R T S B V -1 0

n 101 6-inch reference lead (body to meter)

n 102 2-inch active lead (platinum to pipette)
n X050300 Reference wick
n M100019 Reference wick holder
n H906100 Drive belt
n PEDESTAL Pedestal plates (top and bottom)

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 185

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MICROPIPETTE TECHNIQUES
ADVANCED MICROPIPETTE
TECHNIQUES FOR
MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION

CELL PHYSIOLOGY

KENNETH T. BROWN
University of California at
San Francisco

DALE FL AMING
Sutter Instrument Company,
Novato, CA

Fine glass micropipettes are extensively used in intra- and extracellular physiology as a
means of recording electrical activity in cells and as channels for injecting a variety of
substances for experimental purposes. In 1973, the authors began a course of systematic
studies designed to help them improve the capabilities and efficiency of intracellular
research using the micropipette technique. Here, they present for the first time their
theory of how micropipette tips are formed, their methods of reducing tip size, and the
implications of their work for research on small cells of all kinds, especially cells within the
central nervous system. This text not only incorporates this new work, but reviews and
analyzes existing publications on micropipette methodology, including patch-clamping,
in order to present as complete an account as possible of how micropipettes can be used
efficiently and effectively in a wide variety of experimental situations. The information
presented here should prove helpful to anyone performing research with micropipettes,
from a graduate student conducting a first project to the most experienced investigator.

CONTENTS Advancing Micropipettes Through Tissues and

Into Cells
Early Methods of Fabricating Micropipettes
Ancillary Techniques for Conducting Intracellular
The Flaming/Brown™ Micropipette Puller: Research
Its Background, Design and Underlying Principles
Evaluation of Improved Intracellular Recording
Techniques for Examining and Measuring Techniques in Vertebrate Photoreceptors
Micropipette Tips by Scanning Electron
Microscopy Evaluation of Tubing Designs for Intracellular
Work
Evaluation of Flaming/Brown Micropipette Puller
The Structure Properties of Glasses for
A Theory of Micropipette Tip Formation: Fabricating Micropipettes
Quantitative Prediction and Validation of the
Effects of Capillary Wall Thickness Upon Tip Size Dual-Channel Micropipettes
Effects of a Fused Internal Fiber (Omega Dot) The Burgeoning Field of Patch Clamping
Upon Micropipette Tips
Extension of the Flaming/Brown Micropipette
Minimizing Tip Size With Borosilicate Tubing Puller to Patch Clamping and Conveniently
Handling Aluminosilicate Glass
Beveling Micropipette Tips: Techniques and
Applications References
Filling Micropipettes: Techniques and Solutions Appendices

186 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
PIPETTE COOKBOOK
P-97 & P-1000
MICROPIPETTE PULLERS

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
The Pipette Cookbook was written to help our customers quickly set up programs for
pulling the types of pipettes they need. Specifically written for the P-97 and P-1000
pullers, the Pipette Cookbook offers tutorials on maintenance, setup and basic repairs on
Sutter pipette pullers. The cookbook is divided into sections based on both application
and pipette morphology. We offer this as a free download! Stop by the Sutter Instrument
booth at a scientific meeting to pick up your printed copy. As always, please call or
email if you need additional help getting your puller adjusted to pull the types of pipettes
you need. You can also visit Sutter's YouTube Channel for videos on maintaining your
puller: www.youtube.com/c/SutterInstrument

BOOKS
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

n BOOK-1 Advanced Micropipette Techniques

For Cell Physiology
n BOOK-2 Pipette Cookbook

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 187

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 GLASS CAPILLARY TUBING
MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION

Sutter Instrument Company, in addition to the finest micropipette pullers available, offers a
wide selection of high quality capillary glasses in various sizes and materials. Though there
are many types and sizes of capillary glass available, we have carefully selected only those
that pass our strict criteria for precision and quality.

We offer capillary glass tubing in three different compositions; quartz, borosilicate and
aluminosilicate. Each composition has its own unique properties and the selection will be
determined by your application and your puller’s capabilities. Please refer to the Pipette
Cookbook for recommendations on which glass to consider for specific applications.
It should also be noted that quartz glass (fused silica) can only be pulled using the P-2000
laser-based micropipette puller.

FILAMENT GLASS
Filamented glass has a small rod of glass annealed to the inner wall and this rod
(filament of glass) creates the capillary action required to back-fill the pipette with
solution. If the resulting pipette tip is under 1 μl and being used for microinjection
or recording, we recommend “filamented-glass.” The filament in the glass not only
provides capillary action for quick filling of the micropipette, it also helps to reduce
the incidence of air bubbles when introducing solution into the pipette. If you have
any additional concerns, please contact Sutter for technical support.

188 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
FIRE POLISHING
All borosilicate and aluminosilicate capillary glass offered by Sutter Instrument has fire-polished
ends. This process eliminates any sharp edges, making it easier to insert into holders, and does
not affect the electrical or mechanical properties of the glass. Unpolished glass capillary is
available upon request.

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
CUSTOM PIPETTES
Sutter Instrument can make custom pipettes and microtools not commonly available from
other pipette manufacturers. For example, we make custom pre-pulled beveled pipettes for
microinjection. The custom pipettes are considered non-sterile and are manufactured for research
applications and non-human use. Please contact Sutter Instrument for further details.
BOROSILCATE (CORNING 7740)
The most commonly used glass is borosilicate. Sutter Instrument offers only TYPE I-CLASS A
borosilicate as described by ASTM Standard 3.1.21. This glass softens at 821 degrees Celsius and,
as it is pulled, maintains its ratio of inside diameter to outside diameter over the total taper length.
Borosilicate softens at a lower temperature than our other glasses and has a wider working range.
These unique properties allow for a greater variety of shapes used in microelectrodes, patch pipettes,
microinjection needles and, in the case of solid rod, chromosome dissection tools.
ALUMINOSILICATE (SCHOTT 8252)
Aluminosilicate softens at a higher temperature (935 degrees Celsius) than borosilicate and
is workable over a much narrower range. It has a tendency to continuously thin out as it is
drawn which allows extremely fine tips with very short tapers. For example, we have pulled
aluminosilicate tips in the 20 – 30 nanometer range with taper lengths of 5 mm to 6 mm. Its
resistivity is several orders of magnitude higher than borosilicate, thus reducing leakage currents
when used in ion-selective micropipettes. Aluminosilicate is harder than borosilicate which results
in a pipette that is more suitable for penetrating tough tissues.
QUARTZ (HERAEUS HSQ300)
The finest and purest glass available is quartz. It is superior to all other glasses in its mechanical,
electrical and optical qualities. It has the lowest dielectric constant, the lowest loss factor and the
highest volume resistivity making it ideal for investigators needing extremely low noise recording
conditions. Its chemical purity virtually eliminates leakage of ions2 and by using quartz in single
channel patch clamp recordings the lowest background noise levels have been achieved3. Due to
its high melting point, it cannot be pulled on conventional pullers, but can be easily pulled
with the Sutter CO2 laser-based P-2000 micropipette puller.
SIZES
Sutter Instrument capillary glass can be broadly divided into 2 categories based on the ratio of
the inner diameter (I.D.) to the outer diameter (O.D.). Thick-walled capillaries are those having an
approximate I.D to O.D ratio of 1:2, while thin-walled capillaries have an I.D. to O.D. ratio near
3:4. All other factors being equal, thicker walled capillaries produce pipettes with longer tapers
and smaller tips, making them better suited for intracellular microelectrodes. Additionally, pipette
capacitance decreases as the wall thickness increases so thicker walled capillaries contribute less
capacitive noise during patch-clamp recording. Thinner walled capillary glass allows for larger tip
openings which make it ideal for microinjection applications and low resistance microelectrodes.
1
ASTM Designation E438-90 - April 1990.
2
Zuazaga C., Steinacker A. Patch-clamp recording of ion channels: Interfering effects of patch pipette
glass. News in Physiological Sciences: International Union of Physiological Sciences and the American
Physiological Society: 5:155-158, August 1990.
3
Rae, James L., Levis Richard A. A Method for exceptionally low noise single channel recordings. Pflügers
Archive; European Journal of Physiology:420:618-620, Springer-Verlag 1992.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 189

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 THICK / STANDARD WALLED BOROSILICATE GL ASS
WITH FIL AMENT
catalog outside inside overall pieces
number diameter diameter length per package
MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION

BF100-50-7.5 1.00 mm 0.50 mm 7.5 cm 225

BF100-50-10 1.00 mm 0.50 mm 10 cm 225
BF100-50-15 1.00 mm 0.50 mm 15 cm 225
BF100-58-10 1.00 mm 0.58 mm 10 cm 250
BF100-58-15 1.00 mm 0.58 mm 15 cm 250
BF120-60-10 1.20 mm 0.60 mm 10 cm 225
BF120-69-7.5 1.20 mm 0.69 mm 7.5 cm 250
BF120-69-10 1.20 mm 0.69 mm 10 cm 250
BF120-69-15 1.20 mm 0.69 mm 15 cm 250
BF150-75-7.5 1.50 mm 0.75 mm 7.5 cm 225
BF150-75-10 1.50 mm 0.75 mm 10 cm 225
BF150-86-7.5 1.50 mm 0.86 mm 7.5 cm 250
BF150-86-10 1.50 mm 0.86 mm 10 cm 250
BF150-86-15 1.50 mm 0.86 mm 15 cm 250
BF200-100-10 2.00 mm 1.00 mm 10 cm 225
BF200-116-10 2.00 mm 1.16 mm 10 cm 250
BF200-116-15 2.00 mm 1.16 mm 15 cm 250
WITHOUT FIL AMENT
catalog outside inside overall pieces
number diameter diameter length per package

B100-20-101 1.00 mm 0.20 mm 10 cm 225

B100-50-10 1.00 mm 0.50 mm 10 cm 225
B100-50-15 1.00 mm 0.50 mm 15 cm 225
B100-58-10 1.00 mm 0.58 mm 10 cm 250
B100-58-15 1.00 mm 0.58 mm 15 cm 250
B114-53-10NP2 1.14 mm 0.53 mm 10 cm 225
B120-69-8 1.20 mm 0.69 mm 8 cm 250
B120-69-10 1.20 mm 0.69 mm 10 cm 250
B120-69-15 1.20 mm 0.69 mm 15 cm 250
B150-86-7.5 1.50 mm 0.86 mm 7.5 cm 250
B150-86-10 1.50 mm 0.86 mm 10 cm 250
B150-86-15 1.50 mm 0.86 mm 15 cm 250
B200-116-10 2.00 mm 1.16 mm 10 cm 250
B200-116-15 2.00 mm 1.16 mm 15 cm 250

1
The ends are not fire-polished. Special order minimum of 2.
2
Nanoinjection glass. Ends are not fire-polished.

190 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
HEAV Y POLISHED THICK / STANDARD AND THIN WALLED GL ASS 1
WITH FIL AMENT
catalog outside inside overall pieces
number diameter diameter length per package

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
BF150-86-7.5HP 1.50 mm 0.86 mm 7.5 cm 250
BF150-86-10HP 1.50 mm 0.86 mm 10 cm 250
BF150-110-7.5HP 1.50 mm 1.10 mm 7.5 cm 225
BF150-110-10HP 1.50 mm 1.10 mm 10 cm 225
WITHOUT FIL AMENT
catalog outside inside overall pieces
number diameter diameter length per package

B100-30-7.5HP 1.00 mm 0.30 mm 7.5 cm 225

B100-50-7.5HP 1.00 mm 0.50 mm 7.5 cm 225
B150-86-7.5HP 1.50 mm 0.86 mm 7.5 cm 250
B150-86-10HP 1.50 mm 0.86 mm 10 cm 250
B150-110-7.5HP 1.50 mm 1.10 mm 7.5 cm 225
B150-110-10HP 1.50 mm 1.10 mm 10 cm 225
1
Useful for added protection of gaskets and wire in headstages.

THIN WALLED BOROSILICATE GL ASS

WITH FIL AMENT
catalog outside inside overall pieces
number diameter diameter length per package

BF100-75-10 1.00 mm 0.75 mm 10 cm 225

BF100-78-10 1.00 mm 0.78 mm 10 cm 250
BF100-78-15 1.00 mm 0.78 mm 15 cm 250
BF120-94-8 1.20 mm 0.94 mm 8 cm 250
BF120-94-10 1.20 mm 0.94 mm 10 cm 250
BF120-94-15 1.20 mm 0.94 mm 15 cm 250
BF150-110-7.5 1.50 mm 1.10 mm 7.5 cm 225
BF150-110-10 1.50 mm 1.10 mm 10 cm 225
BF150-117-10 1.50 mm 1.17 mm 10 cm 250
BF150-117-15 1.50 mm 1.17 mm 15 cm 100
BF150-120-10 1.50 mm 1.20 mm 10 cm 250
BF165-120-7.5 1.65 mm 1.20 mm 7.5 cm 225
BF165-120-10 1.65 mm 1.20 mm 10 cm 225
BF200-156-10 2.00 mm 1.56 mm 10 cm 250
BF200-156-15 2.00 mm 1.56 mm 15 cm 100
WITHOUT FIL AMENT
catalog outside inside overall pieces
number diameter diameter length per package

B100-75-10 1.00 mm 0.75 mm 10 cm 225

B100-75-15 1.00 mm 0.75 mm 15 cm 225
B120-90-8 1.20 mm 0.90 mm 8 cm 225
B120-90-10 1.20 mm 0.90 mm 10 cm 225
B120-90-15 1.20 mm 0.90 mm 15 cm 225
B150-110-7.5 1.50 mm 1.10 mm 7.5 cm 225
B150-110-10 1.50 mm 1.10 mm 10 cm 225
B150-117-10 1.50 mm 1.17 mm 10 cm 250
B200-156-10 2.00 mm 1.56 mm 10 cm 250
B200-156-15 2.00 mm 1.56 mm 15 cm 100

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 191

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MULTI-BARREL BOROSILICATE 1 GL ASS
WITH FIL AMENT
catalog number of outside/inside overall pieces
number barrels diameter length per package
MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION

2BF100-50-10 2 barrels 1.00/0.50 10 cm 75

2BF100-75-10 2 barrels 1.00/0.75 10 cm 75
2BF150-86-10 2 barrels 1.50/0.86 10 cm 100
2BF150-86-15 2 barrels 1.50/0.86 15 cm 100
3BF100-50-10 3 barrels 1.00/0.50 10 cm 75
3BF100-75-10 3 barrels 1.00/0.75 10 cm 75
3BF120-69-10 3 barrels 1.20/0.69 10 cm 100
3BF120-69-15 3 barrels 1.20/0.69 15 cm 100
WITHOUT FIL AMENT
catalog number of outside/inside overall pieces
number barrels diameter length per package

3B100-75-10 3 barrels 1.00/0.75 10 cm 75

4B100-75-10 4 barrels 1.00/0.75 10 cm 75
1
Multibarrel borosilicate requires a custom filament . Please contact Sutter Instrument for more information when ordering.

QUARTZ GL ASS
WITH FIL AMENT
catalog outside inside overall pieces
number diameter diameter length per package

QF100-50-7.5 1.00 mm 0.50 mm 7.5 cm 100

QF100-50-10 1.00 mm 0.50 mm 10 cm 100
QF100-60-7.5 1.00 mm 0.60 mm 7.5 cm 100
QF100-60-10 1.00 mm 0.60 mm 10 cm 100
QF100-70-7.5 1.00 mm 0.70 mm 7.5 cm 100
QF100-70-10 1.00 mm 0.70 mm 10 cm 100
QF100-70-15 1.00 mm 0.70 mm 15 cm 100
QF120-60-7.5 1.20 mm 0.60 mm 7.5 cm 100
QF120-60-10 1.20 mm 0.60 mm 10 cm 100
QF120-90-10 1.20 mm 0.90 mm 10 cm 100
QF150-75-7.5 1.50 mm 0.75 mm 7.5 cm 100
QF150-75-10 1.50 mm 0.75 mm 10 cm 100
WITHOUT FIL AMENT
catalog outside inside overall pieces
number diameter diameter length per package

Q100-30-7.5 1.00 mm 0.30 mm 7.5 cm 100

Q100-30-15 1.00 mm 0.30 mm 15 cm 100
Q100-50-7.5 1.00 mm 0.50 mm 7.5 cm 100
Q100-50-10 1.00 mm 0.50 mm 10 cm 100
Q100-70-7.5 1.00 mm 0.70 mm 7.5 cm 100
Q100-70-10 1.00 mm 0.70 mm 10 cm 100
Q114-53-10NP* 1.14 mm 0.53 mm 10 cm 100
Q120-40-7.5 1.20 mm 0.40 mm 7.5 cm 100
Q120-60-7.5 1.20 mm 0.60 mm 7.5 cm 100
Q120-90-7.5 1.20 mm 0.90 mm 7.5 cm 100
Q120-90-10 1.20 mm 0.90 mm 10 cm 100
Q150-50-7.5 1.50 mm 0.50 mm 7.5 cm 100
Q150-75-7.5 1.50 mm 0.75 mm 7.5 cm 100
Q150-75-10 1.50 mm 0.75 mm 10 cm 100
Q150-110-10 1.50 mm 1.10 mm 10 cm 100
Q165-115-10 1.65 mm 1.15 mm 10 cm 100

192 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
* The ends are not fire-polished. Nanoinjection glass.

SOLID QUARTZ ROD

catalog outside inside overall pieces
number diameter diameter length per package

MICROPIPETTE FABRICATION
QR-100-7.5 solid 1.00 mm 7.5 cm 100
QR-100-10 solid 1.00 mm 10 cm 100
QR-100-15 solid 1.00 mm 15 cm 100

QUARTZ THETA GL ASS

catalog outside inside overall pieces
number diameter diameter length per package

QT120-90-7.5 1.20/0.9 mm 0.15 mm 7.5 cm 50

MULTI-BARREL GL ASS
catalog number of outside/inside overall pieces
number barrels diameter length per package

7Q033-16-10 7 barrel 1.00/[.33/.16 ea] 10 cm 50

ALUMINOSILCATE GL ASS
WITH FIL AMENT
catalog outside inside overall pieces
number diameter diameter length per package

AF100-64-10 1.00 mm 0.64 mm 10 cm 100

AF120-77-10 1.20 mm 0.77 mm 10 cm 100
AF120-87-10 1.20 mm 0.87 mm 10 cm 100
AF150-100-10 1.50 mm 1.00 mm 10 cm 100
WITHOUT FIL AMENT
catalog outside inside overall pieces
number diameter diameter length per package

A100-64-10 1.00 mm 0.64 mm 10 cm 100

A120-77-10 1.20 mm 0.77 mm 10 cm 100
A120-87-10 1.20 mm 0.87 mm 10 cm 100
A150-100-10 1.50 mm 1.00 mm 10 cm 100

BOROSILICATE THETA GL ASS

catalog outside inside overall pieces
number diameter diameter length per package

BT-150-10 1.50/1.17 mm 0.165 mm 10 cm 100

SOLID BOROSILICATE ROD

catalog outside inside overall pieces
number diameter diameter length per package

BR-100-10 solid 1.00 mm 10 cm 250

BR-100-15 solid 1.00 mm 15 cm 250

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 193

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MICROSCOPES
When the Movable Objective Microscope® tube lens with longer transmission and
MICROSCOPES

(MOM®) was being developed at Max modified our short path detector to better
Planck Institute, Winfried Denk turned collect scattered photons.
to Sutter for its experience in precision
machining and 3D stepper-motor control Building on the successful design of the
to prototype the first two-photon moving MOM, Sutter has recently introduced
objective microscope. The Sutter MOM the SOM®, simple moving microscope.
rapidly grew to be the standard for In the SOM, Sutter followed the lead of
two-photon in vivo microscopy. The customers who requested a low-cost,
open frame structure of this scope gives robotic microscope with the versatility
it unsurpassed flexibility, allowing for
a range of configurations. In the last
two years, this open frame has fostered
near continuous development of the
three-photon, 3P-MOM. We have made
modifications to the excitation path
to allow the usage of a new scan and

194 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
of the MOM. The SOM was designed The DF-Scope™ is another customer-

MICROSCOPES
with electrophysiology in mind and is inspired microscope design. Rather than
an appropriate platform for in vivo or a complete microscope, this package
brain slice preparations with little or no adds multiphoton imaging capability to
modification. The SOM uses the popular the ubiquitous Olympus BX51WI upright
MP-285 as its mechanical base, and microscope. Many laboratories already
Sutter has designed a variety of adapters have BX51WI microscopes for use in
for video cameras, objective flippers, electrophysiology and epifluorescent
and illumination sources. imaging experiments. The DF-Scope
package provides the necessary optics
and electronics for the BX51WI to be
used for multiphoton imaging (with
the addition of a Ti:Sapphire laser
and scanning software). The design
incorporates subassemblies from the
MOM including resonant and galvo scan
boxes and controllers, detector paths,
PMTs, PMT power supplies, scan lens,
and tube lens.

Our latest offering, the BOB open-design

upright microscope, incorporates the
Olympus vertical illuminator and objectives.
By simplifying the microscope to its bare
essentials, we’ve created a much more
flexible and open system that can be
used for a variety of applications.

Rounding out Sutter’s microscope line is

a growing list of standalone accessories
for two-photon and other microscopes.
Components available as standalone
include MCS, the MScan software suite
with PC workstation and data acquisition
cards, RESSCANNER, an ultra-quiet
resonant scan box and controller that is
available as a MOM upgrade or a generic
version that can be used in home built
scopes, PS-2 and PS-2/LV, two different
dual power supplies for PMTs, and a
small selection of Hamamatsu PMTs.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 195

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MOM®
MOVABLE OBJECTIVE
MICROSCOPES

MICROSCOPE®

(Shown with optional trinocular head and CCD camera. Objective not included)

F E AT U R E S MOM®

n Objective moves 22 mm in X, Y and Z n Sutter PS-2 / PS-2 LV dual channel

n Objective rotates about optical axis for PMT power supply
imaging of non-horizontal surfaces n Two- or three-photon compatible scan
and volumes lens and tube lens
n Customizable open platform design n "New" Light Block keeps visual stimuli,
n Cambridge Technology XY scanners photostimuli and ambient light out of
detector path
n Two or four channel detector system
with Hamamatsu PMTs and n National Instrument and Vidrio
preamplifiers Technologies data acquisition systems

COMMON A P P L I C AT I O N S MOM®

n In vivo two-photon imaging n Whole animal imaging

n In vivo three-photon imaging n Immunology
n Electrophysiological recording and n Embryology
imaging (culture, large in vivo
preparations, etc.)
n Non-horizontal surface microscope *
Eyecup scope-optical recordings of light
stimulus-evoked fluorescence signals in the
n Simultaneous retinal stimulation and retina” Euler et al, Pflugers Arch, 2008
two-photon microscope*

196 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Movable Objective Microscope® (MOM®) is a two- or thee-photon microscope

MICROSCOPES
capable of imaging deep within living specimens when combined with an appropriate
laser. The Sutter MOM was the first scope to provide 3-dimensional objective
movement and rotation allowing the specimen to remain horizontal and stationary.
Many highly regarded imaging laboratories around the world use the Sutter MOM and
we constantly work with our customers to adapt the design for their changing needs.

MOM Opto-mechanical Design

The MOM consists of two independent microscopes. The wide-field half of the
microscope consists of an Olympus vertical illuminator, Sutter Xenon arc lamp and
camera mount to provide standard epifluorescence. The two-photon side of the
microscope provides the optical pathway for guiding the excitation laser light from
the table up into the scanning galvanometric mirrors and then expanding the beam
through the scan lens and directing into the back of the objective. Following two-
photon excitation, the emitted photons are directed by a dichroic mirror immediately
above the objective into the detection pathway. The main body of the microscope
moves backwards on a rail system allowing easy access to the specimen prior to
imaging.

The objective translates in X, Y and Z as well as rotates around the X axis. Two moving
mirrors allow the microscope to maintain efficient delivery of the excitation light to the
back aperture of the objective regardless of movement or orientation. The X, Y and Z
movements used are the same as that in our MP-285 micromanipulator so you know
the movements are smooth, fine in scale, drift-free and highly reproducible. These
movements permit Z-stacks and mosaic images of large regions of tissue to be
recorded without the need for a moving stage.

The horizontal light path allows for rotation of the objective away from the standard
vertical position. As a result of this rotation, the MOM can easily be converted from an
upright to an inverted microscope and the objective positioned from 0 to 180 degrees.
This positional freedom permits the imaging of non-horizontal surfaces and volumes.

MOM Scanning Systems

During the last 10 years, scanning systems for multiphoton microscopes have changed
in several ways. Large aperture, high NA objectives became available and thus required
larger aperture scanners. Resonant scanner technology allowed faster imaging.
Two-photon scopes now include both resonant-galvo and resonant galvo-galvo
systems. The Sutter MOM developed in parallel with these changes and new
technology can be bolted into older, existing scopes with minimal changes. Many
original scopes with 3 mm galvo scanners have been upgraded to either 6 mm galvo
scanners or resonant/galvo scanners. As an example, the Vidrio RMR scanner
(a resonant galvo-galvo scanner system) can be purchased as part of any new MOM
system or retrofit into existing MOM scopes.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 197

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 Imaging Software
Starting in 2011, Sutter began offering the MOM® Computer System and Software
(MCS). Before this software package was developed, most users relied on ScanImage or
MICROSCOPES

MPScope to generate scanned images. Customers valued the fact that the MOM would
operate with open source freewares, however, there seemed to also be a market for a
commercial package. MCS continues to offer a simple, easy to use package available at
a price that compares with other commercial and freeware packages. MScan 3.0, the
latest version, is Windows 10 compatible. A recent publication takes advantage of the
long (1-2 hour) data files that can be captured in the MCS proprietary data file structure.
(reference Kuhn, 2020).

The MOM is both an inverted and upright microscope with 0° to 180° rotation

198 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The MOM® has always been compatible with ScanImage freeware, the two-
photon imaging software developed by Karel Svoboda and collaborators. One
of the reasons the MOM platform exists in its present form is the strong support

MICROSCOPES
from the ScanImage community. In 2014, Vidrio became the principle vehicle
for support and new development of ScanImage. Sutter is happy to make Vidrio
ScanImage Premium available to customers who wish premium support and the
latest features. ScanImage Basic is available as an entry level system with a year
of support included. ScanImage freeware is still available but does not include
support. Sutter provides packages that include the necessary data acquisition
hardware to couple the MOM and other scanning microscopes to ScanImage
Premium, ScanImage Basic or the freeware version. We also sell Vidrio's hardware
line including ScanImage ready computers, the vDAQ acquisiton system and the
RMR scanner.

2-channel 4-channel Short path (2-channel) Wide path

Sutter MOM packages include all of the equipment (less the laser and objective)
needed for a complete imaging system.

- Scan lens and tube lens appropriate for two- or three-photon imaging
- Cambridge Technology XY galvonometric (3 mm or 6 mm) or resonant scanners
(resonant-galvo or resonant galvo-galvo systems both with 5 mm mirrors).
- Hamamatsu photomultiplier tubes (PMTs): R6357 multialkali or H10770PA-40
(GaAsP) products. (Other PMTs are available, Sutter is an authorized reseller for
Hamamatsu).
- Power supplies for PMTs: Sutter PS-2 (dual channel high-voltage power supply
for conventional PMTs) or Sutter PS-2/LV (dual channel low-voltage power
supply for H10770PA-40 or other PMTs with built in high voltage). Power
supplies can be ordered with remote turn on/shut off for PMT gating.
- Hamamatsu, Sigmann or FEMTO pre-amplifiers.
- Data acquisition: National Instruments PXI FPGA, Vidrio vDAQ, or National
Instruments PC based Multifunction I/O.
- Conoptics Pockels Cells for laser intensity control.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 199

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 Forget multiphoton! The new Sutter 3P-MOM® is ready to go for deep-tissue,
three-photon imaging.
MICROSCOPES

Despite the intense interest in three-photon microscopy over the last two years,
this is still a relatively nascent field. Neurobiologists doing two-photon imaging and
microscope manufacturers building two-photon microscopes have been eager to
make the jump into the technology that will allow experimenters to image deeper into
the brain, probably close to twice the sub millimeter depth of the best two-photon
recordings. We all hoped we could just dial the laser up to 1300 nm and start imaging
deeper. After all, Chris Xu made it look so easy!

200 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
Three-photon microscopy is in about the same status as two-photon microscopy was in
the late ‘90s. There were a small number of labs doing the necessary work to establish
the field. Most made their own microscopes and commercialized systems were not

MICROSCOPES
well suited to doing functional imaging in vivo.

Today, with respect to three-photon microscopy, there are several handfuls of labs
that are establishing the field, using largely either homemade microscopes or adapting
existing two-photon scopes. There does not seem to yet be a huge market for de novo
commercial platforms, possibly because the technique is more challenging than two-
photon and possibly because three-photon requires a completely different excitation
source than two-photon with more power concentrated in narrower, taller pulses. In
this developing field, Sutter’s Microscope division is exactly where you would expect and
want us to be. We are already working with a significant portion of the labs developing
three-photon microscopy. Most started with our two-photon MOM® design and have
converted them to three-photon platforms either on their own or with our assistance.
Sutter now can incorporate those changes into any existing Sutter 2P-MOM. The most
important change is to convert the scan and tube lenses to better transmit IR to beyond
1700 nm. We have also collaborated to develop a more efficient version of one of our
detector paths to do a better job of collecting emission from even deeper focal depths.

In the last two years we have quoted and built a number of three-photon MOMs as
well as a few that were designed to be “three-photon ready”. We have collaborated
with several labs to convert existing 2P-MOMs into 3P platforms.

We are excited to be fully involved in this developing field. Let us help you see what
the challenges and benefits of three-photon imaging can be. Whether you are just
entering the field of multiphoton imaging or are an experienced two-photon imager
who wishes access to deeper and lower-noise images that three-photon excitation
can bring, please contact us.

FG-MOM-LB-WIDE (shown installed on

wide path detector, blocks external light
sources from entering detector path).

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 201

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S
MOM® AND CONTROLLER
MICROSCOPES

n Travel 22 mm on all three axes

n Resolution MP-285 controller
Low: 0.2 µm/step
High: 0.04 µm/step
MPC-200 controller
0.0625 µm/step
n Maximum Speed MP-285 controller
2.9 mm sec
MPC-200 controller
5.0 mm/sec
n Long Term Stability 1-2 µ/hour
n Drive Mechanism Precision worm gear capstan drive
n Communication MP-285: RS-232 Serial
MPC-200: USB
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

LAMBDA LS 300W XENON ARC LAMP

n Lamp Life 1,000 hours (500 hour warranty)
Longer life depends on application
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

PS-2/PS-2LV PMT POWER SUPPLY

n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

MDR-3 / MDR-6 / MDR-R SCAN DRIVE CONTROLLER

n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

202 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MOM®
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROSCOPES
MOM® BASIC SYSTEM FOR 2- and 3-PHOTON
MICROSCOPY

Includes Movable Objective Microscope®, 2-channel
detector with PMTs, preamps and PS-2 power supply,
XY scanners with drive electronics, wide field
fluorescence unit including vertical illuminator,
Lambda LS 300 Watt Xenon Arc lamp, LLG and
light guide adapter, C-mount for wide field camera,
data acquisition system.

n MOM-3MM1 MOM System with 6 mm XY scanners

n MOM-RES-MCS1 MOM System with Resonant scanners
GAasP PMTs and MScan 3.0 software
n MOM-RES-SIP1 MOM System with Resonant scanners
GaAsP PMTs and ScanImage Premium
n MOM-RMR-SIP1 MOM System with Vidrio RMR scanners,
GaAsP PMTs, vDAQ acquistion system and
ScanImage Premium
n MOM-3P1 MOM System with 3P scan and tube lens,
3P detector path, 6 mm galvo scanners,
and ScanImage Premium

ACCESSORIES MOM®

n MOM-SETUPKIT-M Basic table optics for laser routing

n MOM-ALIGNTOOL 2 MOM alignment tool
n MOM-LB-WIDE Light blocking cover excludes ambient
and other light from detector path
n MOM-3P-CONVERSION 3P compatible scan lens and tube lens. Price depends
on current MOM configuration, Call Sutter For Details
n MOM-3P-SHORTPATH Call Sutter For Details

1
Final pricing depends on detector path selected and does
not include several devices necessary for a complete 2-photon
microscope (i.e. Ti:Sapphire laser, objective, camera, trinocular
head, table mount optics). Please phone Sutter for details.
2
Useful tool for aligning the laser in MOM scopes, especially
those with resonant scanners.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 203

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 BOB™
OPEN-DESIGN
MICROSCOPES

UPRIGHT MICROSCOPE

F E AT U R E S B O B™

n Optional motorized or fixed XY stage, n Designed for use with Olympus

or motorized translator objective lenses

n Open-design microscope with n Free Multi-Link™ software coordinates

motorized focus movement with micropipette
positioning of MPC-200
n Quickly configurable based on
experimental needs n Oblique Coherent Contrast (OCC) or
Differential Interference Contrast (DIC)
n Optimized to allow in vivo and in vitro
experimentation on one setup n Epi-fluorescent illumination

204 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Sutter BOB™ – designed to eliminate the conventional microscope frame – is a

MICROSCOPES
simple, open-design upright microscope platform ideal for slice electrophysiology,
wide field functional imaging, two-photon retinal imaging, photostimulation and new
techniques just being developed! A microscope, in its simplest form, is an objective and
a tube lens. Other components of most modern microscopes are designed to serve
specific functions: different types of experiments, methods of illumination and means
of signal detection.

Replacing the microscope frame with an optical rail builds in the ability to adjust the
overall height of the microscope, unheard of in conventional microscope designs. Work
on slices in January, do in vivo experiments in March. The BOB microscope is a compact,
single assembly that mounts to the “blue rail” with one massive, stable connection.
Focusing is motorized and incorporated between the focus arm and the optical rail.

Fluorescence epi-illumination is built into the basic BOB via an Olympus vertical
illuminator. LED transmitted light illumination uses the Olympus Oblique Coherent
Contrast (OCC) condenser. Sutter’s TLED and TLED controller form the trans-illumination
light source. The TLED controller is capable of being triggered with a digital signal
eliminating the need for shutters and adding the ability to photostimulate from the
trans location. In experiments where transmitted light is not desired, the LED, condenser
focus mechanism and OCC condenser are easily removed as a single assembly.
Additionally, the transmitted light path is shorter than in other frames, allowing the
microscope body to sit significantly lower than a conventional microscope. When the
microscope is shorter, there is more stability and increased ergonomics for ease of use.

The Sutter BOB, when configured with an optional motorized XY stage or translator
with MPC-200 controller, takes full advantage of our free Multi-Link™ software program
for micromanipulator positioning. During whole-cell patch recording in slices, it is
common to search a large area of the slice to find appropriate neurons. If the BOB
is configured with Multi-Link, after you find your target, Multi-Link will then retrieve
your recording and stimulation pipettes to the same field of view so that you can begin
recording immediately. If later you need to stimulate a region outside the current field
of view, Multi-Link can release the recording pipette and allow you to reposition the
objective and stimulating pipette(s) to the new stimulation region.

APPLICATIONS:
Patch Clamp Electrophysiology
In vivo, in vitro, and slice
Whole-cell imaging
Intracellular imaging
Material Science

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 205

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S B O B™

n Dimensions 9.1 in x 10.8 in x 20.4 in

23.1 cm x 27.5 cm x 51.9 cm
MICROSCOPES

n Weight BOB:
23.9 lbs
10.8 kg
BOB-TL:
29.3 lbs
13.3 kg
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

206 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 B O B™
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROSCOPES
BOB systems with fluorescence
n BOB-FL BOB microscope with epi-illuminator
n BOB-FLTRTL BOB with epi-illuminator, trinocular head,
transmitted light
n BOB-FLTRL2 BOB with epi-illuminator, trinocular head,
dual transmitted light
n BOB-FLTR BOB with epi-illuminator, trinocular head
n BOB-FLTL BOB with epi-illuminator, transmitted light
n BOB-FLTL2 BOB with epi-illuminator, dual transmitted light
BOB systems without fluorescence
n BOB BOB microscope
n BOB-TRTL BOB with trinocular head, transmitted light
n BOB-TRTL2 BOB with trinocular head, dual transmitted light
n BOB-TR BOB with trinocular head
n BOB-TL BOB with transmitted light
n BOB-TL2 BOB with dual transmitted light

C O N F I G U R E Y O U R B O B™ M I C R O S C O P E
STEP 1: Use this chart to determine the BOB system suited to your requirements

BOB SYSTEMS WITH FLUORESCENCE

Trinocular head or Transmitted Add a second wavelength
FEATURES camera mount light to transmitted light
BOB-FL Camera No No
BOB-FLTL Camera Yes No
BOB-FLTL2 Camera Yes Yes
BOB-FLTR Trinoclular Head No No
BOB-FLTRTL Trinoclular Head Yes No
BOB-FLTRTL2 Trinoclular Head Yes Yes

BOB SYSTEMS WITHOUT FLUORESCENCE

BOB Camera No No
BOB-TL Camera Yes No
BOB-TL2 Camera Yes Yes
BOB-TR Trinoclular Head No No
BOB-TRTL Trinoclular Head Yes No
BOB-TRTL2 Trinoclular Head Yes Yes

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 207

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 C O N F I G U R E Y O U R B O B™ M I C R O S C O P E
STEP 2: Choose your objective(s)
The BOB uses a standard Olympus turret. You can select from this list, use your
MICROSCOPES

own objectives, or choose from one below. Objectives in GREEN with footnote are
recommended for electrophysiology.

n OBJ-Y522 4X – UPLFLN4X;U PLAN FLUORITE 4X OBJECTIVE;

NA 0.13, WD 17 mm
n OBJ-Y524 10X – UPLFLN10X2;U PLAN FLUORITE 10X OBJECTIVE;
NA 0.3, WD 10 mm
n OBJ-Y587 40X – LUMPLFLN40X/W;U M PLAN FLN 40X/W
NA0.8 WD 3.3 mm,IR,ECO
n OBJ-Y592 60X – LUMPLFLN60X/W; U M PLAN FLN 60X/W
NA1.0 WD 2.0 mm,IR,ECO
n OBJ-Y672 60X – LUMFLN60X/W;LUMFLN60X/W
NA1.1WD 1.5 mm 25 ANGLE,IR.CC,ECO

208 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 C O N F I G U R E Y O U R B O B™ M I C R O S C O P E
STEP 3: For models with TL in the part number: Choose a condensor.

MICROSCOPES
n OCC Oblique contrast condensor
n DIC-40X1 DIC system components for 40X objective
n DIC-40XIR1 IR DIC system components for 40X objective
n DIC-60X1 DIC system components for 60X objective
n DIC-60XIR1 IR DIC system components for 60X objective

1
For DIC models, select the one that matches the highest power
of your selected objectives.

C O N F I G U R E Y O U R B O B™ M I C R O S C O P E
STEP 4: For models with TR in the part number: Choose a filter cube(s) and a light source.

FILTER CUBES
n CUBE-GFP Filter Cube – GFP
n CUBE-CY3 Filter Cube – CY3
n CUBE-YFP Filter Cube – YFP
n CUBE-DAPI Filter Cube – DAPI
n CUBE-A635 Filter Cube – ALEXA 635
n CUBE-MCH Filter Cube – mCHERRY

LIGHT SOURCES
Not necessary if you already have a light source with a liquid light guide.
n HPX-L5 Lambda HPX-L5 High powered LED light source
n LS-OF30 Lambda LS with 300 Watt ozone free lamp
n LB-421 Lambda 421 Optical Beam Combiner
(Select 4 wavelengths)
n LB-721 Lambda 721 Optical Beam Combiner
(Select 4 wavelengths)
n L-OBC Lambda OBC Optical Beam Combiner
(Please contact Sutter to discuss your configuration)
n FLED-BOB Lambda FLED LED light source for BOB
n FLED-DC-BOB Dual channel Lambda FLED LED light source for BOB

LIGHT SOURCE ADAPTER

n LG-Y51 Liquid light guide adapter for light source

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 209

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 C O N F I G U R E Y O U R B O B™ M I C R O S C O P E
STEP 5: Select a stage and translator as needed.
MICROSCOPES

LONG ISLAND
MOTORIZED LARGE PLATFORM STAGE
n MPC-881,2 Moving platform stage plate with motorized
gantry supports, MPC-200 controller and ROE,
cables and manual
n MPC-88-M61,2 Same as MPC-88 except with M6 tapped holes
n MPB-881 Moving platform stage plate with motorized
gantry supports, BOB controller, cables
n MPB-88-M61 Same as MP-88 except with M6 tapped holes
n MP-881 Moving platform stage plate with motorized
gantry supports, MP-285 controller and ROE,
cables and manual
n MP-88/M61 Same as MP-88 except with M6 tapped holes

SAN FRANCISCO
MOTORIZED TRANSLATOR AND STANDS
Includes a motorized X-Y translator, a controller, two micromanipulator stands,
MT-150 chamber stand, and cables.
n MT-2000/BOB Motorized translator with MP-285 controller,
ROE, and stands
n MT-2200/BOB2 Motorized translator with MPC-200 controller,
ROE, and stands
n MT-2800/BOB Motorized translator with BOB controller,
ROE, and stands
NEW: MOTORIZED TRANSLATOR AND AND POST-STYLE STANDS
Includes a motorized X-Y translator, a controller, MT-150 chamber stand, two post-style
manipulator columns, cables and manual.
n MT-2095/BOB Motorized translator, MP-285 controller, and
post-style columns
n MT-2295/BOB2 Motorized translator, MPC-200 controller, and
post-style columns
n MT-2895/BOB Motorized translator, BOB controller, ROE, and
post-style columns
METRIC
n MT-2095M/BOB Motorized translator, MP-285 controller, and
post-style columns for metric table
n MT-2295M/BOB2 Motorized translator, MPC-200 controller, and
post-style columns for metric table
n MT-2895M/BOB Motorized translator, BOB controller, ROE, and
post-style columns for metric table

1
Please specify chamber type when ordering.
2
If you are planning on using our free Multi-Link Software, you will
need to purchase a stage or translator with the MPC-200 controller.

210 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 C O N F I G U R E Y O U R B O B™ M I C R O S C O P E
STEP 5 continued: Select a stage and translator as needed.

MICROSCOPES
ALCATRAZ
MOTORIZED TRANSLATOR AND FIXED PLATFORM STAGE
Includes a motorized X-Y translator, controller, cables, and fixed platform stage.
n MT-2089/BOB Motorized translator with MP-285 controller,
ROE, and fixed platform stage
n MT-2289/BOB1 Motorized translator with MPC-200 controller,
ROE, and fixed platform stage
n MT-2889/BOB Motorized translator with BOB controller,
ROE, and fixed platform stage

MOTORIZED TRANSLATOR ONLY (no stand or platform)

Includes a motorized X-Y translator, controller, and cables.
n MT-800/BOB Motorized translator with MP-285 controller,
and ROE
n MT-820/BOB1 Motorized translator with MPC-200 controller,
and ROE
n MT-880/BOB Motorized translator with BOB controller,
and ROE

1
If you are planning on using our free Multi-Link Software, you will
need to purchase a stage and translator with the MPC-200 controller.

CON FIGU R E YOU R BO B™ MIC ROSCO PE

STEP 6: Select other accessories as needed.

CAMERA
n CAM-EL ELECTRO, Cooled 1.4MP CCD Camera
n CAM-PR PRIME 95B, Back illuminated CMOS Camera
n CAM-BSI PRIME BSI, High-res scientific CMOS Camera

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 211

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 ACCESSORIES B O B™

MP-88 / MPC-88 CHAMBER INSERTS
MICROSCOPES

n X0405001 Warner Series 20 (round) — aluminum

n X0405031 Warner Series 20 (round) — stainless steel
n X0405051 Warner Series 20 (octagonal) — aluminum
n X0405071 Warner Series 20 (octagonal) — stainless steel
n X0405101 50 mm round — aluminum
n X0405121 50 mm round — stainless steel
n X0404971 Blank insert — aluminum
n X0404981 Blank insert — stainless Steel
n SI-SLIDE1 Insert with slide holder
n SI-PETRI For petri dish and slides
n SI-W301 Warner Series 30 platform — aluminum
n SI-W30ST1 Warner Series 30 platform — stainless steel
n SI-ALA-MS1 ALA MS series insert — aluminum
n SI-CUSTOM Custom stage insert

POST-STYLE MANIPULATOR COLUMNS

n MT-95 Post-style manipulator column – 6 in
n MT-95-M6 Post-style manipulator column – 6 in (metric table)

1
No charge when ordered with MP-88 or MPC-88.

212 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MICROSCOPES
(Shown: BOB-FLTRTL)

(Shown: BOB-TL)

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 213

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 NAN™ N ew
OPEN-DESIGN
MICROSCOPES

UPRIGHT MICROSCOPE

(Shown: NAN-12 with MP-865 micromanipulators)

F E AT U R E S NAN™

n Optional with manual or motorized n Designed for use with Olympus

translator, or motorized XY Stage objective lenses

n Open-design microscope with n Free Multi-Link™ software coordinates

motorized focus movement with micropipette
positioning of MPC-200
n Quickly configurable based on
experimental needs n Oblique Coherent Contrast (OCC) or
Differential Interference Contrast (DIC)
n Optimized to allow in vivo and in vitro
experimentation on one setup n Epi-fluorescent illumination

214 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Sutter NAN™ — A focusing nosepiece microscope designed for electrophysiology.

MICROSCOPES
The microscope frame has been reimagined around our highly-stable adjustable MT-70
manipulator gantry stands; this design choice allows for many possible configurations
to match the ever-expanding applications in the field of electrophysiology.

The NAN is manually height adjustable, with a range of 75 mm, which allows a single
microscope to be coarsely re-positioned in Z within a few moments to switch between
slice work or in vivo. There are two overall height variants of NAN, determined by the
nosepiece that is selected. The focusing nosepiece, with 25 mm of motorized travel,
can be configured with either a single objective nosepiece (Sutter made) or an Olympus
2-position swinging nosepiece. The height of the gantry stands is 15.25 cm (6”) or
22.86 cm (9”) for the single nosepiece or 2-position swinging nosepiece, respectively.

The epi level can be configured with a single filter cube or a complete Olympus
epi-illuminator.

(Shown: NAN-12)

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 215

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 The transmitted light system is available with a single white light LED or dual white
light and IR LED. LED transmitted light illumination uses the Olympus Oblique Coherent
Contrast (OCC) condenser, or IR-DIC components for the available contrast methods.
The LED(s) are driven by the TLED controller and are capable of being triggered
MICROSCOPES

with a digital signal. This eliminates the need for shutters, and adds the ability to
photostimulate from the trans location. In experiments where transmitted light is not
desired, the LED, condenser focus mechanism and condensing optics are easily removed
as a single assembly. Additionally, the transmitted light path is shorter than in other
systems, allowing the microscope body to sit significantly lower than a conventional
microscope. When the microscope is shorter, there is more stability, increased
ergonomics, and ease of use.

The NAN™ can be configured with trinocular eyepieces for visualization, or alternatively,
with a tube lens and C-mount if only a camera is desired.

(Shown: NAN-21with MPC-78 Stage)

216 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
An important detail to consider with the NAN is whether to translate the microscope,
or move the sample and manipulators together on a large platform stage, or finally,
translate the microscope but mount the sample and manipulators on a fixed platform
stage. For the XY motion, all combinations of manual and motorized motion are

MICROSCOPES
available with the NAN. Here are the three general configurations:

• Manual or motorized translator with manipulators mounted on individual

gantry stands
• Manual or motorized translator with manipulators mounted on a large
platform stage
• Motorized XY platform stage with the microscope fixed to the tabletop

In order to complete the Electrophysiology “rig” we can also offer an abundant list of
accessories, including the epi-fluorescence light source, manipulators, and amplifier
systems. Call Sutter or visit www.sutter.com to configure a complete NAN rig that
includes all part numbers and components. An example of the epi-fluorescence source
is the FLED-DC which is a 2 channel LED system that is directly mounted to the epi-
port of the microscope. If more than two fluorescent channels are required, then the
Lambda 721 is a highly configurable LED light source with up to 7 channels. Sutter also
offers equipment racks and air tables if you need those as well.

APPLICATIONS:
Patch Clamp Electrophysiology
In vivo, in vitro, and slice
Whole-cell imaging
Intracellular imaging
Material Science

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 217

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S NAN™

n Dimensions 16.5 in x 5.11 in x 13.1 in

42 cm x 13 cm x 33.3 cm
MICROSCOPES

n Weight NAN-11:
39.7 lbs
18 kg

(Shown: NAN-12 with MP-865 micromanipulators)

218 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 NAN™
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROSCOPES
NAN systems with a single objective nosepiece
n NAN-11 Single filter cube, Tube lens, White light LED transmitted
n NAN-12 Olympus RFA, Tube lens, White light LED transmitted
n NAN-13 Olympus RFA, Eyepieces, White light LED transmitted
n NAN-14 Single filter cube, Eyepieces, White light LED transmitted
NAN systems with Olympus 2 position nosepiece
n NAN-15 Single filter cube, Tube lens, White light LED transmitted
n NAN-16 Olympus RFA, Tube lens, White light LED transmitted
n NAN-17 Olympus RFA, Eyepieces, White light LED transmitted
n NAN-18 Single filter cube, Eyepieces, White light LED transmitted
n NAN-19 Single filter cube, Tube lens, White light IR LED transmitted
n NAN-20 Olympus RFA, Tube lens, White light IR LED transmitted
n NAN-21 Olympus RFA, Eyepieces, White light IR LED transmitted
n NAN-22 Single filter cube, Eyepieces, White light IR LED transmitted

CON FIGU R E YOU R NAN™ MIC ROSCO PE

STEP 1: Use this chart to determine the NAN system suited to your requirements

NAN SYSTEMS WITH SINGLE OBJECTIVE NOSEPIECE

Olympus Epi or Trinoc or Tube Lens Transmitted Light
FEATURES Single CUBE (no eyepieces)
NAN-11 Single FL CUBE Tube Lens Only White Light LED
NAN-12 Olympus RFA Tube Lens Only White Light LED
NAN-13 Olympus RFA Trinoc White Light LED
NAN-14 Single FL CUBE Trinoc White Light LED

NAN SYSTEMS WITH OYMPUS 2-POSITION SWINGING NOSEPIECE

NAN-15 Single FL CUBE Tube Lens White Light LED
NAN-16 Olympus RFA Tube Lens White Light LED
NAN-17 Olympus RFA Trinoc White Light LED
NAN-18 Single FL CUBE Trinoc White Light LED
NAN-19 Single FL CUBE Tube Lens White Light LED+IR
NAN-20 Olympus RFA Tube Lens White Light LED+IR
NAN-21 Olympus RFA Trinoc White Light LED+IR
NAN-22 Single FL CUBE Trinoc White Light LED+IR

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 219

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 CON FIGU R E YOU R NAN™ MIC ROSCO PE
STEP 2: Choose your objective(s)
The NAN uses a standard Olympus turret. You can select from this list, use your
MICROSCOPES

own objectives, or choose from one below. Objectives in GREEN with footnote are
recommended for electrophysiology.

n OBJ-Y522 4X – UPLFLN4X;U PLAN FLUORITE 4X OBJECTIVE;

NA 0.13, WD 17 mm
n OBJ-Y524 10X – UPLFLN10X2;U PLAN FLUORITE 10X OBJECTIVE;
NA 0.3, WD 10 mm
n OBJ-Y587 40X – LUMPLFLN40X/W;U M PLAN FLN 40X/W
NA0.8 WD 3.3 mm,IR,ECO
n OBJ-Y592 60X – LUMPLFLN60X/W; U M PLAN FLN 60X/W
NA1.0 WD 2.0 mm,IR,ECO
n OBJ-Y672 60X – LUMFLN60X/W;LUMFLN60X/W
NA1.1WD 1.5 mm 25 ANGLE,IR.CC,ECO

220 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 CON FIGU R E YOU R NAN™ MIC ROSCO PE
STEP 3: Select the condenser that matches the highest power of your selected
selected objectives.

MICROSCOPES
n OCC Oblique contrast condensor
n DIC-40X DIC system components for 40X objective
n DIC-40XIR DIC system components for 40X objective and IR
n DIC-60X DIC system components for 60X objective
n DIC-60XIR DIC system components for 60X objective and IR

CON FIGU R E YOU R NAN™ MIC ROSCO PE

STEP 4: Choose a filter cube(s) and a light source.

FILTER CUBES
n CUBE-GFP Filter Cube – GFP
n CUBE-CY3 Filter Cube – CY3
n CUBE-YFP Filter Cube – YFP
n CUBE-DAPI Filter Cube – DAPI
n CUBE-A635 Filter Cube – ALEXA 635
n CUBE-MCH Filter Cube – mCHERRY

LIGHT SOURCES
n HPX-L5 Lambda HPX-L5 High powered LED light source
n LS-OF30 Lambda LS with 300 Watt ozone free lamp
n LB-721 Lambda 721 - Seven channel LED light source
n FLED-Y Lambda FLED for Olympus RFA
n FLED-DC-Y Dual channel Lambda FLED

LIGHT SOURCE ADAPTER

n LG-Y51 Liquid light guide adapter for Olympus RFA

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 221

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 CON FIGU R E YOU R NAN™ MIC ROSCO PE
STEP 5: Select a stage and translator as needed.
MICROSCOPES

LONG ISLAND
MOTORIZED LARGE PLATFORM STAGE
n MPC-781* Moving platform stage plate with motorized
gantry supports, MPC-200 controller and ROE,
cables and manual
n MPC-78-M61* Same as MPC-78 except with M6 tapped holes
n MPB-781 Moving platform stage plate with motorized
gantry supports, NAN controller, cables
n MPB-78-M61 Same as MP-78 except with M6 tapped holes
n MP-781 Moving platform stage plate with motorized
gantry supports, MP-285 controller and ROE,
cables and manual
n MP-78/M61 Same as MP-78 except with M6 tapped holes
1
Please specify chamber type when ordering.

MOTORIZED TRANSLATOR AND STANDS

Includes a motorized X-Y translator, a controller, two micromanipulator stands,
MT-150 chamber stand, and cables.
n MT-2000/NAN Motorized translator with MP-285 controller, ROE,
MT-150 chamber column, two MT-75 micromanipulator
columns (without linear slide)
n MT-2200/NAN Motorized translator with MPC-200 controller, ROE,
MT-150 chamber column, two MT-75 micromanipulator
columns (without linear slide)
n MT-1000/NAN MT-500 manual X-Y translator, MT-150 chamber column,
two MT-75 micromanipulator columns (without linear slide),
SOLO controller for Z focus
MOTORIZED TRANSLATOR AND AND POST-STYLE STANDS
Includes a motorized X-Y translator, a controller, MT-150 chamber stand, two post-style
manipulator columns, cables and manual.
n MT-2078/NAN Motorized translator with MP-285 controller, ROE,
and fixed platform stage
n MT-2278/NAN Motorized translator with MPC-200 controller, ROE,
and fixed platform stage
n MT-2878/NAN Motorized translator with NAN controller, ROE,
and fixed platform stage
n MT-1078/NAN Manual translator with MT-78-FS fixed platform stage,
and SOLO controller for Z focus

222 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 CON FIGU R E YOU R NAN™ MIC ROSCO PE
STEP 6: Select other accessories as needed.

MICROSCOPES
CAMERA
n CAM-EL ELECTRO, Cooled 1.4MP CCD Camera
n CAM-PR PRIME 95B, Back illuminated CMOS Camera
n CAM-BSI PRIME BSI, High-res scientific CMOS Camera

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 223

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 ACCESSORIES NAN™

MP-78 / MPB-78 / MPC-78 CHAMBER INSERTS
MICROSCOPES

n X0405001 Warner Series 20 (round) — aluminum

n X0405031 Warner Series 20 (round) — stainless steel
n X0405051 Warner Series 20 (octagonal) — aluminum
n X0405071 Warner Series 20 (octagonal) — stainless steel
n X0405101 50 mm round — aluminum
n X0405121 50 mm round — stainless steel
n X0404971 Blank insert — aluminum
n X0404981 Blank insert — stainless Steel
n SI-SLIDE1 Insert with slide holder
n SI-PETRI For petri dish and slides
n SI-W301 Warner Series 30 platform — aluminum
n SI-W30ST1 Warner Series 30 platform — stainless steel
n SI-ALA-MS1 ALA MS series insert — aluminum
n SI-CUSTOM Custom stage insert

POST-STYLE MANIPULATOR COLUMNS

n MT-95 Post-style manipulator column – 6 in
n MT-95-M6 Post-style manipulator column – 6 in (metric table)

1
No charge when ordered with MP-78, MPB-78 or MPC-78.

224 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MICROSCOPES

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 225

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 SOM®
SIMPLE MOVING
MICROSCOPES

MICROSCOPE

(Shown with optional camera.

Objectives not included)

F E AT U R E S SOM®

n Simple moving microscope based on n Free Multi-Link™ software coordinates

an MP-285 / MPC-385 motorized movement with micropipette
micromanipulator positioning of MPC-200

n X, Y and Z axes of manipulator used to n Transmitted IR and EPI fluorescent

position the microscope over the imaging modes
sample and focus. No need for large
translators or moving stages. n Flexible excitation port easily allows
addition of secondary sources for
n Optimized to allow in vivo and in vitro photostimulation
experimentation on one setup
n MPC-200 controller with USB
n Standard configuration accepts RMS interface and open source commands
thread objectives. Contact Sutter for
additional options.

226 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Son of MOM® (SOM®) is a small, simple microscope designed to allow a single

MICROSCOPES
experimental setup to be used for both in vivo and in vitro experimentation. As in
our two-photon Movable Objective Microscope® (MOM®), positioning over the
sample and focusing is accomplished robotically. This removes the need for the large
translators and stages that normally limit the available space beneath the objective
for in vivo experimentation. For example, the SOM will allow whole-cell patch
recordings from neurons in vivo on one day followed by multi-cell recordings in
slices on the next.

The SOM opens up experimental possibilities that otherwise might be limited by the
ever growing space constraints in modern laboratories. The SOM is designed to take full
advantage of our free Multi-Link™ software program for micromanipulator positioning.

For instance, during whole-cell patch recording in slices it is commonly necessary to

search over a large area of tissue to find neurons appropriate to your experiment.
With the SOM, you simply translate over your sample to search for your target.
The software programs will then retrieve your recording and stimulation pipettes
so that you can begin recording immediately. Moreover, if you then find you need
to stimulate a region outside of the current objective’s field of view, the programs
will allow you to lock the position of your recording pipette and reposition the
objective and stimulating pipette(s) to their required positions.

An optional Oblique Coherent Contrast (OCC) condenser that is illuminated with an LED
is also available. The condenser translates with the microscope in the X & Y axes, which
allows for consistent illumination during re-positioning of the SOM over the sample.

How it Works:

The SOM is designed to take advantage of the high-quality images that can be
obtained with a simple IR LED-based transmitted light source combined with an
IR capable CCD camera. This combination is sufficient for the majority of in vitro
electrophysiology needs. The SOM is also designed with a two-position filter
cube to allow for identification of fluorescently-tagged cells for recording or for
photostimulation. If you populate both of the filter cube positions, one of the filter
sets will need to pass IR to allow for transmitted light imaging. As many filter
combinations will pass IR, transmitted light imaging can generally be done in
either of the two filter positions

The fluorescence excitation port of the microscope has C-mount threading as well
as mounting holes for standard cage components. This allows for customization
by the user to various experimental needs. For instance, multiple light sources can
be coupled to the excitation port with small cage assemblies.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 227

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S SOM®

n In vivo and in vitro electrophysiology n Imaging on many sample types

MICROSCOPES

including: tissue slices, Drosophilia,

n Wide field imaging (fluorescent dyes, zebra fish, mice, and much larger
genetic fluorescent proteins, intrinsic animal models
fluorescent signals)
n Surface inspection

S P EC I F I C AT I O N S SOM®

n Travel 25 mm on all three axes

n Resolution MP-285 controller
Low: 0.2 µm/step
High: 0.04 µm/step
MPC-200 controller
0.0625 µm/step
n Maximum Speed MP-285 controller
2.9 mm/sec
MPC-200 controller
5.0 mm/sec
n Drive Mechanism Precision worm gear capstan drive
n Communication MP-285: RS-232 Serial
MPC-200: USB
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

(Shown: SOM-T, 2 QUAD® Manipulators, TLED+ Light Source,

P-1000 Puller)
228 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572
EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 SOM®
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROSCOPES
SOM® BASIC SYSTEM
n SOM-T SOM Microscope system with MPC-200 controller
and ROE, mounted on tall (MT-75T) tower.
n SOM-XT SOM Microscope system with MPC-200 controller
and ROE, mounted on extra tall (MT-75XT) tower.

ACCESSORIES SOM®

n SOM-COND SOM OCC condensor with TLED

OBJECTIVES
n OBJ-Y522 4X - UPLFLN4X;U PLAN FLUORITE
4X OBJECTIVE,NA 0.13, WD 17 mm
n OBJ-Y524 10X - UPLFLN10X2;U PLAN FLUORITE
10X OBJECTIVE;NA 0.3, WD 10 mm
n OBJ-Y587 40X - LUMPLFLN40X/W;U M PLAN FLN
40X/W NA0.8 WD3.3 mm,IR,ECO
n OBJ-Y592 60X - LUMPLFLN60X/W; U M PLAN FLN
60X/W NA1.0 WD2.0 mm,IR,ECO
n OBJ-Y672 60X - LUMFLN60X/W;LUMFLN
60X/W NA1.1WD1.5 mm 25 ANGLE,IR.CC,ECO

LIGHT SOURCES
n TLED-CT Lambda TLED for transmitted light with C-mount
for SOM

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 229

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 DF-SCOPE™
MULTIPHOTON
IMAGING PACKAGE
MICROSCOPES

FOR OLYMPUS BX51WI

MICROSCOPES

(Olympus parts not included)

F E AT U R E S DF-SCOPE™

n Converts a standard Olympus BX51WI n Designed to be controlled with the

into a two-photon microscope while Sutter MCS (MOM Computer System)
retaining standard microscope Imaging Software including resonant
functions (transmitted light and scanning with MScan 2.0
epifluorescent imaging)
n Also fully compatible with most
n Includes detector(s) and “whisper- multiphoton freeware such as
quiet” resonant scan box developed ScanImage 5.0, Helioscan, and
for the MOM® 2-Photon microscope MPScope

n Upper and lower photodetectors for n Breadboard format in scan pathway

increased collection efficiency allows easy addition of
photostimulation light sources
n Fully compatible with the Sutter to the main scanned laser path
MPC-78 Large Moving Stage Platform
and motorized focus drive

230 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The DF-Scope™ is a customer-inspired, multiphoton, imaging package for the ubiquitous

MICROSCOPES
BX51WI upright microscope. Many laboratories already have BX51WI microscopes
for use in electrophysiology and epifluorescent imaging experiments. The DF-Scope
package provides the necessary optics and electronics for the BX51WI to be used for
multiphoton imaging (with the addition of a Ti:Sapphire laser). The design incorporates
subassemblies from our MOM® (Movable Objective Microscope®) system including
resonant and galvo scan boxes and controllers, detector paths, PMTs, PMT power
supplies, scan lenses and tube lenses.

A hallmark of multiphoton imaging is that all of the light emitted by the sample is
known to be from the focal volume as a result of the nonlinear excitation of the
fluorophore. High sensitivity photomultiplier tubes (PMTs) are used to collect as
many of these photons as is possible in order to reconstruct the scanned image.
The DF-Scope design allows for two detector paths to gather more emitted light,
one above the sample and one below. If using a thin sample, like a brain slice, we
recommend the lower (sub-stage) detectors to increase signal detection. Additional
signal will be available at the trans detector path. This substage detector assembly is
designed to work with a variety of Olympus condensers.

NOTE: The DF-Scope design requires an Olympus BX51WI and the following Olympus
parts: WI-ARMAD, 5-UR710LP and U-M619.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 231

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S DF-SCOPE™

n Deep tissue imaging n Imaging on many sample types

MICROSCOPES

including: tissue slices, Drosophilia,

n Slice imaging and SFCC recording zebra fish, mice, etc.

n Retinal ex-plant imaging

S P EC I F I C AT I O N S DF-SCOPE™

n Front panel Main power switch for entire unit

Controls/Indicators Discrete controls / indicator for each
On / Off Switch
10 turn potentiometer to set
high voltage/gain
LED display
n Voltage and Current
of rear panel outputs PS-2 PMT High Voltage output:
0 VDC to -1250 VDC,
current 0.6 mA
PS-2 / LV PMT Module output:
constant +15 VDC as well as
control Vref supplied by module
Preamp/Auxiliary power outputs:
+/-12 VDC, 200 mA per side
+/-5 VDC, 200 mA per side
n Dimensions 16 in x 11 in x 3.5 in
41 cm x 28 cm x 9 cm
n Weight 6.5 lbs
3 kg
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

232 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 DF-SCOPE™
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROSCOPES
DF-Scope™
Multiphoton Imaging package for Olympus BX51WI Microscope
Includes Sutter-designed custom scanner mount with scan lens, tube lens and two
position mirror mount to choose between two-photon and widefield operation, XY
scanners with drive electronics, special Olympus-made, wide-field fluorescence unit that
incorporates two-photon detector pathway, two channel detector with PMTs, preamps
and PS-2 power supply and data acquisition system.

n DF-3MM DF-Scope package with 3 mm scanners

n DF-6MM DF-Scope package with 6 mm scanners
n DF-RES DF-Scope package with Resonant scanners,
MCS Computer System and MScan 2.0 software

ACCESSORIES DF-SCOPE™

n MOM-DETCT-S1-M MOM® short path #1 detector

n DF-LOWER DF-Scope lower detector mounting
n PS-2 PMT power supply and mating connectors
for all outputs (suitable for RG357 or
like PMT’s)
n PS-2/LV Includes PMT power supply, power cord
and mating connectors for all outputs
(Suitable for H10770 or like PMTs with
built-in high voltage power supply).
n O040368 PMT amplifier C7319
n LB-SC Lambda SC control unit, serial and USB
cables, power cord and manual
n IQ25-SA 25 mm SmartShutter® with stand alone housing
n MOM-SETUPKIT-M Basic table optics for laser routing
n MOM-BEAMSPLITTER MOM Beam Splitter
n MPC-78/Y51/FD1 MPC-78 with focus drive for the Olympus BX51WI
n MP-78/Y51/FD 1
MP-78 with focus drive for the Olympus BX51WI

1
When ordering please specify ¼-20 or M6 tapped holes,
and chamber insert (see page 100).

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 233

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MCS
MOM COMPUTER SYSTEM AND SOFTWARE
MICROSCOPES

F E AT U R E S MCS

The MCS is especially designed for: n Photostimulation while imaging

through the same optical pathway
n Multichannel, high-speed, functional (“photostimaging”)
optical imaging
n Large-scale, high-resolution, deep
n Resonant scanning capable with tissue mapping
imaging rates to 30 frames per second
n Two-photon microscopy and
n Scanning microscopy combined with concurrent electrophysiology
simultaneous, camera-based, with computer-controlled placement
behavioral monitoring of electrodes by Sutter micro-
manipulators
n Prolonged, multi-hour experiments

C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S MCS

n Two-photon imaging n Immunology

n Deep tissue imaging n Embryology
n Neurophysiology

234 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The MOM® Computer System (MCS) includes the acquisition software package

MICROSCOPES
MScan 3.0 and MView 3.0 data analysis software. MScan seamlessly combines two-
photon imaging,with photostimulation, behavioral monitoring, and electrophysiology.
While designed expressly for use with the Sutter MOM, it is also compatible with other
two-photon platforms. The MCS is designed to take on complex experiments in deep-
tissue intravital imaging. Its intuitive user interface, is easy to learn and easy to use.
The MCS and MOM together form a formidable tool to understand the most complex
issues in neuroscience, immunology or oncology. Importantly, you will find in MCS the
same standard of technical excellence and customer support that are the hallmark of
all Sutter Instrument products.

The MScan 3.0 software simplifies the many tasks inherent in a complicated imaging
experiment. MScan 3.0 is extensively multithreaded to take advantage of multicore
processors, ensuring high performance, reliability and a responsive user interface.

MView 3.0, the MCS program for data analysis, can be downloaded freely from Sutter’s
website. As well as allowing for complex analysis, MView will also allow data output in
formats suitable for analysis on other platforms.

MSCan and MView are free-standing, Windows native software applications, assuring
optimal performance and eliminating dependence on other, 3rd party supporting
software (ex. MatLab). The MCS platform scales readily, and easily supports a multiuser
environment where data are acquired on one, shared microscope, but can be analyzed
via MView on any number of other, independent workstations – no dongles.

MCS includes a Windows 10 workstation, fully integrated with its National Instruments
data acquisition boards, a USB 2.0 camera and a USB controlled MPC-200. The National
Instruments boards included are a PCI-6110 board for scanner control, a PCIe-6353
board for timing of imaging and control of photostimulation and laser power. Finally, a
PCIe-6321 board provides for electrophysiology functions. MCS is delivered as a fully
functional, turnkey system with all data acquisition hardware and software pre-installed
and pre-tested within the workstation

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 235

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 n IMAGING FEATURES n XYZ CONTROL OF OBJECTIVE PLACEMENT
4 imaging channels with independent RELATIVE TO FIXED SAMPLE
MICROSCOPES

gains and user-adjustable pixel Requires Sutter Instrument MPC-200

duration
Bidirectional line scan with sub-pixel n 3-D MAP WINDOW
line offset adjustment Stores multispectral frames or stacks in
User or TTL triggered a 25 nm x 25 nm x 25 mm 3-D world
in objective coordinates
n IMAGING MODES
XY movie n PHOTOSTIMULATION
XZ movie Localized photostimulation without
Requires z-piezo nanopositioner imaging using same optical path
Timelapse
Stack n PHOTOSTIMAGING
Fast stack Sequential photostimulation and imaging
Requires z-piezo nanopositioner through the same optical pathway
Line scan
Region scan n TARGETED PATCH-CLAMPING
User-designated collections of Support for Sutter Instrument
points, lines, rectangles, ellipses or micromanipulator and amplifiers
polygons
Photostimulation scan n ANALOG INPUTS
User-designated collections of 8 analog channels, up to 250 kHz
points, lines, rectangles, ellipses or continuous acquisition rate
polygons
n INTEGRATED DEVELOPMENT
n MCS DATA FILES ENVIRONMENT
Proprietary data format allows long Rich object model to control hardware,
(1-2 hour) functional imaging from fully compatible with ActiveX
behaving animals, sophisticated Automation
meta-data in file header

n BEHAVIORAL CAMERA
Records synchronized imaging of
animal behavior during extended
functional imaging (see Kuhn et
al reference)

n FUNCTIONAL IMAGING
Real-time display of averaged
intensities of regions of interest
(ROIs) in scrolling plot

236 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S
MCS MOM® COMPUTER SYSTEM

MICROSCOPES
n Dimensions CPU:
20.5 in x 8.25 in x 20 in
52 cm x 21 cm x 51 cm
Monitor:
26 in x 10 in x 19 in
67 cm x 24 cm x 48 cm

n Weight CPU:
31 lbs
14 kg
Monitor:
15 lbs
7 kg

n Electrical 115/230 Volts

50/60 Hertz power line

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 237

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MCS SYSTEM
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
MICROSCOPES

n MOM-MCS1 System includes preinstalled MScan 3.0 software,

Windows 10 workstation, data acquisition boards,
Includes One USB 2.0 camera (can be used for
behavior or basic wide field sample location)

1
Must be used with MOM® systems equipped with MOM-DAQ, MPC-200
and ROE-200

COMPONENTS MCS

n MOM-DAQ MOM® data acquisition system (includes NI 6110E PCI board)

n MPC-200-ROE Includes MPC-200 contoller and ROE-200
n CAM-USBE USB 2.0 camera camera (if both wide field and
behavior cameras are desired)

NOTE: The MOM-MCS communicates with the MPC-200

controller via the USB port for control of X, Y, and Z movement.
It is not compatible with the MP-285 controller. Please contact
Sutter for more information.

238 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MICROSCOPES

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 239

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 SCANIMAGE
SOFTWARE AND FPGA-BASED ACQUISITION SYSTEM
MICROSCOPES

F E AT U R E S SC ANIMAGE

n Supports linear galvanometer and n Continuous volume imaging with fast

resonant scanning hardware piezo support (PI, nPoint)

n Provides support for resonant, n Step and settle volume imaging with
galvanometer, galvanometer triple piezos or Optotune
scanner combination
n FPGA based continuous, gap-free data
n Precise experimental synchronization acquisition for real-time image
between imaging, physiology and processing and future closed loop
behavior with user defined triggers data processing
and internal clock signals
n MatLab interface offers user scripting
n Full support for simultaneous imaging and custom analysis capabilities with
and photostimulation applications a full hardware control API exposed for
requiring parallel scanner paths automating experiments
n Multi-region of interest mode provides n Integration with WaveSurfer enables
targeted sequential imaging and synchronized electrode recording and
photostimulation general data recording
n Multiple arbitrary line scanning

240 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
ScanImage is imaging software for scanning microscopes developed by Karel Svoboda

MICROSCOPES
and coworkers (Pologruto et al, 2003) and judiciously maintained by members of the
Svoboda lab, first at Cold Spring Harbor Lab and then at Janelia Farms, HHMI. It is hard
to over estimate the influence of this software in the field of two-photon scanning
microscopy.

ScanImage was designed to be a freely available open source program and its early
maintenance was “easily” supported. However, as ScanImage became increasingly
popular and as new versions were required to cover changes in operating systems
and hardware drivers, it soon became obvious that a high level of maintenance could
not be sustained based on the “freeware model”. Ultimately, ScanImage support
and development has become a commercial enterprise and Vidrio is the new face of
ScanImage.

Two-photon microscope development at Sutter Instrument has been closely tied to

ScanImage software for years. In addition to the MOM® in vivo two-photon scope,
Sutter has many products that are used by two-photon microscopists using ScanImage
including our stepper motor drive XYZ controllers, galvo and resonant scanner systems,
PMTs and PMT power supplies. We are grateful to have had a mutual, continuing
connection to ScanImage and the ScanImage community for over ten years.

Sutter provides hardware that operates seamlessly with all versions of ScanImage.
Products can be purchased ala carte or as a bundled system with ScanImage Premium
or SI 5.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 241

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S SC ANIMAGE

n Two-photon imaging n Complex neurophysiology

MICROSCOPES

experimentation control
n Deep tissue imaging

242 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 SC ANIMAGE
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROSCOPES
SCANIMAGE BUNDLED SYSTEMS1
PREMIUM
Includes SIP-SOFT, RESSCAN-MOM or RESSCAN-GEN,
preconfigured NI-FLEX RIO data acquisition system, and
two FEMTO DHPCA-100 fast preamps with power supplies.
n RES-MOM-SIP Resonant Scanner for Sutter MOM®
w/ ScanImage Premium software
n RES-GEN-SIP Resonant Scanner for 60 mm cage based
microscope w/ ScanImage Premium software

SCANIMAGE 5 BUNDLED SYSTEMS1

Includes RESSCAN-MOM or RESSCAN-GEN, preconfigured
NI-FLEX RIO data acquisition system, and two FEMTO
DHPCA-100 fast preamps with power supplies.
n RES-MOM-SI5 Resonant Scanner for Sutter MOM w/ SI 5
n RES-GEN-SI5 Resonant Scanner for 60 mm cage based
microscope w/ SI 5

COMPONENTS
n RESSCAN-MOM Resonant Scanner for Sutter MOM —
Standalone
n RESSCAN-GEN Resonant Scanner for 60 mm cage based
microscope — Standalone
n SIP-SOFT ScanImage Premium software
n DAQ-FPGA Basic National Instruments Flex-RIO Data
Acquisition system compatible with SI 5
freeware and ScanImage Premium software
n O040335 FEMTO DHPCA-100 preamplifier
n O040337 FEMTO power supply

1
Please note, ScanImage Premium Bundles are not turnkey packages.
You will need to supply an appropriate computer with MATLAB®
software installed. MATLAB® is a product of MathWorks.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 243

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 RESSCAN
SUTTER RESONANT SCAN BOX
MICROSCOPES

(Shown: RESSCAN-MOM)

F E AT U R E S RESSCAN

n Can easily be added to existing MOM® n Full frame scanning at up to 30 frames

systems per second

n Can be used as a component for n Whisper quiet resonant scanners

customers building their own scope
n Flexible hardware works with a variety
n Compatible with MScan, as well as of systems
many freeware and commercial
software packages n Turn-key or bundled options available

244 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Sutter Resonant Scan box (RESSCAN) is a general purpose resonant scan box
using the industry standard Cambridge Technologies CRS 8 kHz resonant scanner
for fast X scanning and a second Cambridge galvo scanner (6215 5 mm) for Y axis
scanning. The scan box is whisper quiet and the package allows full frame scanning

MICROSCOPES
at up to 30 frames per second (actual values are software dependent). Unlike other
resonant systems designed to be used with proprietary hardware and/or software,
the Sutter resonant scan box and its connections to the outside world are intentionally
generic.

Two versions of the scan box are currently available:

• RESSCAN-MOM — a version that fits in the standard scanner location in
the MOM and can be purchased either with a new MOM® or used to field
convert an existing MOM.
• RESSCAN-GEN — a generic version compatible with 60 mm cage systems.
This version of the resonant scan box was designed for the Janelia Farms
MIMMs scope, but will work with any scope with a scan pathway designed
around a 60 mm optical cage.

The resonant scan box controller (MDR-R) connects to and drives the resonant scan
box and provides the exact inputs and outputs supplied by Cambridge Technologies
scanner controller cards (SYNC and ZOOM for the CRS scanner and Position for the
slow Y scanner). This is helpful for those who have existing software that runs with
other scopes using Cambridge Resonant scanners.

The Sutter resonant scanner system can be purchased in several configurations. Those
who wish a ready-to-use, turnkey Resonant scanner system, complete with software,
should purchase either RES-MOM-MCS or RES-GEN-MCS. If you wish to use your
RESSCAN with ScanImage Premium, you should purchase either RES-MOM-SIP or
RES-GEN-SIP.

Alternatively, you may wish to take advantage of the standard connections on the
controller to use the Sutter scanner system with existing freeware (Helioscan, MP Scope,
or SI 5), third party commercial software (3I Slidebook) or software of your own design.
Sutter carries stand alone NI FLEX RI0 data acquisition packages to use with SI 5.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 245

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S RESSCAN

n Dimensions Resonant Scan Box:

MICROSCOPES

5 in x 4 in x 2 in
13 cm x 10 cm x 5 cm
Controller:
16 in x11 in x 3.5 in
41 cm x 28 cm x 9 cm
n Weight Resonant Scan Box:
2.0 lbs
1 kg
Controller:
6.5 lbs
3 kg
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

(Shown: Generic resonant scanner)

246 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 RESSCAN
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROSCOPES
RESSCAN BASIC SYSTEM
Resonant Scan Box for Sutter MOM® or Researcher-built Microscope
Includes: Cambridge CRS 8 kHz Resonant Scanner and 6215 5 mm Galvo Scanner in
Sutter-designed, quiet, sealed enclosure; MDR-R controller for both scanners with
power supply, SYNC output and ZOOM and Y position inputs; power cord and cables
to connect to Resonant Scan Box, and mounting adapter for Sutter MOM or standard
60 mm cage (drawings available).

n RESSCAN-MOM Resonant Scanner for Sutter MOM —

Stand Alone
n RESSCAN-GEN Resonant Scanner for 60 mm
cage based microscope — Stand Alone

SCANIMAGE PREMIUM BUNDLED VERSION1

In addition to the stand alone resonant scan box (RESSCAN-MOM or RESSCAN-GEN)
ScanImage bundles also include ScanImage Premium software, preconfigured
NI-FLEX RIO data acquisition system, and two FEMTO DHPCA-100 fast preamps.

n RES-MOM-SIP Resonant Scanner for Sutter MOM —

ScanImage Premium Bundle version
n RES-GEN-SIP Resonant Scanner for 60 mm cage-based
microscope — ScanImage Premium Bundle version

1
Please note, ScanImage Premium Bundles are not turnkey
packages. You will need to supply an appropriate computer
with MATLAB® software installed. MATLAB® is a product of
MathWorks.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 247

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 PS-2 / PS-2/LV
PMT POWER SUPPLIES
MICROSCOPES

F E AT U R E S P S -2 / P S -2 / LV

n Dual power supplies, discrete gain, n Mating connectors supplied for high
on/off controls and high voltage and low voltage outputs
displays for each PMT connected
n Low noise linear power for all low
n Rear panel has +/-12 VDC (two outlets) voltages and for driving high voltage
and +/-5 VDC (two outlets) supplies

248 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The PS-2 and PS-2/LV are Sutter PMT power supplies sold with the Sutter MOM®. They

MICROSCOPES
are also available to those who need dual power supplies for either their own scanning
microscope or other projects that need PMT power supplies. The PS-2 is a dual high
voltage supply specifically designed to be used with the Hamamatsu R6357 multi alkali
PMT, but applicable to other similar PMTs. The PS-2/LV was originally designed to be
used with the Hamamatsu H10770PA-40 PMT Module, but is applicable to many other
similar PMT modules that have the high voltage supply built into the device and only
require a low voltage supply and a control voltage to set gain.

The PS-2 and PS-2/LV have additional outputs for running preamplifiers and other
associated circuitry. Both are dual supplies with discrete on/off switches, gain controls
and voltage displays for the two PMTs attached. These two models are manually
controlled, which is convenient for those designing their own scopes; there is no need
to worry about PC control of various parameters. Just plug in the PMT and power up!

To keep generated noise at a minimum, linear power supplies are used to generate all
low voltages and to power the high voltage supplies.

APPLICABLE PMTs

PS-2
Hamamatsu R6357, R3896, R3811

PS-2/LV
Hamamatsu H10770PA-40, H10770PB-40, H10770PA-50 as well as gated modules like
H11706-40 and H11526-110

Please call Sutter for applicability of the PS-2 and PS-2/LV to other PMTs and PMT
modules.

HAMAMATSU PMTs

Sutter Instrument is an authorized reseller for Hamamatsu. We have been using

Hamamatsu PMTs and PMT modules in the Sutter MOM scope since 2006 and also
offer various Hamamatsu PMTs for sale as individual components.

We keep a small inventory of PMTs and PMT modules, provide PMT testing, cabling and
mounting solutions and we also provide several Sutter designed PMT power supplies.
Please contact Sutter for a list and pricing of the Hamamatsu PMTs that we carry, or to
find out if we can help you design a PMT into a custom instrument.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 249

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S P S -2 / P S -2 / LV

n Front panel Main power switch for entire unit

MICROSCOPES

Controls/Indicators Discrete controls/indicator for each

On/Off Switch
10 turn potentiometer to set
high voltage/gain
LED display showing high
voltage 0 V to 1250 V
n Voltage and Current PS-2 PMT High Voltage output:
of rear panel outputs 0 VDC to -1250 VDC,
current 0.6 mA
PS-2 / LV PMT Module output:
constant +15 VDC as well as
control Vref supplied by module
Preamp / Auxiliary power outputs:
+/-12 VDC, 200 mA per side
+/-5 VDC, 200 mA per side
n Dimensions 16 in x 11 in x 3.5 in
41 cm x 28 cm x 9 cm
n Weight 6.5 lbs
3 kg
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

250 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 P S -2 / P S -2 / LV
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROSCOPES
n PS-2 Includes PMT power supply, power cord and
mating connectors for all outputs (Suitable for
RG357 or like PMTs).
n PS-2/LV Includes PMT power supply, power cord and
mating connectors for all outputs (Suitable for
H10770 or like PMTs with built-in high voltage
power supply).

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 251

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
Precise mechanical movement and well original filter wheel, as well as our latest
engineered electronics have always been line of wheels which have been designed
hallmarks of Sutter Instrument products. for 25 mm as well as larger diameter filters.
Over twenty years ago, our entrance into
the optical products market capitalized Taking advantage of the latest in thin-film
on these attributes when we set out to filter technology, Sutter has incorporated
produce a reliable, fast, electronically tunable filters into a single and 5-position
quiet, computer controlled filter wheel. filter changer, the Lambda VF-1™ and
The result was the Lambda 10, which met Lambda VF-5™, providing access to any
all of our original performance goals, and center bandpass from 338 mm to 900 nm
proved itself as a very rugged and reliable in nanometer increments.
instrument.
When the Lambda 10 was first introduced,
The success of the Lambda 10 led to the most imaging systems could not keep
development of a new generation of up with its 55 msec switching time. As
wavelength switching products, and technology has advanced in the field
one of the widest ranges of accessories of imaging, demand has increased for
in the industry. Our current design, the
Lambda 10-3 controller, allows for the use
of three filter wheels without the expense
of additional controllers. The Lambda
10-B has also been added as a lower cost
alternative for those who do not require
all the features of the Lambda 10-3. Both
of these controllers can be coupled to our
faster wavelength switching speed. movement for speed or smoothness,
Sutter Instrument has responded with an produce a variable aperture, and achieve
integrated illumination system capable of open/close times of 8 msec from trigger.
switching wavelengths in less than The SmartShutter is compatible with
0.5 msec. the Lambda 10-3, Lambda 10-B/IQ, and
Lambda SC controllers.
As demands for higher throughput and
lower exposure times have increased, Customization of our optical product
the need for a stand-alone high power line for unique applications has become
light source was met with the Lambda a specialty for Sutter Instrument. New
LS. This integrated 175 (or 300) Watt technology has been incorporated in
xenon arc lamp, cold mirror, and power various custom and OEM filterwheels.
supply system is available in an efficient For example, for systems using a large
single cabinet design. Our lamp product number of filter wheels, Sutter Instrument
family was recently expanded with the developed an RS-485 serial bus to allow
Lambda XL, which uses electrodeless bulb up to 16 controllers to share a single
technology to produce a highly stable, serial port on a host computer. Sutter
long lifetime light source. Now the TLED Instrument has also developed sensor
and HPX LED light sources represent the and motor technology for a system of
latest generation of solid-state microscope filter wheels running at liquid helium
illumination. temperatures for use with astronomical
telescopes. Please contact us directly for
Sutter Instrument developed and designed more information about custom filter
the SmartShutter® to address the need changing devices.
for a robust and reliable shutter to serve
as a component in our imaging line or
as a stand-alone solution for optical
applications. The SmartShutter offers
the most sophisticated shutter control
available. Microprocessor control of the
stepper-motor allows the user to optimize
 L I G H T S O U RC E C O M PA R I S O N C H A R T

This chart of light source options and capabilities will assist you in selecting the
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

product best suited to your application. Sutter product managers are happy to discuss
your particular technical requirements in order to ensure you receive the best light
source for your research needs. Please contact Sutter for further assistance.

Ultra High Speed Wavelength Selection

High Speed Wavelength Selection

Fluorescent Microscopy

Hyper Spectral Imaging

Wavelength Selection
Transmitted Light
Calcium Imaging

Optogenetics
Light Source

PHASE
FURA

DIC
Lambda OBC LED n n n n n n n
Lambda 421 / Lambda 721
LED n n n n n n n
Lambda 821
Lambda LS Xenon n n n n n n
Lambda HPX LED n n
Lambda HPX-L5 LED n n
Lambda TLED/TLED+ white LED n n n n
Lambda FLED LED n n n
Lambda FLED-DC LED n n n n n n n
Filter Wheel N/A n n n n n n

254 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 F I LT E R W H E E L C O N T R O L L E R C O M PA R I S O N C H A R T

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
Features Lambda 10-3 Lambda 10-B
Maximum # of Wheels 3 1
Maximum # of Shutters 31 21
Shutter Type
SmartShutter® n n
Uniblitz® n n
Filter Diameter (mm)
12/25/32/502 n n
Minimum Switching Time3 (ms)
40 ms — 25 mm wheel n n
50 ms — 32 mm wheel n n
31 ms — 4-position 25 mm n n
Power Supply Chopper Chopper
Computer Interface
Serial n n
Parallel n
USB n n
TTL In/Out Yes Yes

1. The Lambda 10-3 can be used to drive up to 3 filter wheels and 2 shutters, or 3 shutters and 2 filter wheels.
The Lambda 10-B, two shutters or one wheel and one shutter.
2. The controller automatically detects the installed hardware.
3. Minimum switching time between adjacent filters depends on the filter load. The given values are
for a load of 2 filters.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 255

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 LAMBDA OBC
OPTICAL BEAM COMBINER
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

(Shown: LB-OBC-LLG)

F E AT U R E S L AMBDA OBC

n Up to 4 channel ultra high-speed LED n Easy to reconfigure

light source (<25 µsec)
n LEDs driven by our proven FLED
n LLG or direct mount connection controllers
options for all common microscopes
n Capable of combining any
combination of LEDs or any liquid light
guide delivered light sources

C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S L AMBDA OBC

n Fluorescent microscopy n Optogenetics

n Calcium imaging n High-speed wavelength selection
n FURA

Patent No. 8,988,779

256 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Lambda OBC (optical beam combiner) is a new, patented, concept for combining
separate light sources with different spectra into a single common output beam.
Each separate light source is collimated before entering the optical path through a

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
bandpass filter. The filters for each light source also function as mirrors that reflect
the collimated beams from the previous light sources. In the diagram below the
optical paths are outlined for each position including the reflections that occur:

Optical path for each light source position from 0 through 3. The position number of the light
sources are labeled based on the number of total reflections.

Traditionally, combining more than two light sources required the use of a dichroic
ladder. Dichroic mirrors, which switch from transmission to reflection at one point in the
spectrum, allow the combining of separate light sources, provided that those sources do
not have overlapping wavelengths. The downside of this approach is that light sources
cannot be easily changed.

Dichroic ladders also demand careful attention to the order in which the light sources
are introduced into the optical path to avoid having the light blocked by the next
dichroic in line. Typically, additional bandpass filters must be added in front of each light
source before the dichroic, to select the desired range of wavelengths for each source.
Each filter and dichroic used in the ladder decreases the total light output of the system.

The Pentagon shape of the Lambda OBC was designed to keep the size of the beam
combiner small and the optical path short and efficient. Thin-film bandpass filters, such
as Semrock’s STR, reflect greater than 90% of out-of-band light. If the band pass of
each light source does not overlap, it is possible to use the filters for both attenuation
and reflection of the light from the other sources. By arranging the filters and sources
into a pentagon, we could combine four light sources in a compact design with lower
losses than previously achievable. As an added benefit, the last position in the optical
train does not require any filter, since no other input reflects from that position. This
input can be used with any sort of light source if you are aware of the possible losses
if there are filters in use that overlap this light source. The fifth side of the pentagon
becomes the output for the combined sources. The filters are easily exchangeable and
are installed on small sliders inside the core of the pentagon. Filters and associated light
sources can be arranged in any order around the pentagon.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 257

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 Notes:

• The light from position #0 goes directly to the device output without being
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

reflected. This position might be preferred for the source with the greatest desired
output.
• The filter for the fourth light source is not used as a reflective surface and could be
omitted if a broad-band source were desired.
• In configurations with fewer than 4 light sources, sources should be filled from
lowest to highest number of reflections to ensure the greatest light output.
• The optical path for each input is tilted by 18 degrees relative to the filter for that
port. This will cause a small shift in the band pass toward shorter wavelengths.
While it would be ideal to have a coating optimized for this application, we have
found that stock -STR filters can be used if you correct for the shift in the band
pass when selecting the filters. This lends itself to combining narrow-band
sources such as LEDs and lasers with a broad-band sources such as arc lamps or
white light LEDs. In the case of LEDs, wavelengths can be shuttered at the speed
of the individual source. Sutter Instrument HPX and FLED products can switch
in 10-25 microseconds respectively. The Lambda OBC is designed for ultimate
flexibility and expandability. Should your illumination needs change over time,
a simple configuration change and possibly additional filters can produce an
entirely different output.

S P EC I F I C AT I O N S OBC

n Output Range (330 nm to 960 nm) Depending the LED’s selected for use
n Shuttering Turn ON/OFF time: <25 µs
n Noise/Short 0.01 %
Term Stability
n LED Life >50,000 hours
n Dimensions Control Box – FLED:
4 in x 3.25 in x 4.1 in
10.2 cm x 8.3 cm x 10.2 cm
Lambda OBC – with 4 LEDs:
9.65 in x 9.25 in x 3 in
24.5 cm x 23.5 cm x 7.5 cm
n Weight Control Box – FLED:
2.2 lbs
1 kg
Lambda OBC – with 4 LEDs:
4.7 lbs
2.13 kg
n Electrical 120/240 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

258 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 L AMBDA OBC
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
OPTICAL BEAM COMBINER
Includes Lambda OBC optical beam combining pentagon that accommodates up
to 4 LED modules (purchased separately).

n LB-OBC-N Lambda Optical Beam Combiner for Nikon

n LB-OBC-Y Lambda Optical Beam Combiner for Olympus
n LB-OBC-Z Lambda Optical Beam Combiner for Zeiss
n LB-OBC-L Lambda Optical Beam Combiner for Leica
n LB-OBC-C Lambda Optical Beam Combiner for C-mount
n LB-OBC-LLG Lambda Optical Beam Combiner with
3 mm series 380 liquid light guide

CONTROLLER FOR LED MODULES

One Lambda FLED controller is needed for each LED ordered (part numbers
OBC-XXX). Up to 4 controllers can be used with the Optical Beam Combiner.

n FLED-E Lambda FLED Controller (one needed for each LED module).

LED MODULES FOR LAMBDA OBC

The LED modules consist of the LED and the appropriate Semrock®-STR excitation
filter for the output of the LED. Four LED modules can be installed in the Optical Beam
Combiner at one time, however, the purchase of additional LED modules adds versatility
to the system as you can reconfigure the Lambda OBC by substituting wavelengths as
needed for your application.

n OBC-340 LED, 340 nm for Optical Beam Combiner

n OBC-365 LED, 365 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-385 LED, 385 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-410 LED, 410 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-440 LED, 440 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-460 LED, 460 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-480 LED, 480 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-506 LED, 506 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-530 LED, 530 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-561 LED, 561 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-590 LED, 590 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-617 LED, 617 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-630 LED, 630 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-660 LED, 660 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-740 LED, 740 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-810 LED, 810 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-850 LED, 850 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-940 LED, 940 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-W5 LED, White Light for Optical Beam Combiner

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 259

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 LAMBDA 421
OPTICAL BEAM COMBINING SYSTEM
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

(Shown: Lambda 421)

F E AT U R E S L AMBDA 421

n Versatile 4-channel Ultra high-speed n Wide variety of available LED’s

LED light source between 340-900 nm

n Unique optical design allows for simple
spectral flexibility

C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S L AMBDA 421

n Fluorescent microscopy n Optogenetics

n Calcium imaging n High-speed wavelength selection
n FURA

Patent No. 8,988,779

260 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Lambda 421 beam combiner is a new, patented, concept for combining separate
light sources with different spectra into a single common output beam. Each separate
light source is collimated before entering the optical path through a bandpass filter.

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
The filters for each light source also function as mirrors that reflect the collimated
beams from the previous light sources. In the diagram below the optical paths are
outlined for each position including the reflections that occur:

Optical path for each light source position from 0 through 3. The position number of the light
sources are labeled based on the number of total reflections.

Traditionally, combining more than two light sources required the use of a dichroic
ladder. Dichroic mirrors, which switch from transmission to reflection at one point in the
spectrum, allow the combining of separate light sources, provided that those sources do
not have overlapping wavelengths. The downside of this approach is that light sources
cannot be easily changed.

Dichroic ladders also demand careful attention to the order in which the light sources
are introduced into the optical path to avoid having the light blocked by the next
dichroic in line. Typically, additional bandpass filters must be added in front of each light
source before the dichroic, to select the desired range of wavelengths for each source.
Each filter and dichroic used in the ladder decreases the total light output of the system.

The Lambda 421 was designed to keep the size of the beam combiner small and the
optical path short and efficient. Thin-film bandpass filters, such as Semrock’s STR,
reflect greater than 90% of out-of-band light. If the band pass of each light source
does not overlap, it is possible to use the filters for both attenuation and reflection of
the light from the other sources. By arranging the filters and sources into a pentagon,
we were able to combine four light sources in a compact design with lower losses than
previously achievable. As an added benefit, the last position in the optical train does not
require any filter, since no other input reflects from that position. This input can be used
with any sort of light source as long as you are aware of the possible losses if there are
filters in use that overlap this light source. The fifth side of the pentagon becomes the
output for the combined sources. The filters are easily exchangeable and are installed
on small sliders inside the core of the pentagon. Filters and associated light sources can
be arranged in any order around the pentagon.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 261

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 Notes:
• The light from position #0 goes directly to the device output without being reflected.
This position might be preferred for the source with the greatest desired output.
• The filter for the fourth light source is not used as a reflective surface and could be
omitted if a broad-band source were desired.
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

• In configurations with fewer than 4 light sources, sources should be filled from lowest
to highest number of reflections to ensure the greatest light output.
• The optical path for each input is tilted by 18 degrees relative to the filter for that
port. This will cause a small shift in the band pass toward shorter wavelengths.
While it would be ideal to have a coating optimized for this application, we have
found that stock -STR filters can be used if you correct for the shift in the band
pass when selecting the filters. This lends itself to combining narrow-band sources
such as LEDs and lasers with a broad-band sources such as an arc lamps or white
light LEDs. In the case of LEDs, wavelengths can be shuttered at the speed of the
individual source. Sutter Instrument HPX and TLED products can switch in 1
0-25 microseconds respectively, making the Lambda 421 one of, if not the fastest
wavelength switcher on the market. The Lambda optical beam combiner is designed
for flexibility and expandability. Should your illumination need change over time a
simple configuration change and possibly additional filters can produce an entirely
different output.

Lambda 421 - LED Spectra Options

S P EC I F I C AT I O N S L AMBDA 421

n Output Range (330 nm to 960 nm) Depending the LED’s selected for use
n Shuttering Turn ON/OFF time: <25 µs
n Noise/Short 0.01 %
Term Stability
n LED Life >50,000 hours
n Control Box 15.75 in x 11 in x 7.5 in
Dimensions 40 cm x 27.9 cm x 19.05 cm
n Weight 17.8 lbs
8.07 kg
n Electrical 120/240 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

262 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 L AMBDA 421
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
LAMBDA 421 OPTICAL BEAM COMBINER AND CONTROLLER
Includes controller, LED unit with liquid light guide, cables, and power cord. The
instrument accepts up to 4 LED modules (listed below) and can easily be reconfigured.
The LED modules consist of the LED and the appropriate Semrock®-STR excitation
filter for the output of the LED.

n LB-421 Lambda 421 Optical Beam Combiner and controller

LED MODULES FOR LAMBDA 421

n OBC-340 LED, 340 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-365 LED, 365 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-385 LED, 385 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-410 LED, 410 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-440 LED, 440 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-460 LED, 460 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-480 LED, 480 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-506 LED, 506 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-530 LED, 530 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-561 LED, 561 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-590 LED, 590 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-617 LED, 617 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-630 LED, 630 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-660 LED, 660 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-740 LED, 740 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-810 LED, 810 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-850 LED, 850 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-940 LED, 940 nm for Optical Beam Combiner
n OBC-W5 LED, White Light for Optical Beam Combiner

Mounting adapters for Nikon, Zeiss, Leica and Olympus microscopes

are available. Please call Sutter Instrument for pricing and further
information. Also, please see the Microscope Adapters section of this
catalog.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 263

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 LAMBDA 721 N ew
OPTICAL BEAM COMBINING SYSTEM
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

F E AT U R E S L AMBDA 721

n Easy to change the spectral output of n Wavelength selection and beam

the light source reflection using Semrock® STR Filters

n Any LED cube can be placed in any of
7 positions without concern for the
order

C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S L AMBDA 721

n Fluorescent microscopy n Optogenetics

n Calcium imaging n High-speed wavelength selection
n FURA

Patent No. 8,988,779

264 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Lambda 721 is a new concept for combining up to 7 separate LED cubes with
different spectra into a single common output beam. The LED cubes contain the LED,
collimating optics, and a filter. These LED cubes are easily exchanged and installed with

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
no tools required. Each LED cube is collimated before entering the optical path through
the bandpass filter. The filters for each LED cube also function as mirrors that reflect
the collimated beams from the previous light sources. In the diagram below the optical
paths are outlined for each position including the reflections that occur:

Optical path for each light source position from 0 through 7

Traditionally, combining more than two light sources required the use of a dichroic
ladder. Dichroic mirrors, which switch from transmission to reflection at one point in the
spectrum, allow the combining of separate light sources, provided that those sources do
not have overlapping wavelengths. The downside of this approach is that light sources
cannot be easily changed.

Dichroic ladders also demand careful attention to the order in which the light sources
are introduced into the optical path to avoid having the light blocked by the next
dichroic in line. Typically, additional bandpass filters must be added in front of each light
source before the dichroic, to select the desired range of wavelengths for each source.
Each filter and dichroic used in the ladder decreases the total light output of the system.

The Lambda 721 was designed to keep the size of the beam combiner small and the
optical path short and efficient. Thin-film bandpass filters, such as Semrock’s STR,
reflect greater than 90% of out-of-band light. If the band pass of each light source
does not overlap, it is possible to use the filters for both attenuation and reflection
of the light from the other sources. By arranging the filters and sources into a double
pentagon, we were able to combine seven light sources in a compact design with lower
losses than previously achievable. As an added benefit, the last position in the optical
train does not require any filter since no other input reflects from that position. This
position can be used with LED’s that have broad spectral output, such as the 561 nm
LED, and may allow the excitation of more than single channel of fluorescence from a
single LED. (raw spectra available upon request)

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 265

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 Notes:

• The light from position #1 goes directly to the device output without being reflected.
This position might be preferred for the source with the greatest desired output.
• The filter for the seventh light source is not used as a reflective surface and could be
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

used with LED cubes with broader outputs.

• In configurations with fewer than 7 light sources, sources should be filled from lowest
to highest number of reflections to ensure the greatest light output.
• This filter is installed at 18° angle-of-incidence to the collimated
beam of the LED cube. This will cause a small shift in the band
pass toward shorter wavelengths. While it would be ideal to
have a coating optimized for this application, we have found
that stock -STR filters can be used if you correct for the shift
in the band pass when selecting the filters.
• The Lambda optical beam combiner is designed for
(Pen shown for scale)
flexibility and expandability. Should your illumination
need change over time a simple configuration change
and possibly additional filters can produce an entirely different output.

Lambda 721 - LED Spectra Options

S P EC I F I C AT I O N S L AMBDA 721

n Output Range (330 nm to 960 nm) Depending the LED’s selected for use
n Shuttering Turn ON/OFF time: <4 µs
n Noise/Short 0.01 %
Term Stability
n LED Life >50,000 hours
n Control Box 7 in x 19 in x 10.5 in
Dimensions 17.7 cm x 48.25 cm x 26.5 cm
n Weight 23 lbs
10.45 kg
n Electrical 120/240 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

266 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 L AMBDA 721
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
LAMBDA 721 OPTICAL BEAM COMBINER AND CONTROLLER
Includes Lambda 721 with liquid light guide, cables, and power cord. The instrument
accepts up to 7 LED cubes (listed below) and can easily be reconfigured. The LED cube
consist of the LED, collimating optics and the appropriate Semrock®-STR excitation filter
for the output of the LED.

n LB-721 Lambda 721 Optical Beam Combiner and controller with 3 mm

Liquid Light Guide (Please order filter cubes separately)
n LB-721-SMA Lambda 721 Optical Beam Combiner and controller with SMA
fiber (Please order filter cubes separately)

LED MODULES FOR LAMBDA 821

n 721CUBE-340 LED cube with optics and filter, 340 nm
n 721CUBE-365 LED cube with optics and filter, 365 nm
n 721CUBE-385 LED cube with optics and filter, 385 nm
n 721CUBE-405 LED cube with optics and filter, 405 nm
n 721CUBE-410 LED cube with optics and filter, 410 nm
n 721CUBE-420 LED cube with optics and filter, 420 nm
n 721CUBE-440 LED cube with optics and filter, 440 nm
n 721CUBE-460 LED cube with optics and filter, 460 nm
n 721CUBE-480 LED cube with optics and filter, 480 nm
n 721CUBE-480NB LED cube with optics and NARROW BAND filter, 480 nm
n 721CUBE-506 LED cube with optics and filter, 506 nm
n 721CUBE-506NB LED cube with optics and NARROW BAND filter, 506 nm
n 721CUBE-530 LED cube with optics and filter, 530 nm
n 721CUBE-561 LED cube with optics and filter, 561 nm
n 721CUBE-590 LED cube with optics and filter, 590 nm
n 721CUBE-617 LED cube with optics and filter, 617 nm
n 721CUBE-630 LED cube with optics and filter, 330 nm
n 721CUBE-660 LED cube with optics and filter, 440 nm
n 721CUBE-740 LED cube with optics and filter, 740 nm
n 721CUBE-810 LED cube with optics and filter, 810 nm
n 721CUBE-850 LED cube with optics and filter, 850 nm
n 721CUBE-940 LED cube with optics and filter, 940 nm

Collimating adapters for Nikon, Zeiss, Leica and Olympus microscopes

are available. Please call Sutter Instrument for pricing and further
information. Also, please see the Microscope Adapters section of this
catalog.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 267

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 LAMBDA LS
STAND-ALONE XENON ARC LAMP
AND POWER SUPPLY
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

(Shown with optional light

guide and lens tube)

F E AT U R E S L AMBDA LS

n Xenon lamps provide light levels which n Modular construction allows use of
exceed those of standard microscope optional liquid light guide for flexible
fluorescence lamps direction of light output

n Equipped with a cold mirror to n Easily accommodates Sutter

eliminate IR heating of downstream Instrument filter wheels or
optical components SmartShutter® within the body of the
lamp.
n Compact standalone lamp housing
power supply enclosure n Can be coupled via a liquid light guide
to many standard microscopes
n Pre-aligned bulb eliminates common (Nikon, Zeiss, Leica and Olympus).
focusing problems Microscope coupling requires special
adapters (not included). Please see the
n Integrated hour meter for convenient Microscope Adapter section in this
monitoring of lamp life catalog.

268 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Lambda LS is a standalone lighting system consisting of a xenon arc lamp, lamp

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
housing, cold mirror and power supply in a single enclosure. The Lambda LS is
designed to be used with a liquid light guide which transmits remarkably flat, intense,
illumination to the optical train of the user’s microscope or other instrumentation.
The lamp’s cabinet accommodates a standard Sutter Instrument filter wheel that
slides easily in and out of a slot in the light path. If desired, a second filterwheel can
be mounted on the outside of the cabinet. When used with appropriate adapters,
the light guide output is compatible with most common microscope systems.

Unlike the arc lamps used with most fluorescence microscopes, the xenon bulb is
pre-aligned using a parabolic mirror and does not require alignment, focusing or
collimation. In the standard configuration, the Lambda LS bulb is capable of
producing light output from 330 nm to a cutoff of 650 nm determined by the cold
mirror. An optional enhanced UV bulb produces output much lower into the
UV (cut off near 200 nm). As with any UV generating light source, the optional bulb
generates significant quantities of ozone and must be used in an adequately
ventilated environment.

The Lambda LS utilizes a compact design, which places power supply, lamp house,
arc lamp and cold mirror in a single enclosure. This system eliminates a common
failure associated with standard arc lamp designs: when using a remote power supply
aging may lead to a decreased ability to light the lamp due to loss of the insulating
characteristics of the lengthy high-tension line. As with all our equipment, the power
supply has been designed to minimize electrical noise that can be picked up by
physiological recording equipment.

The liquid light guide can be coupled to the illumination port of most microscopes
using an adapter which can be purchased separately. Please refer to the “Microscope
Adapters” section for further information. Extended output ranges are possible
with various cold mirror and light guide combinations. Phone Sutter to discuss your
specific application requirements.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 269

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S L AMBDA LS

n Fluorescent microscopy n Optogenetics

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

n Calcium imaging n High-speed wavelength selection

n FURA

S P EC I F I C AT I O N S L AMBDA LS

n Output Range 330 nm to 650 nm — Ozone free

200 mm to 650 mm — Full spectrum
(Note: full spectrum produces ozone)
n Lamp Type 175 or 300 Watt Xenon
(pre-aligned to produce
collimated output)
n Radiant Output 2.5 Watts (175 W lamp)
4.5 Watts (300 W lamp)
(broadband, full beam)
n Lamp Life 1000 hours (Bulb warranted for 500 hours.
Longer life depends on application.
Expected life is 1000 hours)
n Power Consumption 175 Watts or 300 Watts
n Dimensions 10.5 in x 9.5 in x 10 in
26.7 cm x 24.1 cm x 25.4 cm
n Weight 10.5 lbs
4.8 kg
n Electrical 120/240 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

270 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
MECHANICAL DRAWINGS LAMBDA LS

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS


 


 








 

(There is additional depth when

second filterwheel is attached)

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 271

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 L AMBDA LS
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

LAMBDA LS BASIC SYSTEM

Includes a xenon lamp, cold mirror, power supply and lamp housing, support base with
mounting rods, drop-in filter holder and manual.

n LS-OF30 Lambda LS with 300 Watt ozone free lamp

n LS-FS301 Lambda LS with 300 Watt full spectrum lamp
n LS-OF17 Lambda LS with 175 Watt ozone free lamp
n LS-OF30R 2 Lambda LS with 300 Watt ozone free lamp and
cold mirror that reflects to 780 nm
n LS-OF30IR3 Lambda LS with 300 Watt ozone free lamp and
cold mirror that reflects to 1100 nm
n LS-FS30UV1,4 Lambda LS with 300 Watt full spectrum lamp
and cold mirror that reflects to 275 nm

1
Note: Full spectrum bulbs produce ozone. Please be certain that you
have ventilation. Contact Sutter for details.
2
Order with LLG/380
3
Order with LLG/2000 or LLG/380
4
Order with LLG/250

FILTER WHEELS & SHUTTER

n LB10-NWIQ/LS 10 position 25 mm filter wheel with SmartShutter®
n LB10-NW1 10 position 25 mm filter wheel (can be mounted
inside Lambda LS or outside if used as a second wheel)
n IQ-25/LS 25 mm SmartShutter for mounting in Lambda LS

1
Will need to purchase additional controller if using as a second wheel.

272 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 L AMBDA LS
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
ACCESSORIES
n LLG Liquid light guide and coupling adapter
(2 meters, 3 mm dia.), C-mount, lens and lens tube
n LLG/3801 Liquid light guide and coupling adapter
(2 meters, 3 mm dia.), C-mount, lens and lens tube
n LLG/20002 Liquid light guide and coupling adapter
(2 meters, 3 mm dia.), C-mount, lens and lens tube
n LLG/2503 Liquid light guide (2 meters, 3 mm dia.),
C-mount, lens and lens tube
n LLGPLUS4 Liquid light guide (2 meters, 3 mm dia.), heatsink,
C-mount, lens and lens tube
n LLGPLUS/3804 Liquid light guide (2 meters, 3 mm dia.), heatsink,
C-mount, lens and lens tube
n LLGPLUS/20004 Liquid light guide (2 meters, 3 mm dia.), heatsink,
C-mount, lens and lens tube
n DROP-IN Drop-in filter holder (25 mm)
n O7776555 Replacement 3 mm light guide (300 series)
n O7776516 Replacement 3 mm light guide (380 series)
Mounting adapters for Nikon, Zeiss, Leica and Olympus microscopes are
available. Please see the Microscope Adapter list at the end of this section.
1
Supports transmission into near IR.
2
Supports transmission into near IR. No output below 420 nm
3
Supports transmission into near UV.
4
Extends the lifetime of the LLG when the Lambda LS is used
without a SmartShutter®.
5
Maximum UV transmission.
6
Allows light input into near IR

BULBS1 All bulbs are also compatible with DG-4/DG-5 PLUS (discontinued)
n O661176 Ozone free 175 Watt xenon bulb
(attenuated output below 340 nm)
n O661301 Ozone free 300 Watt xenon bulb
(attenuated output below 340 nm)
n O6613002 Full spectrum 300 Watt xenon bulb

1
Please note that the bulbs do not include the outer blue housing.
2
Full spectrum bulbs produce ozone. Please be certain that you
have ventilation. Contact Sutter for details.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 273

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 LAMBDA HPX-L5
HIGH POWER LED LIGHT SOURCE
WITH LIQUID LIGHTGUIDE
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

F E AT U R E S L AMBDA HPX- L5

n Vibration-free coupling via liquid n TTL and Analog controls

light guide
n Integral shuttering
n Dimming via PWM or current control
n White light and UV combination
n Lifetime >50,000 hours available

n Front mounted connectors for ease of

access

C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S L AMBDA HPX- L5

n Fluorescent microscopy n Optogenetics

274 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Lambda HPX-L5 was created as a liquid light guide coupled version of the HPX,

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
our newest high power LED light source. The liquid light guide allows for LED cooling
via an internal heatsink with a whisper fan. This requires less maintenance that the
liquid-cooled direct mount version. Designed around a single 90 W 3 mm LED die,
the Lambda HPX-L5 provides light output comparable to a 150 W Xenon arc lamp
when using the same light guide. The Lambda HPX-L5 is optimized for coupling
to an optional 5 mm liquid light guide, and off-the-shelf microscope adapter. The
HPX-L5 is expected to retain 95% of its original output at 5,000 hours, and 80%
after 10,000 hours.

Because LEDs exhibit color shift with current change, the Lambda HPX was designed
to dim the LED using either PWM or current control. PWM will be preferable for most
applications, and allows the LED to run cooler. PWM switching is at 28 kHz, high
enough for use with most high-speed cameras. For those with applications intolerant
of any pulsed output, dimming via current control is also available. PWM and Current
information are conveniently displayed on the front panel display, and are manually
selectable via control knobs. Integral shuttering time is 10 microseconds to turn on or
off. TTL input and output allows for triggering from either software or directly from
another device such as a camera or digital IO board. PWM can also be controlled
externally via analog input. Active temperature monitoring ensures that the LED life
will be maximized.

Light output is in the visible spectrum from 430 nm to 700 nm. Special order units are
available with 630 nm, 530 nm, 460 nm, and 405 nm wavelength specific LEDs. The
Lambda HPX-L5 can also be combined with our FLED to create a two-channel system
with any combination of wavelengths.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 275

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S L AMBDA HPX- L5

n Output Range White light (430 nm to 700 nm)

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

n Shuttering Turn on time: 10 μs

Turn off time: 10 μs
n LED Life 60,000 hours
n Noise/Short Term
Stability 0.02%
n PWM Frequency 28 kHz
n Input/Output TTL & Analog
n Standard White LEDs Cool White
n Optional LEDs 405 nm, 460 nm, 530 nm, and 630 nm
n Dimming PWM or Current Control
n Dimensions Control Box:
12.25 in x 9 in D 5.25 in
311 mm x 229 mm x 133 mm
Head (attaches to scope):
2.5 in x 3 in x 5 in
64 mm x 76 mm x 127 mm
Length of cabling between Head and Control Box:
4 ft
1.2 m
n Weight 8.8 lbs
4 kg
n Electrical 120/240 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line
150 Watts max.

276 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 L AMBDA HPX- L5
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
LAMBDA HPX-L5 Includes the Lambda HPX-L5 LED light source,
liquid light guide, and power cables
(select one wavelength when ordering).
n HPX-L51 Lambda HPX-L5 High Powered LED light source
AVAILABLE WAVELENGTHS
n WC-HPX-L5 LED, Cool White
n 460-HPX-L5 LED, 460 nm
n 530-HPX-L5 LED, 530 nm
n 630-HPX-L5 LED, 630 nm

LAMBDA HPX-L5UV Includes the Lambda HPX-L5UV LED light source,

liquid light guide, and cables.
n HPX-L5UV1 Lambda HPX-L5UV LED light source
AVAILABLE WAVELENGTHS
n 405-HPX-L5 LED, 405 nm

LAMBDA HPX-L5DC 2 Includes the Lambda HPX-L5 LED light source with
cool white LED, Lambda FLED with UV LED, liquid light
guide, and cables.
n HPX-L5DC-Y1 Lambda HPX and FLED for Olympus
n HPX-L5DC-N1 Lambda HPX and FLED for Nikon
n HPX-L5DC-Z1 Lambda HPX and FLED for Zeiss
n HPX-L5DC-L1 Lambda HPX and FLED for Leica

ACCESSORIES L AMBDA HPX- L5

n 0777648 Liquid light guide (2 meters, 5 mm diameter)

n TRIGGER 3 USB trigger box

1
You will need a mounting adapter for your microscope
2
Suitable for additional DAPI channel.
3
Compatible with Micro-­Manager software

Mounting adapters for Nikon, Zeis, Leica and Olympus microscopes are
available. Please see the Microscope Adapter list at the end of this section.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 277

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 LAMBDA FLED
FLUORESCENT
LIGHT SOURCE
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

F E AT U R E S L AMBDA FLED

n >50,000 hour lifetime n Very stable output

n <25 µsecs On-Off time n Compact stand-alone design

n TTL control (with polarity switch) n Easy installation

C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S L AMBDA FLED

n Fluorescent microscopy n Ultra high-speed wavelength

selection (FLED-DC)

278 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Lambda FLED was designed as a high-power LED driver for fluorescence

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
microscopy. Based on our proven TLED+ design, the FLED has been optimized for
single-channel, high-current LEDs used as excitation light sources.

The basic system consists of an LED mounted on a special black-anodized aluminum

heat sink and a controller. The controller is CNC machined from solid aluminum billet,
and powered by a rugged modular universal power supply. The FLED provides intensity
control and on-off control via a toggle switch or TTL logic. The on-off time is less than
25 µsecs when using TTL control. In addition to digital input control, the Lambda FLED
has an analog input to modulate the LED intensity. The Lambda FLED is expected to
have stable output that will last more than 50,000 hours.

The Lambda FLED can be ordered with several different wavelength-specific LEDs that
range from 365 nm to 940 nm. Please call us if you require a wavelength is not listed.

Our dual channel Lambda FLED option combines two high power LEDs into a single
light path. The FLED-DC allows the use of two channels for fluorescence imaging. Both
channels are driven by individual FLED controllers and can be triggered, also individually,
by a TTL signal. For greater than two LEDs in a setup, please see our Lambda 421 or
Lambda OBC.

Product Wavelength options (nm)* External Control

FLED 340, 365, 385, 410, 440, 460, 480, 506, 530, 561, Digital (BNC) / Analog (SMA)
590, 630, 660, 740, 850, 940

* other wavelengths available upon request

Each Lambda FLED system includes an optical mounting adapter for the excitation
port of the microscope and detailed installation instructions. Mounting adapters are
designed to fit most models of Nikon, Olympus, Zeiss and Leica microscopes. Custom
adapters are available at an additional cost.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 279

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S L AMBDA FLED

n Output Range White light (400 nm to 700 nm)

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

n LED Life >50,000 hours

n Noise/Short
Term Stability 0.01%
n Control Box FLED 4 in x 3.25 in x 4.1 in
Dimensions 10.2 cm x 8.3 cm x 10.2 cm
n Weight 2.2 lbs
1 kg
n Electrical 120/240 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line
75 Watts max

ACCESSORIES L AMBDA FLED

n TRIGGER1 USB trigger box

1
Compatible with Micro-­Manager software

280 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 L AMBDA FLED
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
LAMBDA FLED Single Channel LED Light Source
Includes Lambda FLED light source, FLED controller
and power supply. Please select one wavelength
when ordering.
n FLED-N Lambda FLED for Nikon
n FLED-N251 Lambda FLED for Nikon TE200/E300, Diaphot 200/300
n FLED-N50 Lambda FLED for Nikon AZ100
n FLED-Y Lambda FLED for Olympus
n FLED-Z Lambda FLED for Zeiss
n FLED-L Lambda FLED for Leica
n FLED-C 2 Lambda FLED with C-mount
AVAILABLE WAVELENGTHS3 (in nm)
340, 365, 385, 410, 440, 460, 480, 506,
530, 561, 590, 630, 660, 740, 850, 940
LAMBDA FLED-DC Dual Channel LED Light Source
Includes Lambda FLED light source, 2 FLED controllers,
and power supplies. Please select two wavelengths
of your choice.
n FLED-DC-N Dual Channel Lambda FLED and 2 controllers
for Nikon
n FLED-DC-Y Dual Channel Lambda FLED and 2 controllers
for Olympus
n FLED-DC-Z Dual Channel Lambda FLED and 2 controllers
for Zeiss
n FLED-DC-L Dual Channel Lambda FLED and 2 controllers
for Leica
n FLED-DC-C Dual Channel Lambda FLED and 2 controllers
with C-mount
AVAILABLE WAVELENGTH COMBINATIONS3 (in nm)
340, 365, 385, 410, 440, 460, 480, 506,
530, 561, 590, 630 660, 740, 850, 940, White

1
Replaces the epi-illuminator.
2
Suitable for SOM microscope.
3
Other wavelengths and wavelength combinations may be available.
Custom mounting adpters available on all models at an
additional cost. Contact Sutter for further details.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 281

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 LAMBDA TLED / TLED+
LED TRANSMITTED
LIGHT SOURCE
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

F E AT U R E S L AMBDA TLED / TLED+

n >50,000 hour lifetime n Very stable output

n <25 µsecs On-Off time n Compact standalone design

n TTL control (with polarity switch) n Easy installation

C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S L AMBDA TLED / TLED+

n Transmitted light n Differential Interface Contrast (DIC)

n Phase Contrast

282 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Lambda TLED and TLED+ are standalone LED light sources that can be used

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
with the transmitted light path of a microscope or in other applications with similar
requirements.

This basic system consists of an LED mounted on a special black-anodized aluminum

heat sink and a controller. The Lambda TLED and TLED+ controllers are powered by
a rugged modular universal power supply. The controllers provide intensity control
and on-off control via a toggle switch or TTL logic. The on-off time is <25 μsecs when
using TTL control. In addition to digital input control, the Lambda TLED+ has analog
input to modulate the LED intensity. The Lambda TLED and TLED+ are expected to
have stable output that will last in excess of 50,000 hours.

The Lambda TLED and TLED+ can be ordered with a high-output white light LED,
making it a suitable light source for contrast methods, including Phase, and Differential
Interference Contrast (DIC).

As an alternative to the standard white-light LED, we have several options available

including an IR-LED which is suitable for experiments requiring IR-DIC. Please contact
Sutter for details.

Our dual channel Lambda TLED+ option combines two high power LEDs into a single
light path. The TLED-DC includes a 460 nm LED for stimulation, while the second
channel passes the phosphor emission from a white light LED. The white light channel
can be used to access spectra between 510 nm to 630 nm and is suitable for a variety
of applications. Both channels are driven by individual TLED+ controllers and can be
triggered, also individually, by a TTL signal. Alternate wavelength configurations are
available.

Each Lambda TLED/TLED+ system includes an optical mounting adapter for the
microscope and detailed installation instructions. Mounting adapters are designed to
fit most models of Nikon, Olympus, Zeiss and Leica microscopes. Custom adapters for
the Lambda TLED/TLED+ are available at an additional cost.

The TLED-FT is a powerful and compact array of 9 LEDs used to deliver a homogenized
beam of light to the sample. Useful for illuminating a 96 well plate, the TLED-FT
is available in blue, green, red and white light configurations. The TLED controller
provides stable, adjustable light intensity by switch or TTL. Ideal for optogenetics, and
transparent samples.

The TLED-RL is a ring light illuminator for stereo microscopes with lenses up to 65 mm
in outside diameter. The ring light is composed of a circular assembly of many white
light LEDs that provides even and direct illumination of the sample.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 283

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S L AMBDA TLED / TLED+

n Output Range White light (400 nm to 700 nm)

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

n LED Life >50,000 hours

n Noise/Short
Term Stability 0.01%
n Control Box TLED 3 in x 3.5 in x 4.1 in
Dimensions 7.6 cm x 8.9 cm x 10.2 cm
TLED+ 4 in x 3.25 in x 4.1 in
10.2 cm x 8.3 cm x 10.2 cm
n Weight 2.2 lbs
1 kg
n Electrical 120/240 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line
75 Watts max

ACCESSORIES L AMBDA TLED / TLED+

n TRIGGER1 USB trigger box

1
Compatible with Micro-­Manager software

(Shown: TLED-FT)

284 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 L AMBDA TLED / TLED+
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
TLED Includes Lambda TLED light source, TLED controller,
white light LED, and power supply.
n TLED-N Lambda TLED for Nikon
n TLED-N40 Lambda TLED for Nikon E400/E600
n TLED-N50 Lambda TLED for Nikon AZ100
n TLED-N65 Lambda TLED for Nikon FN1
n TLED-Y Lambda TLED for Olympus
n TLED-Z Lambda TLED for Zeiss
n TLED-L Lambda TLED for Leica
n TLED-C Lambda TLED with C-mount

TLED+ Includes Lambda TLED+ light source, TLED+ controller,

white light LED, and power supply.
n TLEDPLUS-N Lambda TLED+ for Nikon
n TLEDPLUS-N251 Lambda TLED+ for Nikon TE200/300, Diaphot 200/300
n TLEDPLUS-Y Lambda TLED+ for Olympus
n TLEDPLUS-Z Lambda TLED+ for Zeiss
n TLEDPLUS-L Lambda TLED+ for Leica
n TLEDPLUS-C Lambda TLED+ with C-mount

TLED-RGB Includes Lambda TLED-RGB light source, TLED controller
and power supply.
n TLED-RGB-N Lambda TLED-RGB for Nikon
n TLED-RGB-Y Lambda TLED-RGB for Olympus
n TLED-RGB-L Lambda TLED-RGB for Leica

TLED-FT2 Includes Lambda TLED-FT light array, TLED controller

and power supply.
n TLED-FT Lambda TLED-FT Light array

TLED-RL Includes Lambda TLED-RL light source, TLED controller
and ring light.
n TLED-RL Lambda TLED-RL reflected light illuminator

*
Custom mounting adapters are available for all models at an
additional cost. Contact Sutter for details.
1
Replaces the epi-illuminator.
2
Please specify either blue, green, red or white light LEDs when ordering..

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 285

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 LAMBDA VF-5™ / VF-1™ /
TUNABLE FILTER CHANGERS
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

(Shown: Lambda VF-5)

F E AT U R E S L A M B D A V F - 5 / V F -1

n Supported by the Lambda 10-3 n Easily switch between flurophore

(with special programming) combinations
n Patented white light output n Optional liquid light guide offers
capability absolute vibration isolation
n Wavelength range as wide as n All the advantages of thin-film
338 nm to 900 nm technology – high transmission, steep
spectral edges, high out-of-band
n Access any center-wavelength in
blocking
nanometer increments
n Polarization independence (s and p
n Images pass through filters making it
nearly identical)
suitable for both excitation and
emission

286 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
Sutter Instrument has developed several filter changers specially designed for
wavelength selection over a wide spectral range to any given nanometer value. The
Lambda VF-5™, and Lambda VF-1™, employ the innovative VersaChrome® thin-film filter
technology from Semrock® to provide outstanding bandpass characteristics such as high

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
transmission (close to 100%), steep edges and out-of-band blocking. Since these filters
pass an image, they are equally suitable for emission and excitation paths.

How It Works

A specific wavelength within the wide spectral range of each filter is obtained by
adjusting the angle of incidence from 0 to 60 degrees. This tuning causes little or no
change in spectral performance of the filter regardless of the state of polarization of the
light passing through the filter. The current VersaChrome series has 7 filters covering
338 nm to 900 nm. By simply selecting the desired center-wavelength on the controller,
users can select any combination of filters for the Lambda VF-5 (which holds up to
5 filters) or any single filter in the series for the Lambda VF-1.

The controller for these new tunable filter changers is a special version of our Lambda 10-B.
Users can select the desired center wavelength in 1 nm increments from the keypad, or
via the serial or USB ports. This allows control of the Lambda VF instruments with minimal
changes to existing software supporting the popular Lambda 10-B controller. A sequence
of wavelengths can be stored in the controller and the TTL input can then be used to trigger
selection of the wavelengths in the sequence step-to-step. The firmware includes filter-
specific data for each of the VersaChrome filters in the series.

The Lambda VF-5

Along with the ability to select any wavelength in the range covered by any combination
of 5 VersaChrome filters, the Lambda VF-5 has a patented white-light output mode
that allows the user to access the full spectral output of the excitation light source when
it is required. White-light output is achieved by capturing the rejected light from the
VersaChrome filter at a 45 degree angle and then combining the two beams on the
output side of the VF-5. If this configuration is desired, it requires an additional custom
light guide and SmartShutter® system.

When using the Lambda VF-5 for emission applications, we suggest installation of the
5 filters with the longer center-wavelengths covering from 430 nm to 800 nm. For
excitation applications, we suggest installing the 5 filters with the shortest wavelengths
covering 338 nm to 620 nm. For special applications, any combination of 5 filters could
be installed in the Lambda VF-5. The compact Lambda VF-1 accepts any single filter in
the series. The single VersaChrome filter installed in the Lambda VF-1 can be changed as
needed.

VersaChrome® is a registered trademark of Semrock®, an IDEX company

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 287

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 The Lambda VF-1

The Lambda VF-1™ accepts any single filter in the series, which can be exchanged with
other filters as needed. This model offers faster switching times as well as a more
compact and affordable system. When used with the Lambda VF-1, the controller is
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

able to also control a separate filter wheel or SmartShutter®.

* Patent # 8,733,978, B2

(Shown: Lambda VF-1)

288 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S L A M B D A V F - 5 / V F -1

n Fluorescent microscopy n Optogenetics

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
n Calcium imaging n Hyperspectral imaging wavelength
selection
n FURA

S P EC I F I C AT I O N S L A M B D A V F - 5 / V F -1

n Lambda VF-1™ 2.8 in x 2.8 in x 4.4 in

7 cm x 7 cm x 11 cm
3.3 lbs
1.5 kg
n Lambda VF-5™ 9.4 in x 6 in x 5 in
23.8 cm x 15.2 cm x 12.7 cm
11.7 lbs
5.3 kg
n Controller 15.75 in x 11 in x 4 in
40 cm x 28 cm x 10.2 cm
2.6 lbs
1.1 kg
n Electrical 120/240 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line
75 Watts max

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 289

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 L A M B D A V F - 5 / V F -1
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

BASIC SYSTEM
n VF-11 Includes the Lambda VF-1™, a single VersaChrome®
filter, Lambda 10-B control unit, serial and USB
cables, power cable and manual
n VF-51 Includes the Lambda VF-5™, five VersaChrome®
filters, Lambda 10-B control unit, serial and USB
cables, power cable and manual

1
Please select filter(s) when ordering.

VERSACHROME® FILTERS1 – ORIGINAL SERIES

n O573380 Tunable filter, 380–338 nm with 16 nm bandwidth
n O573440 Tunable filter, 440–388 nm with 16 nm bandwidth
n O573490 Tunable filter, 490–429 nm with 15 nm bandwidth
n O573550 Tunable filter, 550–487 nm with 15 nm bandwidth
n O573620 Tunable filter, 620–547 nm with 14 nm bandwidth
n O573700 Tunable filter, 700–615 nm with 13 nm bandwidth
n O573800 Tunable filter, 800–699 nm with 12 nm bandwidth

1
The ranges described above are the designed performance
values for the VersaChrome coatings. The Semrock® catalog
tuning ranges will be narrower due to different criteria.

ACCESSORIES
n O629950 Male-to-male C-mount adapter for mounting
SmartShutter® to Lambda VF-5 / VF-1
n VF5-WL Lambda VF-5™ white light kit
n VF5-EMMSN-ADAP Emission adapter

VersaChrome® is a registered trademark of Semrock®

290 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 291

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 LAMBDA 10-3
OPTICAL FILTER CHANGER
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

F E AT U R E S L AMBDA 10 -3

n As fast as 40 msec between adjacent n Command set compatible with

filters (10 position wheel) Lambda 10-2
n As fast as 30 msec between adjacent n Automatically detects installed
filters (4 position wheel) hardware
n Can control three wheels and two n Serial, parallel and USB interfaces
shutters, or two wheels and three
n Can control a variety of 25 mm,
shutters
32 mm and 50 mm wheels
n Can accommodate SmartShutter® and
n Chopper drives
Uniblitz® shutter
n 7 speed settings to optimize n Universal power supply
movement

C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S L AMBDA 10 -3

n Fluorescent microscopy n Optogenetics

n Calcium imaging n High-speed wavelength selection
n FURA

292 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Lambda 10-3 is the latest generation of Sutter’s high performance filter wheel

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
changers. The controller now offers faster switching times, synchronous independent
control of 3 filter wheels and 2 shutters (or 2 filter wheels and 3 shutters), and
expanded communication interface options. Recent advances in motor technology
allow the Lambda 10-3 to achieve switching times of 40 msec between adjacent
filters. In addition, the controller commands can now be accessed via USB, serial,
parallel, and keypad interfaces.

The Lambda 10-3 controls a variety of standard Sutter filter wheels including the
popular 10 position 25 mm wheel, a lighter 4 position 25 mm wheel, a 10 position
32 mm wheel, 5 position 50 mm wheel, and a compact belt-drive 4 position wheel.
The embedded controllers automatically detect the equipment installed and the
source of the external commands, so there are no jumper wires or switches to
set. There are seven speed settings available to optimize the rate of movement in
accordance with the load of the wheel. The Lambda 10-3 can operate up to
40 msec switching time with the traditional 25 mm filter wheel as well as our newer,
high-speed 32 mm version. The 4 position wheel (LB10-NWHS4) provides additional
speed and can achieve switching times of less than 33 msec. Nearly all of our filter
wheels employ a direct drive system. This design eliminates problems with belt
slippage and backlash, assuring that our wheels are exceptionally robust.

Each wheel will accommodate filters from 1 mm to 9 mm in thickness, allowing

multiple filters to be used in each position. For instance, this allows users to insert
a neutral density filter along with an interference filter in a single position. We have
designed the body of the filter wheel with a trap to eliminate light scatter. For added
stability, non-emission filter wheels come with a sturdy support stand and 12 inch
rods. In addition to filter wheels, the Lambda 10-3 controller supports our patented
® ®
stepper-motor controlled SmartShutter as well as the Uniblitz shutter. Either shutter
can be mounted directly onto the wheel, providing a compact wheel/shutter package
for systems with mounting constraints.

Both shuttered and non-shuttered filter wheels can be installed directly on the
microscope in a number of locations: excitation, emission, Infinity path, and the
trinocular head. Up to two excitation and/or neutral density filter wheels can be
used with the Lambda LS xenon light source and liquid light guide, in vibration
sensitive systems. The SmartShutter can be mounted independently from the
wheel in any location in the light path (including the Lambda LS and Lambda
DG-4/DG-5), and driven in a standalone configuration by the Lambda 10-3
controller. The microscope specific adapters necessary for any configuration of
wheels and shutter are listed in the Microscope Adapters section of the catalog.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 293

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 The Lambda 10-3 commands are a superset of the Lambda 10-2, thus integrating
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

all previously available features into the new design. Additional commands are
incorporated to access the third wheel as well as the special SmartShutter® features.
These configurations can be programmed through the keypad making it easy to use
the previous shutter commands to access the SmartShutter specific functions such as
the neutral density or the ‘soft’ shutter mode.

Filter selection can be made directly from the keypad or from a computer via the serial,
parallel, or USB port. The controller determines the shortest route to the selected filter
and an acceleration/deceleration algorithm minimizes vibrations during the movement
of the wheel. Internal sensors ensure correct filter positioning and current filter position
is displayed on the front panel. The serial port accepts RS-232 level signals through a
DB-9 connector. USB input is made through a standard connector and can be directly
connected to a PC USB port.

The universal power supply will automatically switch to accommodate the line voltage –
no user adjustment is required. An optional liquid light guide is available for applications
requiring absolute vibration isolation, and/or spatial illumination uniformity.

GETTING FASTER FILTER SWITCHING TIMES WITH MANY FILTERS INSTALLED

The Sutter filter wheel systems have always been optimized for fast switching of a
lightly loaded wheel. When many thick filters are installed, the added mass requires
an increase in the time required to switch from one filter to another. Switching times
improve significantly with filters made on a thin substrate that do not require a thick
layer of additional glass to obtain the desired blocking. Semrock® has the required
coating technology to offer filters with substrates down to 2 mm in thickness.

We have now taken the additional step of designing a special threaded ring that
Semrock can install in place of their typical plain filter cells. Filters mounted in these
rings can be threaded directly into the body of our filter wheels when our standard
filter cups have been removed. Semrock filters actually weigh less than the filter cup
and retaining ring normally used to mount filters in the Sutter wheels. Thus, if you
remove our filter cups and mount the new threaded filters directly in the wheel, even
a fully loaded wheel will be able to run at speeds that previously could only be used
with just 2 filters installed.

The STR Semrock filters are available in both 25 mm and 32 mm versions and should be
purchased directly from Semrock. If you are installing these filters in a Sutter wheel that
has filter cups, you will need to remove the cup from the position you intend to use to
mount the threaded filter. Contact Sutter for details. When installing the new threaded
filters, you will want to use the new wrench designed for this purpose.

294 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S L AMBDA 10 -3

n Control Box 15.75 in x 11 in x 4 in

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
Dimensions 40 cm x 28 cm x 10.2 cm
n Weight 20 lbs
11 kg
n Electrical 120/240 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line
75 Watts max

MECHANICAL DRAWINGS LAMBDA 10-NWIQ

(Shown with optional Smart Shutter®)

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 295

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 L AMBDA 10 -3
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

CONTROLLER
n LB10-3 Includes one Lambda 10-3 controller unit, serial,
parallel and USB cables, power cable and manual
WHEELS 25 mm Filter Wheels — 10-position
n LB10-NW 10-position 25 mm filter wheel without shutter
n LB10-NWIQ 10-position 25 mm filter wheel with SmartShutter ®
®

n LB10-NWS 10-position 25 mm filter wheel with Uniblitz shutter

n LB10-NWE 10-position 25 mm filter wheel set up for emission
25 mm Filter Wheels — 4-position
n LB10-WHS4 4-position 25 mm filter wheel without shutter
n LB10-WHS4IQ 4-position 25 mm filter wheel with SmartShutter
n LB10-WHS4E 4-position 25 mm filter wheel set up for emission
Thin Filter Wheels — 10-position
n LB10-TW1 10-position 25 mm thin wheel without shutter
n LB10-TWIQ1 10-position 25 mm thin wheel with SmartShutter
n LB10-TWE1 10-position 25 mm thin wheel set up for emission
25 mm Dual Filter Wheels
n LB10-WD Back to back mounting of two 25 mm filter wheels
without shutter. No drop-in filter holders
n LB10-WDIQ Back to back mounting of two 25 mm filter wheels
with SmartShutter and one slide-in filter holder
n LB10-WDS Back to back mounting of two 25 mm filter wheels
with one Uniblitz shutter and one slide-in filter holder
32 mm Filter Wheels — 10-position
n LB10-W32 10-position 32 mm filter wheel without shutter
n LB10-W32IQ 10-position 32 mm filter wheel with SmartShutter
n LB10-W32S 10-position 32 mm filter wheel with Uniblitz shutter
n LB10-W32-Y731 32 mm emission wheel for Olympus IX73/83
50 mm Filter Wheel — 5-position
n LB10-W50 5-position 50 mm filter wheel without shutter
Specialty Wheels
n LB10-W12 10-position 12.5 mm filter wheel without shutter
n LB4-W Belt drive 4-position 25 mm filter wheel without shutter
n LB10-NWE-N29B 10-position 25 mm emission for bottom port of Nikon Ti
n LB10-NWE-Z402 10-position 25 mm emission for Zeiss Axio Observer
n LB5-W32E-Y73 5-position 32 mm emission wheel for Olympus IX73/83
n LB5-W32E-N31 5-position 32 mm emission wheel for Nikon Ti2
n LB6-W32E-Y73 6-position 32 mm emission wheel for Olympus IX73/83
n LB6-W32E-N31 6-position 32 mm emission wheel for Nikon Ti2

1
Includes emisison adapter
2
Left port only

296 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 L AMBDA 10 -3
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
SMARTSHUTTER®
n IQ12-SA 12.5 mm SmartShutter with standalone housing
n IQ12-AN 12.5 mm hard anodized SmartShutter
n IQ25-SA1 25 mm SmartShutter with standalone housing
n IQ25-W2 25 mm SmartShutter with housing to fit filter wheel
n IQ25-WU 25 mm SmartShutter to retrofit non-shuttered
filter wheel
n IQ25-LS 25 mm SmartShutter with housing to fit Lambda LS
n IQ25-DG 25 mm SmartShutter with housing to fit
Lambda DG-4/DG-5
n IQ35-W 35 mm SmartShutter with housing to fit filter wheel
n IQ35-SA 35 mm SmartShutter with standalone housing
n IQ50-SA 50 mm SmartShutter with standalone housing

Mounting adapters for Nikon, Zeiss, Leica and Olympus microscopes are
available. Please see the Microscope Adapters section of the catalog or
contact Sutter Instrument for pricing and further information.
1
Where vignetting may be an issue, we recommend the 35mm shutter.
2
For upgrading a 25 mm filter wheel with existing Uniblitz® shutter to
SmartShutter.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 297

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 L AMBDA 10 -3
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

CABLES AND ACCESSORIES

n FSWITCH Foot switch with BNC connector –
Changes state of shutter with foot press as long as
foot press is maintained
n FSTOGGLE Foot switch with BNC connector –
Alternates open/close with each foot press
n CIQ-2 One 25-pin connector to two 9-pin connectors
(Allows connection of one standalone SmartShutter®
to controller)
n SLIDE-IN1 Slide-in filter holder for 25 mm wheel
n DROP-IN2 Drop-in filter holder for 25 mm wheel
n DROP-IN/32 Drop-in filter holder for LB10-W32IQ
n X100120 25 mm filter cup
n X1001453 25 mm angled filter spacer
n X100150 25 mm spacer
n X100160 25 mm retaining ring
n X100122 32 mm filter cup
n X100152 32 mm spacer
n X100162 32 mm retaining ring
n X100124 50 mm filter cup
n X100126 50 mm short filter cup
n X100154 50 mm spacer
n X100164 50 mm retaining ring
n LLG Liquid light guide (2 meters, 3 mm diameter) C-mount,
lens, and lens tube
n SHUTTER 25 mm replacement shutter for Uniblitz® shutter
(not an upgrade)
n W620005 9-pin male/female serial cable
n W620007 15-pin shielded cable for standard filter wheel
n W620009 25-pin cable for wheels with SmartShutter
n W621520 USB cable
n X100111 35 mm replacement Uniblitz shutter (not an upgrade)
n X100208 8 inch guide rod for stand (each)
n X100210 12 inch guide rod for stand (each)
n X100212 22 inch guide rod for stand (each)
n X100560 25 mm spanner wrench
n X100555 25 mm thin wheel spanner wrench
n X100565 32 mm spanner wrench
n X100558 32 mm thin wheel spanner wrench
n X100567 50 mm spanner wrench

1
Slide-in filter holders are for wheels with a shutter.
2
Drop-in filter holders are for wheels without a shutter.
3
Two spacers are required for each filter position.

298 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
OEM WHEELS AVAILABLE
For OEM applications, the Lambda 10-3 can readily be modified to meet your specific

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
requirements. By utilizing the 10-3 controller to drive customized wheels, we can
provide an economical solution to your OEM design specification. To date we have
made custom 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 10- and 12-position wheels and have designed for 50 mm,
32 mm and 25 mm filters. Our technical staff will be happy to discuss with you special
application requirements.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 299

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 LAMBDA 10-B
OPTICAL FILTER CHANGER
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

(Shown with LB10-NWIQ)

F E AT U R E S L AMBDA 10 - B

n As fast as 40 msec between adjacent n Controls one wheel and one optional
filters (10-position wheel) shutter, or two SmartShutter®
n As fast as 30 msec between adjacent n Can accommodate SmartShutter
filters (4-position wheel) and Uniblitz® shutter
n As fast as 28 msec with a fully loaded n Chopper drives
wheel using STR filter from Semrock®
n Universal power supply
n Serial and USB interfaces
n Can control a variety of 25 mm,
32 mm, and 50 mm wheels

C O M M O N A P P L I C AT I O N S L AMBDA 10 - B

n Fluorescent microscopy n Optogenetics

n Calcium imaging n High-speed wavelength selection
n FURA

300 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Lambda 10-B is a high performance, microprocessor-controlled filter wheel for

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
imaging applications requiring a single filter wheel. The latest release in Sutter’s optical
filter changer product line, the Lambda 10-B, uses recent advances in motor technology
to achieve switching times of 40 msec between adjacent filters. When used with the
high-speed 4-position wheels, the Lambda 10-B achieves switching times of less than
31 msec. It features both USB and serial port interfaces as well as keypad control. The
Lambda 10-B is capable of controlling both the SmartShutter® as well as the Uniblitz®
shutter. The Lambda 10-B is a low-cost alternative and ideal for imaging applications
requiring a single filter wheel.

The Lambda 10-B can operate with switching times as brief as 40 msec with our standard
25 mm filter wheel as well as our 32 mm wheel. The user can select from seven speeds,
allowing the speed to be adjusted in accordance with the load of the wheel. Except for
the 4-position compact wheel, our filter wheels employ a direct drive system – a feature
that prevents belt slippage or backlash. An optional shutter installation is also available.

Filter selection can be made directly from the keypad or from a computer via the
serial or USB port. The Lambda 10-B controller determines the shortest route to the
selected filter and an acceleration/deceleration algorithm minimizes vibrations during
the movement of the wheel. The current filter position is displayed on the front panel.
Internal sensors monitor the position of the filter wheel to insure that the correct filter
is in place. The drive uses switching mode current regulation, which is more economical
than the linear supply of the Lambda 10-2. Although this is not a problem with most
imaging applications, the Lambda 10-2 may be more appropriate for systems where
electrophysiology is performed.

Both serial and USB input ports are provided to allow complete and easy control
from a remote computer. The serial port accepts RS232 level signals through a DB-9
connector. USB input is made through a standard connector and can be directly
connected to a USB port. The Lambda 10-B’s USB port interface supports multiple
USB devices simultaneously, allowing a user to run in tandem as many units as USB
ports. The universal power supply will automatically switch to accommodate local
line voltage.

OPTIONS:
The basic system for the Lambda 10-B includes our popular 10-position 25 mm filter
wheel. A significant advantage of the Lambda 10-B controller is that it can accommodate
a variety of Sutter filter wheels to suit your particular requirements.
The controller will automatically detect and determine the model of wheel installed
and adjust for the number of positions and filter size.

Our 32 mm wheel was designed to remedy the problem of vignetting that may occur
with a 25 mm filter format in certain microscope systems, and can achieve the same
40 msec switching times as our 25 mm wheel. For applications requiring a larger
aperture opening, there is a 5-position 50 mm filter wheel. If additional speed is

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 301

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 required, we offer a high-speed, 4-position 25 mm wheel which is capable of achieving
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

31 msec switching times between adjacent filters. An optional liquid light guide is
available for applications requiring absolute vibration isolation, and/or spatial uniformity
independent of wavelength. The Lambda 10-B is also capable of controlling either the
SmartShutter® or the Uniblitz shutter.

GETTING FASTER FILTER SWITCHING TIMES WITH MANY FILTERS INSTALLED

The Sutter filter wheel systems have always been optimized for fast switching of a
lightly loaded wheel. When many thick filters are installed, the added mass requires
an increase in the time required to switch from one filter to another. Switching times
improve significantly with filters made on a thin substrate that do not require a thick
layer of additional glass to obtain the desired blocking. Semrock® has the required
coating technology to offer filters with substrates down to 2 mm in thickness.

We have now taken the additional step of designing a special threaded ring that Semrock
can install in place of their typical plain filter cells. Filters mounted in these rings can be
threaded directly into the body of our filter wheels when our standard filter cups have
been removed. Semrock filters actually weigh less than the filter cup and retaining ring
normally used to mount filters in the Sutter wheels. Thus, if you remove our filter cups
and mount the new threaded filters directly in the wheel, even a fully loaded wheel will
be able to run at speeds that previously could only be used with just 2 filters installed.

The STR Semrock filters are available in both 25 mm and 32 mm versions and should be
purchased directly from Semrock. If you are installing these filters in a Sutter wheel that
has filter cups, you will need to remove the cup from the position you intend to use to
mount the threaded filter. Contact Sutter for details. When installing the new threaded
filters, you will want to use the new wrench designed for this purpose.

S P EC I F I C AT I O N S L AMBDA 10 - B

n Control Box 6 in x 8.25 in x 5.25 in

Dimensions 15.2 cm x 21 cm x 13.3 cm
n Weight 2.6 lbs
1.1 kg
n Electrical 120/240 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line
75 Watts max

302 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 L AMBDA 10 - B
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
CONTROLLER
n LB10-B/IQ1 Lambda 10-B control unit, serial and USB cables,
power cord and manual

WHEELS
25 mm Filter Wheels — 10-position
n LB10-NW 10-position 25 mm filter wheel without shutter
n LB10-NWIQ 10-position 25 mm filter wheel with SmartShutter®
n LB10-NWS 10-position 25 mm filter wheel with Uniblitz® shutter
n LB10-NWE 10-position 25 mm filter wheel set up for emission
25 mm Filter Wheels — 4-position
n LB10-WHS4 4-position 25 mm filter wheel without shutter
n LB10-WHS4IQ 4-position 25 mm filter wheel with SmartShutter
n LB10-WHS4E 4-position 25 mm filter wheel set up for emission
Thin Filter Wheels — 10-position
n LB10-TW1 10-position 25 mm thin wheel without shutter
n LB10-TWIQ1 10-position 25 mm thin wheel with SmartShutter
n LB10-TWE1 10-position 25 mm thin wheel set up for emission
Filter Wheels — 10-position
n LB10-W32 10-position 32 mm filter wheel without shutter
n LB10-W32IQ 10-position 32 mm filter wheel with SmartShutter
n LB10-W32S 10-position 32 mm filter wheel with Uniblitz shutter
n LB10-W32-Y732 32 mm emission wheel for Olympus IX73/83
50 mm Filter Wheel — 5-position
n LB10-W50 5-position 50 mm filter wheel without shutter
Specialty Wheels
n LB10-W12 10-position 12.5 mm filter wheel without shutter
n LB4-W Belt drive 4-position 25 mm filter wheel
without shutter
n LB10-NWE-N29B 10-pos. 25 mm emission for bottom port of Nikon Ti
n LB10-NWE-Z403 10-position 25 mm emission for Zeiss Axio Observer
n LB5-W32E-Y73 5-position 32 mm emission wheel for Olympus IX73/83
n LB5-W32E-N31 5-position 32 mm emission wheel for Nikon Ti2

1
CIQ-2 cable provided when ordered with standalone shutter.
2
Includes emission adapter.
3
Left port onlly.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 303

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 L AMBDA 10 - B
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

SMARTSHUTTER®
n IQ12-SA 12.5 mm SmartShutter® with standalone housing
n IQ12-AN 12.5 mm hard anodized SmartShutter
n IQ25-SA1 25 mm SmartShutter with standalone housing
n IQ25-W2 25 mm SmartShutter with housing to fit filter wheel
n IQ25-WU 25 mm SmartShutter to retrofit non-shuttered
filter wheel
n IQ25-LS 25 mm SmartShutter with housing to fit Lambda LS
n IQ25-DG 25 mm SmartShutter to fit in Lambda DG-4/DG-5
n IQ35-W 35 mm SmartShutter with housing to fit filter wheel
n IQ35-SA 35 mm SmartShutter with standalone housing
n IQ50-SA 50 mm SmartShutter with standalone housing

ACCESSORIES
n FSWITCH Foot switch with BNC connector –
Changes state of shutter with foot press as long as
foot press is maintained
n FSTOGGLE Foot switch with BNC connector –
Alternates open/close with each foot press
n CIQ-2 One 25 pin connector to two 9 pin connectors
(Connects up to 2 standalone shutters to
SmartShutter)
n SLIDE-IN3 Slide-in filter holder for 25 mm wheel
n DROP-IN4 Drop-in filter holder for 25 mm wheel
n DROP-IN/32 32 mm drop-in filter holder for LB10-W32IQ
n X100120 25 mm filter cup
n X1001455 25 mm angled filter spacer
n X100150 25 mm spacer
n X100160 25 mm retaining ring
n X100122 32 mm filter cup
n X100152 32 mm spacer
n X100162 32 mm retaining ring
n X100124 50 mm filter cup
n X100126 50 mm short filter cup
n X100154 50 mm spacer
n X100164 50 mm retaining ring
n LLG Liquid light guide (2 meters, 3 mm diameter),
C-mount, lens, and lens tube
n SHUTTER 25 mm replacement shutter for Uniblitz®
shutter (not an upgrade)

1
Where vignetting may be an issue, we recommend the 35 mm shutter.
2
For upgrading a 25 mm filter wheel with existing Uniblitz® shutter to SmartShutter.
3
Slide-in filter holders are for wheels with a shutter.
4
Drop-in filter holders are for wheels without a shutter.
5
Two spacers are required for each filter position.

304 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 L AMBDA 10 - B
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
ACCESSORIES – continued
n W620005 9-pin male/female serial cable
n W620007 15-pin shielded cable for standard filter wheel
n W621512 25-pin cable for wheels with SmartShutter
n W621520 USB cable
n X100111 35 mm replacement Uniblitz shutter (not an upgrade)
n X100208 8 inch guide rod for stand (each)
n X100210 12 inch guide rod for stand (each)
n X100212 22 inch guide rod for stand (each)
n X100560 25 mm spanner wrench
n X100555 25 mm thin wheel spanner wrench
n X100565 32 mm spanner wrench
n X100558 32 mm thin wheel spanner wrench
n X100567 50 mm spanner wrench

SHUTTER MOUNTING POST

Stainless steel 1/2 in diameter. One end is ¼-20 (M6) tapped hole. Other end
is #8-32 (M4) removable threaded stud. Can be used with 25 mm SmartShutter,
or 35 mm when used with the PMA-IQ35.
n O620120 1 in/25 mm long post
n O620122 1.5 in/38 mm long post
n O620123 2 in/50 mm long post
n PMA-IQ35 35 mm post mount adapter

POST HOLDER
n O620125 1 in/25 mm holder, spring loaded thumbscrew for mounting post
n O620130 2 in/50 mm holder, spring loaded thumbscrew for mounting post
n O620134 4 in/100 mm holder, spring loaded thumbscrew for mounting post
n O620136 6 in/152 mm holder, spring loaded thumbscrew for mounting post

POST BASE PLATE

n O620143 1 in x 2.3 in x .375 in base plate. Suitable for Imperial
or Metric tables, posts, and post holders
n O620140 2 in x 3 in x .375 in base plate. Suitable for Imperial
or Metric tables, posts, and post holders

POST COLLAR
n O620150 Slip-on collar, 1 in OD x 0.5 in ID

Mounting adapters for Nikon, Zeiss, Leica and Olympus

microscopes are available. Please call Sutter Instrument
for pricing and further information. Also, please see the
Microscope Adapters section of this catalog.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 305

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 LAMBDA SC
SMARTSHUTTER® CONTROLLER
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

(Shown with IQ35-SA and stand)

F E AT U R E S SMARTSHUTTER

n Robust design n Continuous operation frequencies as

high as 40 Hz
n Life tested to 100 million cycles
n Standalone or use with Sutter filter
n Modular repairable design
wheel
n Opening time 8 msec from trigger
n Mountable in Lambda LS and
(for 25 mm and 35 mm versions)
Lambda DG-4 / DG-5

F E AT U R E S L AMBDA SC

n Microprocessor based controller n Programmable delay and exposure

intervals of up to 5 hours with
n Serial, USB and TTL interfaces
millisecond resolution
n User can produce a variable aperture by
n Commands can run continuously or
selecting the degree of shutter opening
loop a specified number of times
n “Soft” action mode provides minimum
n Programmable delayed sync out
vibration
n Universal power supply
n TTL activation of the shutter can be
set to high, low, or Toggle on rising/
falling edge

306 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Lambda SC is a full-featured micro-processor controlled shutter driver for the

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
SmartShutter®. It supports the same shutter command set used for our other Lambda
controllers and offers enhanced performance through additional modes of operation.
The additional operating modes allow programmable control over the exposure time,
the delay between exposures, the number of exposures, the mode of triggering and
the mode of shutter operation. The Lambda SC utility program allows computer
control and configuration of multiple SC controllers through serial or USB ports.

In the Lambda 10 family of filter wheel controllers, shutter timing is controlled directly
by the time of occurrence of commands or TTL input. In most cases, the system
software used with these controllers has provisions for controlling the timing of the
shutter. The Lambda SC shutter controller may be used in applications that would
benefit from enhanced control options built into the controller. A convenient toggle
switch on the front panel has three positions: OPEN (shutter will open regardless of
other inputs), CLOSED (shutter will close regardless of other inputs) and AUTO. In the
AUTO position, the controller can be operated remotely from a computer through
the USB port, or opened and closed using a logic level input.

In the free running mode, the shutter will open and close repeatedly. The time
between closing and reopening can either be directly timed, or set as an interval for
the entire cycle. Delay and exposure intervals can be set by the user for up to 5 hours
with millisecond resolution. This mode can be set to continuously run or loop for a
specific number of cycles. The mode is initiated from power up, or a trigger pulse,
and can be interrupted by using a stop command.

Because the SmartShutter incorporates a microprocessor controlled motor/wiper

design, the trajectory of each move can be controlled and the motion of the blade
optimized for speed or for smoothness. When speed is the most important condition,
the user can select the fast mode. If the modest amount of vibration in the fast
mode is objectionable and speed is not important, the “soft” mode can be selected,
moving the blade slower through the overall travel.

The neutral density mode results in a partial opening of the SmartShutter. Any one
of the 144 steps from a fully closed to fully open can be selected. Using this variable
aperture opening along with a liquid light guide acts to spatially homogenize the
light to produce a uniform spatial illumination that’s independent of the geometry
of the input illumination.

The SmartShutter can be coupled to the illumination ports of most microscopes

using an adapter which can be purchased separately. Please refer to the “Microscope
Adapters” section for further information. An optical black coating option for the
shutter blade is available to eliminate reflection. Please phone Sutter for details.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 307

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S L AMBDA SC

n Dimensions 8.5 in x 5.25 in x 2 in

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

21.6 cm x 13.5 cm x 5 cm
n Weight 1.7 lbs
0.77 kg
n Electrical 120/240 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line
75 Watts max

L AMBDA SC
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

CONTROLLER
n LB-SC Includes one Lambda SC control unit, serial and
USB cable, power cord and manual

SMARTSHUTTER
n IQ12-SA 12.5 mm SmartShutter® with standalone housing
n IQ12-AN 12.5 mm hard anodized SmartShutter
n IQ25-SA1 25 mm SmartShutter with standalone housing
n IQ25-W2 35 mm SmartShutter with housing to fit filter wheel
n IQ25-WU 35 mm SmartShutter with housing to fit filter wheel
n IQ25-LS 25 mm SmartShutter with housing to fit Lambda LS
n IQ25-DG 25 mm SmartShutter to fit in Lambda DG-4 / DG-5
n IQ35-W 35 mm SmartShutter with housing to fit filter wheel
n IQ35-SA 35 mm SmartShutter with standalone housing
n IQ50-SA 50 mm SmartShutter with standalone housing

1
Where vignetting may be an issue, we recommend the 35mm shutter.
2
For upgrading a 25 mm filter wheel with existing Uniblitz® shutter
to SmartShutter®

308 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 L AMBDA SC
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
CABLES AND ACCESSORIES
n FSWITCH Foot switch with BNC connector –
Changes state of shutter with foot press as long as
foot press is maintained
n FSTOGGLE Foot switch with BNC connector –
Alternates open/close with each foot press
n W620005 9-pin male/female SmartShutter® (no wheel)
n W621520 USB cable

SHUTTER MOUNT POSTS

Stainless steel 1/2 in diameter. One end is ¼-20 (M6) tapped hole. Other end
is #8-32 (M4) removable threaded stud. Can be used with 25 mm SmartShutter,
or 35 mm when used with the PMA-IQ35.
n O620120 1 in / 25 mm long post
n O620122 1.5 in / 38 mm long post
n O620123 2 in / 50 mm long post
n O620124 3 in / 76 mm long post
n O620117 4 in / 100 mm long post
n O620119 8 in / 203 mm long post
n PMA-IQ35 35 mm post mount adapter

POST HOLDER
n O620125 1 in / 25 mm holder & spring loaded thumbscrew for post
n O620130 2 in / 50 mm holder & spring loaded thumbscrew for post
n O620134 4 in / 100 mm holder & spring loaded thumbscrew for post
n O620136 6 in / 152 mm holder & spring loaded thumbscrew for post

POST BASE PLATE

Suitable for Imperial or Metric tables, posts, and post holders.
n O620143 1 in x 2.3 in x 3/8 in base plate.
n O620140 2 in x 3 in x 3/8 in base plate.

POST COLLAR
n O620150 Slip-on collar, 1 in OD x 0.5 in ID

Mounting adapters for Nikon, Zeiss, Leica and Olympus microscopes

are available. Please call Sutter Instrument for pricing and further

information.Also, please see the Microscope Adapters section of this
catalog.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 309

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 SMARTSHUTTER®
STEPPER-MOTOR DRIVEN SHUTTER
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

(Shown with LB10-B/IQ controller)

F E AT U R E S SMARTSHUTTER®

n Robust design n “Soft” action mode provides minimum

vibration
n Life tested to 100 million cycles
n Selection partial opening function for
n Modular repairable design neutral density

n Opening time 8 msec from trigger n Serial, USB and TTL interfaces
(for 25 mm and 35 mm versions)
n Manual input via keypad (on LB10-B/IQ)
n Continuous operation frequencies as
high as 40 Hz n Universal power supply

n Standalone or use with Sutter filter n Patent No. 7,253,575

wheel

n Mountable in Lambda LS, Lambda

DG-4 / DG-5, and Lambda XL

n Microprocessor based controller

310 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The SmartShutter® is designed to complement our growing line of optical products and sets
a new standard for shutter performance and reliability. In the traditional shutter design there
are two or more “leaves” that rub against each other. Given time, the blades will wear down,
bind, and the shutter will fail to open. The SmartShutter is designed with only one moving
part, which virtually eliminates the effects of wear and markedly improves performance. In

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
the traditional shutter design there is an additional issue of the leaves binding in extreme
temperature conditions. To solve this problem our shutter blade has the ability to perform
well under very high temperature conditions, extending the life of the shutter.

The SmartShutter incorporates a new high-performance motor drive and precision

stepper-motor to provide added control and durability. Traditional shutters use a solenoid
actuator requiring a high initial opening voltage for rapid opening of the shutter. This can
overheat or burn out the coil of the shutter if the shutter is opened too frequently. With our
microprocessor controlled motor/wiper design, we can control the trajectory of each move
and optimize the motion of the blade for speed or for smoothness. The SmartShutter, in either
the 25 mm or 35 mm version, operates with open/close times of 8 msec from the command
(3 msec from the start of motion). Since our robust design does not rely on over-driving the
windings, we can achieve continuous operation at certain frequencies up to 40 Hz for the
25 mm version, and 20 Hz for the 35 mm model. While the 25 mm SmartShutter can run
at frequencies up to 40 Hz, some repetition rates may excite undesirable resonances that
interfere with proper operation. A small adjustment in frequency will normally correct this.

Because the shutter blade is stopped by the action of the motor rather than mechanical stops,
SmartShutter units tested for over 100 million cycles show no sign of failure. The standard
SmartShutter blade is made of untreated aluminum. Non-reflective coatings are available
upon request and are not recommended for use with arc lamps.

The microprocessor-based controller provides exceptional versatility and is adaptable to

various modes of operation and function. The SmartShutter can be programmed for a variety
of movement profiles or to produce a variable aperture by determining the degree of shutter
opening. When used in our Lambda LS xenon light source and coupled with a liquid light
guide, the shutter acts as a programmable neutral density filter. In addition, while the impulse
of our shutter is minimal, a “soft” action mode can be selected to decrease vibration.

The LB10-B/IQ controller for the SmartShutter is capable of driving up to two shutters. To
support this function a TTL input is supplied for remote triggering of the shutter, as well as a
TTL output to support remote triggering of external devices such as a camera. The controller
can also be operated locally (manually) from the controller keypad or remotely from a
computer through either the USB or serial port.

A dedicated single shutter controller, the Lambda SC is also available and provides a USB port,
serial port, TTL in and TTL sync out. The Lambda SC allows programmable control over the
exposure time, and the delay between trigger and shutter opening.

Originally designed to be integrated into our 25 mm and 32 mm filter wheels, housings are
also available for standalone units and for use in our Lambda LS, Lambda XL, and Lambda
DG-4/DG-5 optical products. The standard SmartShutter blade is made of untreated
aluminum. Non-reflective coatings are available upon request and are not recommended for
use with arc lamps. The modularity of the SmartShutter assures that repairs, should they be
necessary, are simple and economical.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 311

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 SMARTSHUTTER®
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

CONTROLLER
n LB10-B/IQ1 Lambda 10-B control unit, serial and USB cables,
power cord and manual
n LB-SC Includes one Lambda SC control unit, serial and
USB cable, power cord and manual
SMARTSHUTTER
n IQ12-SA 12.5 mm SmartShutter® with standalone housing
n IQ12-AN 12.5 mm hard anodized SmartShutter
n IQ25-SA1 25 mm SmartShutter with standalone housing
n IQ25-W2 25 mm SmartShutter with housing to fit filter wheel
n IQ25-WU 25 mm SmartShutter to retrofit non-shuttered
filter wheel
n IQ25-LS 25 mm SmartShutter with housing to fit Lambda LS
n IQ25-DG 25 mm SmartShutter to fit in Lambda DG-4 / DG-5
n IQ35-W 35 mm SmartShutter with housing to fit filter wheel
n IQ35-SA 35 mm SmartShutter with standalone housing
n IQ50-SA 3 50 mm SmartShutter with standalone housing

1
Where vignetting may be an issue, we recommend the 35 mm shutter.
2
For upgrading a 25 mm filter wheel with existing Uniblitz® shutter to
SmartShutter.
3
Compatible with Lambda SC controller.

(Shown: IQ25-SA.
Visit our website for images of other
shutters.)

312 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 SMARTSHUTTER®
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
CABLES AND ACCESSORIES
n FSWITCH Foot switch with BNC connector –
Changes state of shutter with foot press as long as
foot press is maintained
n FSTOGGLE Foot switch with BNC connector –
Alternates open/close with each foot press
n CIQ-2 One 25-pin connector to two 9-pin connectors
(Connects up to 2 standalone shutters to
LB10-B/IQ controller)
n W621520 USB cable
n W620005 9-pin male/female SmartShutter® (no wheel)

SHUTTER MOUNT POSTS

Stainless steel 1/2 in diameter. One end is ¼-20 (M6) tapped hole. Other end
is #8-32 (M4) removable threaded stud. Can be used with 25 mm SmartShutter, or
35 mm when used with the PMA-IQ35.
n O620120 1 in / 25 mm long post
n O620122 1.5 in / 38 mm long post
n O620123 2 in / 50 mm long post
n O620124 3 in / 76 mm long post
n O620117 4 in / 100 mm long post
n O620119 8 in / 203 mm long post
n PMA-IQ35 35 mm post mount adapter
POST HOLDER
n O620125 1 in / 25 mm holder & spring loaded thumbscrew for post
n O620130 2 in / 50 mm holder & spring loaded thumbscrew for post
n O620134 4 in / 100 mm holder & spring loaded thumbscrew for post
n O620136 6 in / 152 mm holder & spring loaded thumbscrew for post

POST BASE PLATE

Suitable for Imperial or Metric tables, posts, and post holders.
n O620143 1 in x 2.3 in x 3/8 in base plate.
n O620140 2 in x 3 in x 3/8 in base plate.

POST COLLAR
n O620150 Slip-on collar, 1 in OD x 0.5 in ID

Mounting adapters for Nikon, Zeiss, Leica and Olympus microscopes are
available. Please call Sutter Instrument for pricing and further information.
Also, please see the Microscope Adapters section of this catalog.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 313

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MICROSCOPE ADAPTERS
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

ORDERING INFORMATION
It is advisable to contact Sutter Instrument to discuss your adapter needs prior to
purchasing. All prices are U.S. prices. Pricing in other countries may vary.

LAMBDA FILTERWHEELS
Excitation adapters (suffix EC) include all components necessary for mounting our
filter wheels between the microscope lamp housing and excitation port. Please select
adapters with a prefix of 10 for wheels with a 25 mm aperture, and a prefix of 32 for
wheels with a 32 mm aperture.
LAMBDA 421 / 721 / OBC
Lambda 421, 721, and OBC Beam Combining Systems only require a light guide adapter
(prefix LG).
LAMBDA LS and LAMBDA HPX-L5
It is recommended that these instruments be used with the optional Liquid Light Guide
and a light guide adapter (prefix LG).
LAMBDA DG-4/DG-5 PLUS (discontinued)
The Lambda DG-4/DG-5 PLUS will only require a light guide adapter (prefix LG).
LARGE FORMAT LIGHT GUIDE ADAPTERS
The large format light guide adapter (suffix LF) is necessary when a demagnification lens
is present in the emission path to eliminate vignetting in the camera. This adapter is also
recommended for those customers wishing to eliminate vignetting in the eyepiece.

LAMBDA VF-5™, VF-1™, VF-10, and VF-1™ Edge

Please phone Sutter to discuss your microscope and/or mounting requirements.

SmartShutter®
The SmartShutter® can be mounted on the microscope excitation and transmitted light
ports using our standard adapters.
For easy reference: IQ25 Excitation - use adapters that begin with 10
IQ35 Excitation - use adapters that begin with 32
IQ25 & IQ35 Transmitted light - use adapters ending with TL

OPTICAL DECKS
Optical deck platforms are used to access the infinity space of the Olympus IX3 microscope
and provide a mounting surface for optical and other elements. The Sutter 32 mm
filterwheel (part# LB10-W32-Y73) can be mounted directly onto the deck.

314 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
MICROSCOPE ADAPTERS
SUT TER
TLED/TLED+/FLED
SMA-LED1 SMA Fiber Adapter for TLED, TLED+ or FLED

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
Lambda VF-5/VF-1
10-X20-EM EMISSION
Lambda 421 / 721 / OBC
LG-Y51 Light guide adapter

1
Fits both emission ports

OLYMPUS IX-70 / IX-50 (Y70) Please contact Sutter to discuss your needs.
BX-50 / BX-60 (Y50)
10-Y50-EC EXCITATION
32-Y50-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-Y50-EM EMISSION
LG-Y50 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-Y50-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format
25-Y50-TL TRANSMITTED – 25 mm
35-Y50-TL TRANSMITTED – 35 mm
BX-51 / BX-61 (Y51)
10-Y51-EC EXCITATION
32-Y51-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-Y51-EM EMISSION
LG-Y51 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-Y51-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format
25-Y51-TL TRANSMITTED – 25 mm
35-Y51-TL TRANSMITTED – 35 mm
SMA-Y51 FIBER COLLIMATING
BX-53 / BX-63 (Y53)
10-Y53-EC EXCITATION
32-Y53-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-Y53-EM EMISSION
10-Y53-IEM EMISSION – Infinity
LG-Y53 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-Y53-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format
25-Y53-TL TRANSMITTED – 25 mm
35-Y53-TL TRANSMITTED – 35 mm
IX-70 / IX50 (Y70) Please contact Sutter for details
IX-51 / IX71 / IX-81 (Y71)
10-Y71-EC EXCITATION
32-Y71-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-Y71-EM EMISSION
10-Y71-SU STAGE UP (IX71 only)
LG-Y71 1
LIGHT GUIDE
LG-Y71-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format
25-Y71-TL TRANSMITTED – 25 mm
35-Y71-TL TRANSMITTED – 35 mm

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 315

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MICROSCOPE ADAPTERS
OLYMPUS IX-73 / IX-83 (Y73)
(CONTINUED) 10-Y73-EC EXCITATION
32-Y73-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

10-Y73-EM EMISSION
LG-Y731 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-Y73-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format
25-Y73-TL TRANSMITTED – 25 mm
35-Y73-TL TRANSMITTED – 35 mm
Y73-UD2 UP/DOWN SCOPE ADAPTER
1
Replaces the epi-illuminator
2
Contact Sutter for details

OPTICAL DECKS OD-Y73-7 OPTICAL DECK – NARROW

OD-Y73-15 OPTICAL DECK – WIDE
OD-Y73-R RIGHT SIDE EXTENSION – 5” x 9”
OD-Y73-L LEFT SIDE EXTENSION – 5” x 5”

NIKON TMD (N10)

TS100 (N15)
DIAPHOT 200/300 (N20)
OPTIPHOT (N30)
Please contact Sutter to discuss your needs.
TE200/300 (N25)
10-N25-EC EXCITATION
32-N25-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-N25-EM EMISSION (needs 1x relay lens)
35-N25-TL1 TRANSMITTED – 35 mm
10-N25-QB BOTTOM (QUANTUM)
LG-N252 LIGHT GUIDE
TE2000 (N27)
10-N27-EC EXCITATION
32-N27-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-N27-EM EMISSION
35-N27-TL TRANSMITTED – 35 mm
LG-N272 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-N27-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format
10-N27-SU3 STAGE UP
Ti (N29)
10-N29-EC EXCITATION
32-N29-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-N29-EM EMISSION
35-N29-TL TRANSMITTED – 35 mm

1
Please contact Sutter to discuss solutions and early model Nikon scope
adapters.
2
Replaces the epi-illuminator
3
Places wheel in infinity path below the dichroic cassette

316 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
MICROSCOPE ADAPTERS
NIKON (CONTINUED) Ti (N29) (CONTINUED)
LG-N291 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-N29-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
10-N29-SU2 STAGE UP
10-N29-SB3 STAGE UP – Bracket only
MA-N294 MOSAIC
Ti2 (N31)
10-N31-EC EXCITATION
32-N31-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-N31-EM EMISSION
35-N31-TL TRANSMITTED – 35 mm
LG-N311 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-N31-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format
LG-N31-SF LIGHT GUIDE – Small Format
10-N31-SB3 STAGE UP – Bracket only
E400 & E600 (N40)
10-N40-EC 5 EXCITATION
32-N40-EC 5 EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-N40-EM EMISSION
LG-N40 6 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-N40-R 7 LIGHT GUIDE
AZ 100 (N50)
LG-N50 LIGHT GUIDE
FN1 (N65)
10-N65-EC EXCITATION
32-N65-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-N65-EM EMISSION
LG-N65-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format
E800 & E1000 (N80)
10-N80-EC EXCITATION
32-N80-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-N80-EM EMISSION
LG-N80 LIGHT GUIDE
50i / 80i / 90i / Ni(N85)
10-N85-EC EXCITATION
32-N85-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-N85-EM 8 EMISSION
10-N85-IN 9 EMISSION – INFINITY
LG-N85 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-N85-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format
35-N85-TL TRANSMITTED – 35 mm

1
Replaces the epi-illuminator
2
For use with infinity path emission wheel applications only.
Not applicable for any other applications.
3
For use in conjunction with standard Nikon 70 mm stage up kit (MED53200)
4
For use with combination of Mosaic and TIRF attachment
5
We will need to know which epi-illuminator you have
6
For use with sliding dichroic illuminator
7
For use with rotating dichroic illuminator
8
Compatible with trinocular head that uses the Y-T photo tube.
All others need infinity emission adapter.
9
Puts filter wheel in emission infinity path

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 317

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MICROSCOPE ADAPTERS
ZEISS AXIOSKOP 2 & 2 FS (Z25)
10-Z25-EC EXCITATION
10-Z25-EM1 EMISSION
OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS

35-Z25-TL TRANSMITTED – 35 mm
LG-Z25 LIGHT GUIDE
AXIOVERT 35 and 100 series (Z30)
10-Z30-EC EXCITATION
LG-Z302 LIGHT GUIDE
10-Z30-KP KELLER PORT
10-Z30-KP-M KELLER PORT (100M SCOPE)
10-Z30-SP SIDE PORT
10-Z30-TH TRINOCULAR HEAD
10-Z30-TH-M TRINOCULAR HEAD (135M SCOPE)
AXIOVERT 200 (Z35)
10-Z35-EC EXCITATION
32-Z35-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-Z35-EM EMISSION (side port on left)
10-Z35-EM-M EMISSION – motorized
35-Z35-TL TRANSMITTED – 35 mm
10-Z35-KP KELLER PORT
LG-Z35 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-Z35-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format

AXIO OBSERVER (Z40)

10-Z40-EC EXCITATION
32-Z40-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-X10-EM3 EMISSION (adapter only)
10-X20-EM EMISSION (with relay optical system)
LG-Z402 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-Z40-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format
25-Z40-TL TRANSMITTED – 25 mm
35-Z40-TL TRANSMITTED – 35 mm
SMA-240 FIBER COLLIMATING
AXIO IMAGER (Z45)
AXIO EXAMINER
10-Z45-EC EXCITATION
32-Z45-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-X10-EM3 EMISSION (adapter only)
10-X20-EM EMISSION (with relay optical system)
LG-Z45 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-Z45-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format
25-Z45-TL TRANSMITTED – 25 mm
TRANSMITTED – 35 mm
AXIOPLAN 2 (Z50)
Please contact Sutter to discuss your needs

1
Please specify standard or ergonomic trinocular head
2
Replaces the epi-illuminator
3
Will need to be used with a relay optical system

318 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
MICROSCOPE ADAPTERS
LEICA DMR (L10)
10-L10-EC EXCITATION
32-L10-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm

OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
10-L10-EM EMISSION
LG-L10 LIGHT GUIDE
DMIRB & DMIRE2 (L20)
10-L20-EC EXCITATION
32-L20-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-L20-EM1 EMISSION
LG-L201 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-L20-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format
DM 4000/5000/6000 (L30)
10-L30-EC EXCITATION
32-L30-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-L30-EM EMISSION
LG-L30 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-L30-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format
DM 6000 FS (L35)
10-L35-EC EXCITATION
32-L35-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-L35-EM EMISSION
LG-L35 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-L35-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format
DMI 4000/5000/6000 (L40)
10-L40-EC EXCITATION
32-L40-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-L40-EM EMISSION
35-L40-TL TRANSMITTED – 35 mm
LG-L402 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-L40-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format
DMi8
10-L45-EC EXCITATION
32-L45-EC EXCITATION – 32 mm
10-L45-EM EMISSION
35-L45-TL TRANSMITTED – 35 mm
LG-L45 LIGHT GUIDE
LG-L45-LF LIGHT GUIDE – Large Format
OTHER YOKOGAWA CSU-X1(J15)
ADAPTERS 10-J15-EM 3 EMISSION
10-J30-EM EMISSION – 3 degree angle
CARV (J20)
CARV II Please contact Sutter to discuss
your needs.

1
Please specify standard or ergonomic trinocular head
2
Replaces the epi-illuminator
3
Fits both emission ports

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 319

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
MICROINJECTION
XenoWorks™ is a modular microinjection The XenoWorks Digital Microinjector
system designed to meet a wide variety was designed for precision manipulation
of application needs. Our experience with of cells via an easy-to-use interface. The
precision motor control has culminated in Digital Microinjector employs two pressure
this state-of-the-art system. ports, one for holding suspended cells,
and a second channel is available for both
The XenoWorks Micromanipulator uses a high-pressure injection and gentle positive/
classic inverted joystick design for excellent negative pressure for transfer of embryonic
ergonomics, intuitively linking the user stem cells. Both injection duration and
with the micropipette. Combined with our pressure are easily selectable using rotary
smooth, responsive stepper-motor drives, knobs on the remote interface. The built-
the XenoWorks Manipulator provides in compressor removes the need for an
exceptional mechanical stability, sensitivity, external pressure supply.
and range of movement.
APPLICATIONS

- Pronuclear microinjection of DNA into

mouse zygote
- Embryonic stem cell transfer into
blastocysts
- Somatic cell nuclear transfer (ES cell)
- Clustered regularly interspaced short
palindromic repeats (CRISPR)
- Adherent cell microinjection
- Drosophila injection
- C. elegans injection
- Zebrafish injection
- Contact Sutter for suitability of
XenoWorks for applications not
listed here
 XENOWORKS™ N ew
MICROMANIPULATOR
MICROINJECTION

F E AT U R E S X E N O W O R K S™ M I C R O M A N I P U L AT O R

n Joystick and controller integrated into n User-defined limits for travel along
a single unit eliminates the need for a Z-axis and X-axis
separate component.
n Locks for X- and Y-axes permit pure
n Inverted joystick with adjustable height movements along Y- and X-axes
and tension for optimal ergonomics
n 25 mm of travel in all three axes
n Exceptionally smooth and responsive
micropipette movement n Touch declutch mechanism

n Diagonal mode operation for axial n 8 speeds from coarse to ultra-fine

pipette movements
n USB computer interface for external
n One-click, axial ‘Pulse’ operation helps programmable control
penetrate tough membranes

n User-defined “Home” position and

“Work” positions for fast micropipette
exchange

322 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The XenoWorks™ Micromanipulator has been designed around our hugely successful
MP-285 electrophysiology micromanipulator mechanical, with the addition of a
smooth-moving, adjustable, inverted joystick. Because the motor drive is based on

MICROINJECTION
an electrophysiology design, the XenoWorks Micromanipulator is extremely stable
and resistant to ambient vibration. This stability also makes this manipulator an ideal
platform for use in conjunction with the PrimeTech PMM6, PMM-4G or PMM-150FU
Piezo Impact Drive, for applications such as mouse nuclear transfer and intracytoplasmic
sperm injection.

The redesigned XenoWorks joystick controller offers an unprecedented level of user

comfort during operation. The controller circuitry is fully integrated into the joystick,
fanless and completely silent. The use of an inverted, height-adjustable joystick user
interface in conjunction with the functionally shaped base allows the operator to rest
their hands and forearms on the bench surface, providing ease of use and added
ergonomics. The function keys and declutch mechanism can be located and activated
by touch, removing the need to look away from the microscope, which will save time.
Other time saving features are the user-defined Home position, two user-defined Work
positions, and the Setup function, which centers the manipulator in all axes.

Lock functions for both the X and Y axis allow restricting movement to only two
dimensions for maximum control during injections. The Z-Floor memory position is used
to prevent the pipette from colliding with the bottom of the dish, while the equivalent
function for the X axis is useful for repetitive injections into a line of eggs. The newly
introduced Diagonal mode enables motion in the axis of the pipette. Combining
diagonal mode with the new Pulse motion facilitates penetrating specimens with a
resilient cuticle.

To eliminate guesswork, the status of all functions and motions is put out in the
convenient LED display.

The XenoWorks joystick is designed to allow the user to immediately develop an

intuitive feel that makes it easy to precisely control position. Movement of the joystick
is directly converted to a proportional movement of the manipulator. Speed control,
center of travel, and programmable positions are right at your fingertips. One unique
feature of the joystick is the declutch mechanism that allows for rapid repositioning
of the joystick without moving the pipette. The declutch ring is also used as a modifier
key, which gives individual buttons additional functions. Combining this advanced
joystick with the proven Sutter manipulator technology creates an ideal system for
efficient microinjection.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 323

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S
X E N O W O R K S™ M I C R O M A N I P U L AT O R
MICROINJECTION

n Travel 25 mm on all three axes

n Maximum Resolution 125 nm/microstep
n Maximum Speed 3.25 mm/s
n Range of Movement X & Y Axis Z Axis
(per swing (per rotation
Speed Setting of joystick) of knob)
C 15.9 mm 3.2 mm
1 4.1 mm 800 µm
2 1.1 mm 400 µm
3 500 µm 200 µm
4 250 µm 100 µm
5 125 µm 50 µm
6 100 µm 30 µm
7 50 µm 10 µm
n Joystick • Inverted joystick
Controller Features • Adjustable height and tension
• Independent control of X, Y, and Z movement
• 2 user-defined Work positions
• 1 user-defined Home position
• Setup function
• Touch declutch
• Z-floor axis limit
• Y-axis lock
• X-axis lock
• X-axis limit
• Diagonal Mode
• 8 Speed settings
• Pulse Mode, 3μm diagonal advance
n Dimensions Mechanical drive:
112 mm x 185 mm x 145 mm
Joystick Controller:
289 mm x 235 mm x 244 mm
n Electrical 120/240 Volts
50/60 Hertz power line

324 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 X E N O W O R K S ™ M I C R O M A N I P U L AT O R
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROINJECTION
n XWML XenoWorks™ Micromanipulator (Left) Includes:
3 axis motor drive (left-hand configuration), motor
drive base plate, joystick controller, connecting cables,
and manual
n XWMR XenoWorks Micromanipulator (Right) Includes:
3 axis motor drive (right-hand configuration), motor
drive base plate, joystick controller, connecting cables,
and manual
n XWJOY XenoWorks Joystick Controller, power supply, and manual;
for use with existing XenoWorks or MPC-285/M mechanicals
XENOWORKS MICROSCOPE ADAPTERS
n BR-L20 Leica DMIRB/E/IRE2 adapter
n BR-L30 Leica DMIL adapter
n BR-L40 Leica DMI 4/5/6000/8 adapter (double-sided)
n BR-N10 Nikon TMD adapter
n BR-N25 Nikon TE200/300 adapter
n BR-N27 Nikon TE2000 adapter
n BR-N29 Nikon Ti adapter
n BR-N29-M Nikon Ti adapter for scopes with motorized stage
n BR-Y50 Olympus IX50/70 adapter
n BR-Y51 Olympus IX51/71/81 adapter
n BR-Y51-FL Olympus IX51/71/81 adapter with ZDC autofocus, left
n BR-Y51-FR Olympus IX51/71/81 adapter with ZDC autofocus, right
n BR-Y73 Olympus IX53/73/83 adapter
n BR-Y73-2 Olympus IX53/73/83 adapter (2 sides)
n BR-Z30 Zeiss Axiovert 100/135 adapter
n BR-Z40 Zeiss Axiovert 200, Axio Observer adapter
n BR-Z50 Zeiss Axiovert A1 adapter
n BR-CUST Custom microscope adapter, e.g., for aftermarket
microscope stage or accessories; contact Sutter for details.
ACCESSORIES
n BR-AW Rod holding clamp (for rod OD 2-4mm)
n MT-81-DOV81 MT-81 stand with 8 inch dovetail
n MT-81-DOV121 MT-81 stand with 12 inch dovetail
n MAG-MT Magnetic feet (set of 4)
n BR-HEA-CV2 Swing gate conversion for
MP-285 / MP-225
1
Useful with stereo or dissection scopes.
2
Factory installation required. No charge
when ordered with manipulator.

(Shown: MT-81-DOV8)

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 325

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 XENOWORKS™
DIGITAL MICROINJECTOR
MICROINJECTION

F E AT U R E S
X E N O W O R K S™ D I G I TA L M I C R O I N J EC T O R

n Built-in compressor with remote user n Five range settings for transfer/
interface compensation pressure

n Two independent pressure channels n Rotary controls for continuous pressure

adjustment
n Negative and positive pressure
n ON-OFF key for Hold channel
n Two injection modes: pulse and
continuous n Standby mode for transfer/compensation
channel
n Four functions: Hold, Transfer,
Inject, Clear n USB port

n Transfer channel provides compensation

pressure for high pressure injection

326 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The XenoWorks™ Digital Microinjector is designed for transgenic mammal workstations,

MICROINJECTION
and adherent cell, C. elegans, drosophila, zebrafish, xenopus and sea urchin injections.
It is capable of holding oocytes and embryos while simultaneously providing a separate
pressure channel for pronuclear microinjection of DNA or the gentle control of
embryonic stem cells as they are transferred into blastocysts. The microinjector employs
two independent pressure channels: Hold and Inject/Transfer, which are controlled via
the remote user interface.

The hold port is a self-contained vacuum channel for gentle suspension-cell holding and
can be switched on and off as needed. The responsive rotary control is used to dial the
pressure up or down according to the degree of hold required.

The injector/transfer port is a second channel for delivering both high-pressure for
femtoliter to microliter volume injections, and gentle positive/negative pressure for
embryonic stem (ES) cell transfer. The transfer channel has five range settings to
optimize the system to each application and user preference. It also includes a Clear
function which can be used if the pipette gets clogged. Two modes of injection,
Continuous or Pulse, in combination with a balance pressure, are available on this
channel. In the Continuous mode, the inject pressure is applied to the micropipette
tip for as long as the hand- or foot-switch is held down. In the Pulse mode, the inject
pressure is applied for a precisely timed duration, which can be set in 0.01 second
increments. Both injection duration and pressure are easily selectable using rotary
controls on the remote interface. Injections are executed using the inject key on the
remote interface or the footswitch.

Optimal ergonomics are again a prime consideration. The remote interface unit provides
access to all keys and rotary controls necessary to manipulate the parameters of the two
pressure channels, while the separate compressor controller can be positioned away
from the microscope to eliminate vibration.

In addition to pronuclear injection, the XenoWorks Digital Microinjector can be used for
a variety of intracellular and extracellular applications including adherent and suspended
cell microinjection.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 327

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S
X E N O W O R K S™ D I G I TA L M I C R O I N J E C T O R
MICROINJECTION

n Hold Function Hold pressure:

–350 to +350 hPa in 1 hPa increments
n Inject Function Inject modes: Continuous or Pulse
Inject pressure: 0 to 5600 hPa in 7 hPa increments
Compensation pressure: Adjustable in 1 hPa increments
Inject time: 0 to 10 seconds in 0.01 sec increments
Clear pressure: 6700 hPa (97 psi)
Inject command: Remote interface or foot switch
n Transfer Function Transfer pressure:
–175 to +175 hPa (Range setting 1) in 1 hPa increments
Adjustable using range setting dial
n Maximum Injection
Pressure 5600 hPa (80 psi)
n Controls Tactile keys, rotary optical encoders
3 x 7 segment LED display
n Micropipette Holder Rod Diameter:
4 mm
Compatible with:
1 mm capillary glass
(1.2 mm and 1.5 mm available upon request)
2.4 m ETFE tubing (2 additional sets included)
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50-60 Hertz power line
n Dimensions Compressor module:
407 mm x 440 mm x 150 mm
User interface module
164 mm x 123 mm x 70 mm
n Weight Compressor module:
1504 g
User interface module:
42 g

328 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 X E N O W O R K S ™ D I G I TA L M I C R O I N J E C T O R
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROINJECTION
n BRE XenoWorks™ Digital Microinjector. Includes:
compressor module, footswitch, remote user
interface, 2 micropipette holders with 2.4 m ETFE
tubing and fittings, spare tubing, connecting cables,
and manual

ACCESSORIES
n BR-DT XenoWorks digital tubing kit
n BR-OIL XenoWorks oil for injector (100 ml)
n BR-MH XenoWorks micropipette holder
n BR-MH1.0 Micropipette replacement tip (1.0 mm OD glass)
n BR-MH1.2 Micropipette replacement tip (1.2 mm OD glass)
n BR-MH1.5 Micropipette replacement tip (1.5 mm OD glass)
n V001104 1/16 in clear ferrule for tubing
n V300450 1.0 - 1.2 mm O-ring (package of 6)
n V300455 1.5 mm O-ring (package of 6)
n V400105 Drierite-w/Cobalt Chloride (5 lb)
n X870700 Drierite Tube Assembly-Complete, w/ports

(Remote user interface)

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 329

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 XENOWORKS™ XWI
MOTORIZED MICROINJECTOR
N ew
MICROINJECTION

F E AT U R E S
XENOWORKS™ XWI MOTORIZED MICROINJECTOR

n Multiple modes of operation: manual, n Ergonomic controller for comfortable

automatic, and USB control operation

n Diverse applications ranging from in-vitro n Footswitch triggering of programmed

fertilization to stereotaxic injection injections

n Accurate and reproducible injection n Minimum micropipette tip size of 4 µm

and aspiration
n Remote operation to minimize vibration
n High resolution and dynamic range
n Can be used with needles pulled from
n Automated injection volumes from 1.0 – 1.2 mm capillaries
1 nL to 500 µL

n Real-time injection volume readout

330 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
The Xenoworks™ XWI motorized microinjector is a versatile hydraulic microinjector
designed for use in microinjection workflows, as well as in stereotaxic and other tissue
injections. The XWI uses a stepper motor linear actuator to drive a piston accurately and
reproducibly against a column of hydraulic fluid, producing reliable fluid motion in an
injection pipette. The full stroke of the XWI actuator is 500 µL, allowing the injector to be

MICROINJECTION
used for many injections before the fluid reservoir must be refilled.

For microinjection workflows, manual operation of the injector using the rotary encoder
on the controller gives users direct control over injection and aspiration. The injection
rate in manual operation mode spans three orders of magnitude, with fluid displacement
rates varying from 3.1 µL/revolution to 70 nL/revolution in five discrete steps. Separation
of the injector mechanical from its controller allows users to control the injector without
introducing vibrations into their preparations.

Manual operation of the XWI is suited for numerous applications including:

• Pronuclear Injection • Xenopus Oocyte injection

• Generation of holding force • Embryo injections •
• Nuclear transfer • Polar body biopsy
• Preimplantation genetic testing • Blastocyst Injection
• Embryonic stem cell injection • Single-cell picking

For stereotaxic and other tissue injections, the XWI has a programmable automatic mode
with injection and aspiration rates between 1 nL/s and 10 µL/s. Unlike other nanoliter
injectors, the XWI can be easily configured for use with injection pipettes fabricated
from glass capillaries with outer diameters between 1.0 and 1.2 mm, regardless of inner
diameter. The micropipette holder of the XWI can be mounted to commercially available
stereotaxic frames with stock adaptors. For other tissue injections, the micropipette holder
can easily be held in one hand while the controller is operated either by the other hand,
or the included footswitch. Alternatively, the micropipette holder fits stock rod holders of
most micromanipulators and can be mounted on any Sutter Instrument micromanipulator.
Use of a glass, rather than metal, microinjection needle minimizes damage to the target
tissue while simultaneously improving targeting and specificity. It does this by allowing
for the use of needles with small outer diameters and bore diameters as small as 4 µm.
In automatic mode, the XWI can be programmed to inject between 1 nL and 500 µL of
solution in a single programmed injection.

Automatic operation of the XWI microinjector is suited for any application where a
pneumatic, hydraulic, or syringe pump injector might be used including:

• Stereotaxic injection • Intrathecal and spinal cord injection

• Nerve injection • Round window and semicircular canal injection
• (Xeno)transplantation • Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) sampling
• Subretinal injection • Controlled dispensing of fluids
• Intravitreal injection

The XWI motorized microinjector can also be controlled by a computer via USB with
user-designed software, using freely available Sutter Instrument drivers and software
development kits.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 331

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 SPECIFICATIONS
XENOWORKS ™ XWI MOTORIZED MICROINJECTOR
MICROINJECTION

n Full Stroke Volume 500 µL

n Piston Resolution 275 pL (Manual Mode)
1 nL (Automatic Mode)
n Injection Rates 70 nL/Rev – 3.1 µL/Rev (Manual Mode)
±1nL/s - ±10 µL/s (Automatic Mode)
n Features • Manual and automatic operation modes
• Versatile applications
• Rotary encoder interface
• High resolution
• Large volumetric operating range
• Realtime volume readout
• Footswitch operation
• Ergonomic design
n Dimensions Injector Mechanical:
255 mm x 35 mm x 35 mm
Controller:
1140 mm x 130 mm x 80 mm
n Electrical 115/230 Volts
50-60 Hertz power line

332 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 XENOWORKS ™ XWI MOTORIZED MICROINJECTOR
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROINJECTION
n XWI Xenoworks™ Motorized Microinjector Includes: Hydraulic
injector body, ROE controller, footswitch, microtool holder,
injection and filling tubing, connecting cables, and manual.

ACCESSORIES
n XWI-MH XWI microtool holder with O-Rings, gaskets for
1.0 – 1.2 mm OD pipettes.
n XWI-FILL Filling kit for Xenoworks Motorized Microinjector.
n XWI-AT Spare injection tubing and fittings for Xenoworks
Motorized Microinjector.
n FC770 Fluorinert, 100 mL
n BR-OIL Light mineral oil, suitable for mouse embryo cell culture

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 333

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MANUAL MICROINJECTOR
MICROINJECTION

The Manual Injector is a manual syringe driver for pneumatic or hydraulic control of
injection needles or holding pipettes. It is suitable for injecting volumes in the nanoliter
to microliter range. It is also widely used as a fluid control device for applications
requiring sensitive manual control of the displacement of microneedle contents. The
system is constructed from the highest quality parts. The base assembly is black
anodized aluminum. A non-rotating Mitutoyo micrometer provides the drive to the
gas-tight syringe1. A precision 3-way valve provides a convenient method for filling
the fluid line and clearing air bubbles from the line. Teflon tubing, chromatography
connectors and a pipette holder2 complete the system.

The injection resolution is dependent on the volume of the syringe that is installed, as
outlined in the table below. For example, with a 25 µl syringe installed, one complete
rotation of the micrometer (25 divisions) yields a displacement equivalent to a volume
of 267 nl and turning the micrometer one division (0.001 in) yields 10.6 nl.

SYRINGE VOLUME VOLUME PER REVOLUTION VOLUME PER DIVISION

10 µl 106 nl 4.2 nl
25 µl 267 nl 10.6 nl
50 µl 529 nl 21.2 nl
100 µl 1.06 µl 42.3 nl
250 µl 2.65 µl 105.8 nl
500 µl 5.29 µl 211.7 nl
1000 µl 10.58 µl 423.4 nl

1
Please specify the syringe volume that you will be using. For animal IVF applications, 500 µl and
1000 µl syringes are commonly used.
2
Unless specified otherwise, a pipette holder for 1 mm outside diameter glass will be supplied.
The diameter of the pipette holder is 0.25 inches (6.4 mm). For micromanipulators that cannot
accept this size holder, an adapter is optionally available. Please contact us for further information.

334 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S
MANUAL MICROINJECTOR

MICROINJECTION
n Dimensions 12 in x 3.75 in x 4 in
30 cm x 9.5 cm x 10 cm
n Weight 2.5 lbs
1 kg

MANUAL MICROINJECTOR
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

n MANUAL Manual injector with non-rotating micrometer,

3-way valve, precision 50 µl gas-tight syringe,
teflon tubing, connectors and MI-10010 pipette
holder assembly for 1.0 mm capillary tubing*

* Other syringe volumes, and pipette holder sizes are available upon request.

ACCESSORIES
MANUAL MICROINJECTOR

n MI-10010 Pipette holder assembly for 1.0 mm OD glass

(includes holder and mounting rod)
n MI-10012 Pipette holder assembly for 1.2 mm OD glass
(includes holder and mounting rod)
n MI-10015 Pipette holder assembly for 1.5 mm OD glass
(includes holder and mounting rod)
n BR-OIL Oil for injector (100 ml)
n V200050 Teflon tubing
n V0011801 10 µl gas-tight syringe
n V001181 25 µl gas-tight syringe
n V001182 50 µl gas-tight syringe
n V001183 100 µl gas-tight syringe
n V001184 250 µl gas-tight syringe
n V001185 500 µl gas-tight syringe
n V0011861 1000 µl gas-tight syringe
n V300450 1.0–1.5 mm O-Ring (Package of 6)
n V300455 1.5 mm O-Ring (Package of 6)
n V001104 1/16 in. clear ferrule for tubing

1
Requires special assembly and parts when ordered separately.
Please contact Sutter.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 335

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 PRIME TECH PMM6
PIEZO IMPACT DRIVE
MICROINJECTION

F E AT U R E S P M M 6

n Smooth, controlled penetration of n Smaller piezo drive unit is adjustable

micropipette tips through cellular on pipette mounting rod
membranes
n 3 Modes: Standard, Piezo ICSI,
n Inertial force from piezo-electric and Expert
control minimizes damage of
biomembranes n 8 memory program positions

n Touch screen display n Compact design

336 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
Microinjection demands precise and delicate penetration of cellular membranes.

MICROINJECTION
Prime Tech’s popular PMM-150FU and PMM-4G Piezo Impact Drives have set the
industry standard for easy operation and reproducible results. Building on that
expertise, Prime Tech has developed and is now proud to announce their new
PMM6 Piezo Impact Drive.

The PMM6 builds upon a new, smaller, piezo-drive unit which delivers:
• more effective and gentler coupling between the piezo cell and the micropipette tip
• user-adjustable driving force

The updated user-interface is optimized for ease of use and includes:

• A touch-screen to ease operations and display the settings of the current program
• 3 programmable operating modes – Standard, Piezo-ICSI, and Expert – allowing
each user to balance simplicity of operation with precise control, according to their
specific needs,

With its new designs, features and functions, Prime Tech’s PMM6 delivers:
• Precision microinjection that is "Gentle for both Oocyte and Operator"
• User friendly operation for both the beginner and the expert!

The PMM6 system comprises:

Piezo Drive unit [MB-D-2]

The new and improved MB-D-2 drive unit mounts easily to the manipulator and pipette
holder, has greater durability and performance, and performs injections more gently.

Interface Module [TS-1]

The TS-1 touch screen interface displays the settings for the user’s chosen operating
mode and provides remote controlled operation of the MB-D-2 or MB-U-2 piezo
drive-unit. Its compact size means users can move and place the TS-1 for their comfort
and ease of use. Settings can be selected individually, or an on/off switch can be used
to control the entire unit.

Controller [PMAS-CT6]
The PMAS-CT6 controller accepts user-commands from the TS-1 Interface Module
and powers and precisely supervises operation of the connected MB-D-2 or MB-U-2
piezo-drive-unit.

Foot switch [OP-16]

The dual-pedal foot switch provides convenient, ‘hands free’ and ‘vibration free’
command of the piezo drive unit and switching between two pre-set operating modes
such as ‘Zona Pellucida’ and ‘Membrane’.

The PMM6 is designed for multiple micromanipulation applications including:

ICSI
Enuclation
Nuclear Transfer
ES Cell Injection
Assisted Hatching

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 337

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S PMM6

n Piezo Impact Drive Unit Moving range: ~5 mm

MICROINJECTION

(MB-D-2) Traveling resolution: ~0.1 µm

Traveling speed: 0.04 mm/s max
n Operation Box Touch screen display
3 modes of operation: Standard, Piezo-ICSI, Expert
Expert mode has 8 program positions
1/2 + 2/3 power options
n Foot Switch Mode A/B selection
Activation of Piezo
n Dimensions Controller:
9.5 in x 13 in x 5.5 in
240 mm x 340 mm x 140 mm
Operation Box:
4 in x 6.3 in x 2.4 in
100 mm x 160 mm x 60 mm
Foot Switch:
5.5 in x 5.5 in x 1.5 in
145 mm x 145 mm x 38 mm
n Weight Controller:
11 lbs
5 kg
Piezo Drive Unit:
0.3 lbs
125 g
Operation Box:
1.2 lbs
530 g
Foot Switch:
1.8 lbs
820 g
n Electrical AC supply of 100-240 Volts
50/60Hz, 50 mA
n Temperature Operates at 5° to 40° C
Avoid high humidity

338 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 PMM6
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

MICROINJECTION
n PMM6 Includes: controller, operation box,
piezo impact drive unit and foot switch

Available from Sutter in the Western Hemisphere.
Please contact Sutter for other international destinations.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 339

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 PRIMETECH HDJ-M3
HYDRAULIC MICROINJECTOR
MICROINJECTION

F E AT U R E S H D J - M 3

n A large plunger knob that is extremely n Flexible layout accommodates multiple

light to the touch means that you can connector configurations
operate the HDJ-M3 with a single
finger

n Airtight, with Luer connector and

O-ring means that you can expect
leakage-free microinjection

DESCRIPTION HDJ-M3

The HDJ-M3 microinjector from PrimeTech is a manual water/oil type pressure injector.
The HDJ-M3 will allow you to inject spermatozoa, DNA and/or other solutions into
somatic cells, unfertilized eggs or embryos. Manual operation with HDJ-M3 allows
maximum sensitivity and optimized performance during micromanipulation.

HDJ-M3 is compatible with other models in the PMM Series, including the
PMM-150FU unit.

340 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S H D J - M 3

n Syringe Volume 1.9 ml Screw

MICROINJECTION
Pitch: 0.05 mm
Stroke: 20 mm
n Dimensions 2.75 in (W) x 7.2 in (D) x 3.5 in (H)
70 mm (W) x 182.5 mm (D) x 90 mm (H)
n Weight 1.9 lbs
0.88 kg

HDJ-M3
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

n HDJ-M3 Hydraulic Microinjector

Available from Sutter in the Western Hemisphere.

Please contact Sutter for other international destinations.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 341

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 PRIMETECH PNJ-T2
PNEUMATIC MICROINJECTOR
MICROINJECTION

F E AT U R E S P N J -T 2

n PNJ-T2 is optimized for use with PMM n Low-maintenance

systems

n Highly responsive pneumatic control

DESC RIP TION PNJ -T2

The PNJ-T2 pneumatic microinjector from PrimeTech is optimized for use with the PMM
piezo impact drives. The PNJ-T2 has a smooth motion and positive feel. The pneumatic
system requires little maintanence compared to hydraulic units.

Suitable for a wide range of applications.

342 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S P N J -T 2

n Syringe Volume 5.0 ml

MICROINJECTION
Screw Pitch: 2.0 mm
Diaphram Travel: 16 mm
n Dimensions 2.9 in (W) x 6.55 in (D) x 3.5 in (H)
73 mm (W) x 166.6 mm (D) x 90 mm (H)
n Weight 2.05 lbs
0.93 kg

PNJ -T2
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

n PNJ-T2 Pneumatic Microinjector

Available from Sutter in the Western Hemisphere.

Please contact Sutter for other international destinations.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 343

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 APPLICATIONS
The configuration of any micro-injection system will depend upon the application for
MICROINJECTION

which it is used. Some common applications and system configurations are:

Stem Cell Transfer into Blastocysts

Animals, usually mice, can be engineered with a specific gene function reduced or
knocked out altogether by introducing genetically altered embryonic stem cells into
the cavity of a blastocyst so that the stem cells contribute to the embryo. The resulting
live animal is a chimera of both genotypes. Subsequent selective interbreeding of
manipulated animals results in pure-bred gene “knock-outs” or “knock-downs”
and can be used for subsequent gene function studies. This operation requires two
micromanipulators, one for holding the blastocyst and one for transferring the cells.
Both holding and transfer functions require gentle positive and negative pressure for
which the Digital Microinjector is ideal.

Suggested system configuration:

1 x Micromanipulator (Right) XWMR

1 x Micromanipulator (Left) XWML
1 x Digital Microinjector BRE
2 x Microscope Adapter

344 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MICROINJECTION
Zygote Pronuclear DNA Microinjection
The microinjection of DNA into the pronucleus of a newly-fertilized mammalian egg is
now a common and highly efficient method of creating transgenic offspring.

Pronuclear microinjection was first described in the mouse, but now many different
transgenic animals have been created in this way. Because the micropipette used for
injection has an internal diameter typically less than one micron, relatively high pressure
(>3000 hPa) is required to inject the DNA solution. Two micromanipulators are required,
one to hold the zygote and one to inject the DNA. Gentle negative pressure is used on
the holding side, while pulses of high pressure are used to inject 1–2 pL of DNA solution
into the pronucleus. The XenoWorks® Digital Microinjector is ideal for this
application, having simultaneous holding and high-pressure injecting capabilities.

Suggested system configuration:

1 x Micromanipulator (Right) XWMR

1 x Micromanipulator (Left) XWML
1 x Digital Microinjector BRE
2 x Microscope Adapter

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 345

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 Microinjection of Cultured, Adherent Cells
Cultured cell lines such as 3T3, CHO and HeLa can be microinjected while attached
MICROINJECTION

to a Petri dish. The procedure is best viewed through phase-contrast optics; a single
micromanipulator and a single high-pressure microinjection channel are required.
The tip of a sharp (inner diameter less than 1 micron) micropipette is brought down
on top of a single cell and a pulse of high (100–1000 hPa) pressure applied. The cell
membrane is ruptured and the cell can be seen to inflate slightly. Volumes injected
are typically less than 5% of the cell volume. Success rates vary widely depending
upon the type and volume of compound injected, the culture conditions and the cell
line used. The high-pressure function of the Digital Microinjector and the smooth,
fine control of the micromanipulator are particularly well-suited to this application.

Suggested system configuration:

1 x Micromanipulator (Right) WXMR

1 x Digital Microinjector BRE
1 x Microscope Adapter

Please contact Sutter Instrument for help and advice with these and any other microinjection
needs.h

346 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 MICROINJECTION

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 347

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 AIR TABLES & FARADAY CAGES
VIBRATION ISOLATION SYSTEMS
AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

F E AT U R E S A I R TA B L E S & F A R A D AY C A G E S

n Provides a stable, level basis for your n Optional Faraday cage for low-noise
experimental setup electrophysiology applications

n Active air suspension maintains n Optional casters facilitate relocation

leveling and cleanup after a spill

n Vertical and horizontal vibration n Optional accessories to meet your

isolation individual needs

n Available with metric or imperial

tapped hole pattern

348 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
Physiological experiments, such as electrophysiological recordings and imaging
experiments, are susceptible to environmental factors that introduce noise to the

AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

signals. Predominant noise sources are mechanical vibrations and, in the case of
electrophysiology, electromagnetic interference (EMI). The cleanest way of dealing
with noise of any modality is to avoid it at the source rather than attempting to remove
it from a noisy signal after the fact. This strategy avoids the risk of introducing filter
artifacts or other unwanted effects. Air tables and Faraday cages are proven ways to
eliminate noise caused by vibration and electromagnetic fields, respectively. Sutter
Instrument now offers a series of vibration isolation tables from TMC with feature sets
tailored for scientists who perform electrophysiological recordings, including patch
clamp, microinjections, or imaging experiments that require the utmost stability.
Each air table comes with a state-of-the-art stainless steel, magnetic breadboard
tabletop in either metric (M6 tapped holes on 25 mm centers) or imperial (¼-20
tapped holes on 1” centers) versions. Custom configurations and additional options
are available on request. Please contact Sutter to discuss your specific requirements.
Electrophysiology and Microinjection Workstations
Patch clamp and other electrophysiological techniques share the same requirements for
vibration isolation with most microinjection techniques. The AT-3036 Air Table will meet
the needs of most electrophysiology and microinjection applications, providing excellent
vibration isolation across the entire relevant spectrum. A perimeter enclosure prevents
one from accidentally pushing the tabletop and carries a practical sliding shelf just
above the work surface for easy access to control devices. Optional padded armrests
conveniently attach to the front guardrail and provide support for the researcher who
prefers using the eyepieces of the microscope over camera-and-monitor operation. If
more space is required, e.g., if voluminous imaging equipment needs to be installed
for combined patch clamp and imaging experiments, the AT-3648 Air Table offers
additional room for these complex applications.
Options and Accessories
A set of retractable casters helps move the table during relocation, or facilitates
clean-up in the event of a spill. For most electrophysiology applications, the Faraday
cage with wire mesh roll-up door is strongly recommended. An optional overhead
u-shaped rear shelf is available for the cage to accommodate the components of
a gravity perfusion set-up or to provide storage for items that need to be easily
accessible during the experiment.
Optical Tables
Imaging experiments, such as two-photon microscopy using Sutter’s MOM® Moveable
Objective Microscope®, typically require larger vibration isolation tables, but rarely need
electromagnetic shielding. Three configurations of optical tables are available for these
types of experiments: the models AT-48, AT-58 and AT-510. Each version is available as
a standalone table or with casters.
Applications
• Electrophysiology
• Cellular and subcellular microinjection
• Photomicroscopy
• Videomicroscopy

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 349

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S A I R TA B L E S

All Air Tables come with a state-of-the-art stainless, magnetic breadboard tabletop in
either metric (M6 tapped holes on 25-mm centers) or imperial (¼-20 on 1-in centers)
AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

versions. Custom sizes, configurations, or additional options are available upon

request. Please contact Sutter for details.

AIR SUPPLY
Source Compressor (Sutter AT-COMP-xxx or equivalent), house air or air cylinder
Pressure > 30 psi to max. 80 psi, depending on payload
Quality Dry, oil-free (in-line filter comes installed)
Fittings 1/4 inch press-lock (quick-fit), or threading for 1/8 or 1/4 in NPT fittings
(adapters included)

PATC H C L A M P / E L EC T R O P H YS I O L O G Y A N D
M I C R O I N J EC T I O N A I R TA B L E S

Model AT-3036 AT-3648

n Dimensions 1
36 in x 30 in x 28.5 in 48 in x 36 in x 28.5 in
91 cm x 76 cm x 72 cm 122 cm x 91 cm x 72 cm
n Load Capacity2 500 lbs / 227 kg 700 lbs / 318 kg
n Table Top Thickness 2 in / 5 cm 2 in / 5 cm
n Table Construction Honeycomb core with magnetic, stainless steel top layer
n Table Hole Pattern3 M6 on 25 mm centers or ¼-20 on 1 inch centers
n Faraday Height 40 in / 102 cm 40 in / 102 cm
n Faraday Cage Cable Three circular openings with diameters of 2 in / 5 cm
Pass-through
n Sliding Shelf Width 8 in / 20 cm 8 in / 20 cm

I M AG I N G / O P T I C A L A I R TA B L E S

Model AT-48 AT-58 AT-510

n Dimen.1 96 in x 48 in x 36 in 96 in x 59 in x 36 in 120 in x 59 in x 36 in
244 cm x 122 cm x 91 cm 244 cm x 150 cm x 91 cm 305 cm x 150 cm x 91 cm
n Load 1500 lbs / 680 kg 1800 lbs / 590 kg 1200 lbs / 544 kg
Capacity2
n Table Top 8 in / 20 cm 8 in / 20 cm 8 in / 20 cm
Thickness
n Table Plated steel honeycomb core
Const.
n Table Hole M6 on 25 mm centers or ¼-20 on 1 inch centers
Pattern3
1
Width x depth x height. Height to top of table surface.
2
A high center of gravity may reduce the load capacity.
3
Smooth top layer available on request.

350 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 A I R TA B L E S
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

STANDARD AIR TABLES
AT-3036
30 in x 36 in x 2 in thick (75 cm x 90 cm x 5 cm thick) table top, perimeter
enclosure, and sliding side shelf

n AT-3036-ST 30 in x 36 in Air Table, ¼-20 threaded top

n AT-3036-M6 30 in x 36 in Air Table, M6 tapped hole top
n AT-3036-ST-F 30 in x 36 in Air Table, ¼-20 threaded top,
and Faraday cage with roll-up door
n AT-3036-M6-F 30 in x 36 in Air Table, M6 tapped hole top,
and Faraday cage with roll-up door

AT-3648
Includes 36 in x 48 in x 2 in thick (90 cm x 120 cm x 5 cm thick) table top,
perimeter enclosure, and sliding side shelf

n AT-3648-ST 36 in x 48 in Air Table, ¼-20 threaded top

n AT-3648-M6 36 in x 48 in Air Table, M6 tapped hole top
n AT-3648-ST-F 36 in x 48 in Air Table, ¼-20 threaded top,
and Faraday cage with roll-up door
n AT-3648-M6-F 36 in x 48 in Air Table, M6 tapped hole top,
and Faraday cage with roll-up door

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 351

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 A I R TA B L E S
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

OPTICAL AIR TABLES

AT-48
Includes 4 ft x 8 ft x 8 in thick (122 cm x 244 cm x 20 cm thick) table top and legs

n AT-48-ST 4 ft x 8 ft Air Table, ¼-20 threaded top

n AT-48-M6 4 ft x 8 ft Air Table, M6 tapped hole top
n AT-48-ST-C 4 ft x 8 ft Air Table, ¼-20 threaded top,
and casters
n AT-48-M6-C 4 ft x 8 ft Air Table, M6 tapped hole top,
and casters

AT-58
Includes 5 ft x 8 ft x 8 in thick (152 cm x 244 cm x 20 cm thick) table top and legs

n AT-58-ST 5 ft x 8 ft Air Table, ¼-20 threaded top

n AT-58-M6 5 ft x 8 ft Air Table, M6 tapped hole top
n AT-58-ST-C 5 ft x 8 ft Air Table, ¼-20 threaded top,
and casters
n AT-58-M6-C 5 ft x 8 ft Air Table, M6 tapped hole top,
and casters

AT-510
Includes 5 ft x 10 ft x 8 in thick (152 cm x 305 cm x 20 cm thick) table top and legs

n AT-510-ST 5 ft x 10 ft Air Table, ¼-20 threaded top

n AT-510-M6 5 ft x 10 ft Air Table, M6 tapped hole top
n AT-510-ST-C 5 ft x 10 ft Air Table, ¼-20 threaded top,
and casters
n AT-510-M6-C 5 ft x 10 ft Air Table, M6 tapped hole top,
and casters

352 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 ACCESSORIES
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

FOR ALL AIR TABLES
n AT-ARM Padded arm rests (set of 2)
n AT-CASTER Casters for non-optical air tables (set of 4)
n AT-COMP-110 Air compressor – 110 V, 60 Hz
n AT-COMP-220 Air compressor – 220 V, 50 Hz
n GP-17 Ground point
n GP-W10 Ground wiring kit, 10 assorted cables,
5 alligator clips, assorted clamp rings

FOR AT-3036 30 IN X 36 IN AIR TABLE

n AT-30-OSF U-shaped shelf (for Faraday cage)
n AT-30-FC1 Faraday cage
n AT-30-ONT 2
OnTrak™ pre-installed, roll-off option

FOR AT-3648 36 IN X 48 IN AIR TABLE

n AT-36-OSF U-shaped shelf (for Faraday cage)
n AT-36-FC 1
Faraday cage
n AT-36-ONT2 OnTrak™ pre-installed, roll-off option

The Ground Point GP-17 provides reliable,
low resistance connections for a star ground
configuration, the proven method to avoid
ground loops in any electrophysiology setup.
Accepts 9 banana plugs + 8 bare wires up
to 10 gauge or banana plugs. The GP-17
mounts directly on imperial or metric air
table tops with the included ¼-20 and M6
screws. Made of solid, machined brass with
plated banana/clamp connectors.

2
Must use with perimeter enclosure (included in metric or imperial
AT-3036 or AT-3648). Phone Sutter for information on options
or configurations.
3
Tables ship pre-installed on isolator frame. Must order with
optional casters

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 353

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 ACCESSORIES - CONTINUED
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

FARADAY CAGES – BENCH TOP
Standalone cage with stainless steel base plate. Breadboards with threaded or
tapped holes sold separately. Cages with cut-out base plates available upon request.
Phone Sutter for detail.
n AT-3036-FCB Faraday cage, 30 in x 36 in solid stainless steel
n AT-3048-FCB Faraday cage, 30 in x 48 in solid stainless steel
n AT-3648-FCB Faraday cage, 36 in x 48 in solid stainless steel
n AT-MOUNT-ST Mounting kit for standalone cage – imperial
n AT-MOUNT-M6 Mounting kit for standalone cage – metric

NAVEPOINT EQUIPMENT RACKS

Standalone cage with stainless steel base plate. Breadboards with threaded or
tapped holes sold separately. Cages with cut-out base plates available upon request.
Phone Sutter for detail.
n NP-22U 22U 2-post open frame rack with casters
n NP-42U 42U 2-post open frame rack with casters
n NP-CS-8 1 U shelf, 8" (210 mm) deep with lip
n NP-CS-16 1 U shelf 16" (350 mm) deep with lip

354 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 355

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 EQUIPMENT RACKS N ew
AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

F E AT U R E S EQUIPMENT R ACKS

n Constructed of heavy-duty Cold Rolled n Maximum weight capacity 330 lbs

Steel with a classic Black Powder
Coated finish, this rack delivers n 42U rack measurements:
excellent utility and durability to get 23.75"L x 23.5"W x 81.75"H
your job done right
n 22U rack measurements:
n The product comes flat-packed and 23.75"L x 23.5"W x 47"H
is compliant with: CE, DIN 41494, EIA/
ECA-310-E, IEC-60297-3-100, RoHS

Sutter now offers equipment racks from NavePoint in both 22U and 42U configurations.

The NavePoint 2-post open frame equipment rack is the perfect solution to mount
your large or small rack mount electrophysiology equipment in limited spaces. It's
accommodating, open design is compatible with most standard 19-inch rackmount
equipment and offers easy access to cables and equipment and unobstructed airflow.
Enjoy the versatility of either floor mounting your rack or installing the supplied casters.
This rack is self-squaring using bolt down provisions and can support stationary
loads up to 330 lbs. The package includes all required hardware for assembly (bolted
construction with square-punched cage nut style holes).

356 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S EQUIPMENT R ACKS

Model 22U 42U

AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

n Color Black Black
n Material Cold Rolled Steel Cold Rolled Steel
n Coating Powder Coat Powder Coat
n Interior Rail Threading Cage Nuts Cage Nuts
n Compliance CE Compliant, DIN 41494 Compliant,
EIA/ECA-310-E Compliant,
IEC-60297-3-100 Compliant
RoHS Compliant
n Construction Bolted Assembly Bolted Assembly
n Weight Capacity 330 lbs (150Kg) 330 lbs (150Kg)
n External Width 23.5 in (59.7 cm) 23.5 in (59.7 cm)
n External Height 47 in (119.4 cm) 81.75 in (207.6 cm)
n External Depth 23.75 in (60.3 cm) 23.75 in (60.3 cm)

EQUIPMENT R ACKS
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

NAVEPOINT EQUIPMENT RACKS

Standalone cage with stainless steel base plate. Breadboards with threaded or
tapped holes sold separately. Cages with cut-out base plates available upon request.
Phone Sutter for detail.
n RACK-22U 22U 2-post open frame rack with casters
n RACK-42U 42U 2-post open frame rack with casters
n RACK-CS-8 1 U shelf, 8" (210 mm) deep with lip
n RACK-CS-16 2 U shelf 16" (350 mm) deep with lip

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 357

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 PERFUSION SYSTEMS AND
BATH CHAMBERS
AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

(Shown: AM-PS8-PR Perfusion System)

F E AT U R E S PERFUSION SYSTEMS

n Reliable solution exchange for n ValveLink8.3® and ThermoClamp

tissue oxygenation or pharmacology Controllers compatible with
experiments SutterPatch® Software

n 1, 4 or 8 fluid reservoirs n High reliability through low-

maintenance pinch valves
n Available for room temperature
operation, inline-heated, or with both n Electrically quiet circuitry for valve
inline and bath chamber heating switching and temperature control

358 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
An electrophysiology setup is not complete without a perfusion system. Depending

AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

on your application, the objective could be as simple as keeping the preparation
alive by supplying oxygenated saline, or as complex as applying a wide range
of concentrations of an ion channel modulator, complete with positive and
negative controls to obtain a high-quality concentration-response curve. In
addition, experiments with mammalian cells or tissues frequently require elevated
temperature.

Sutter Instrument now offers the popular perfusion systems and bath chambers
made by AutoMate Scientific. Our standard product portfolio consists of perfusion
systems with one, four or eight reservoirs, with the option of room temperature
operation, inline heating, or a heated bath chamber in addition to inline heating.
The standard bath chambers are compatible with either the Sutter platform stages,
or with the MT-150 chamber column. Solution switching can be controlled by
SutterPatch® software for complete integration into your data acquisition and
analysis workflow. Manual operation, as well as control through other patch clamp
software, or through digital (TTL) or analog signals from other sources is
also possible.

The AutoMate Scientific ValveLink8.3® Controller avoids vibrations produced by

switching solutions by hand. Low-noise circuitry and low-maintenance pinch valves
switch in 20 ms and contribute to problem-free operation. Liquids never touch
the valves. All AutoMate Scientific valves include an individual indicator LED. The
aluminum enclosure keeps the valves dry from spills and provides Luer lock ports for
syringe reservoirs.

All perfusion systems include syringe reservoirs (140 mL for the one-channel systems,
60 mL each for the four- and eight-channel systems), 2-way stopcocks, a ringstand
with reservoir mounts, tubing, Luer connectors and a manifold where applicable.

In addition to the standard perfusion systems which cover the most frequently
required configurations, a high degree of customization is possible. Please contact
Sutter Instrument for a configuration that meets your particular requirements.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 359

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S PERFUSION SYSTEMS

n ValveLink8.3® • Low noise & low voltage valve control

AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

Designed for electrophysiology.

• ValveGuard™ technology detects bad valves
• Run experiments automatically – even unattended
• Manual push buttons
• Red/green LED indicators
• 1.5 A, 12 VAC supply included (specify 110 V or 220 V)
• Dimensions: 9.28” x 1.6” x 5.13”
• Weight: 3 lbs. (1.4 kg.)
• Eight TTL inputs directly activate 8 valves or
control 16 valves with only four digital outputs
• Analog input selects 8 valves
• Analog out "event marker" to record all valve activity
• Push buttons, TTL, analog and USB inputs ALL work
simultaneously
• Capable of switching valves in 1 millisecond
• Automatic networking of up to eight ValveLink8.3 units,
connected to a USB hub and PC to create a single
64-channel controller.
• Capable of powering 12 W (1 A) valves and
24 W (2 A) total
n Pinch valves • Easiest valves to clean and switch tubing
for reduced • Liquids never touch the valves
maintenance • 20 ms switching
• 1/32” I.D. silicone tube passes through, and is pinched
closed by solenoid activation
• Individual indicator LEDs
• Aluminum enclosure keeps the valves dry from spills and
offers Luer lock ports for syringe reservoirs
n ThermoClamp-3.1® • Auto-tuning PID (Proportional Integral Derivative)
or temperature control accurate to <1.0°C (often ±0.1 ˚C)
ThermoClamp-3.2® with fuzzy logic
• Extremely low noise (analog heating) designed for
electrophysiology
• Over-temperature protection
• Three types of user-configurable thermal runaway protection
(patent pending) with fuzzy logic constraints
• Smart voltage setpoint: digital, analog (BNC) or automatic
• Separate displays for both temperatures (control sensor
and safety sensor)
• Constant USB/serial data stream output
• Automatic heater failure detection and prevention
• Utilization of the safety sensor as secondary input for
feedback control
• Includes power supply, bath and safety sensors
• Analog temperature output (100 mV/˚C)
• Ambient to 50°C
• Dimensions: 11.5" x 2" x 7"
• Weight: 4 lbs. (1.8 kg.)

360 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 S P EC I F I C AT I O N S PERFUSION SYSTEMS

n Inline heater • Combination inline heater plus multi-channel focal

AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

(Heated Perfusion Pencil®) drug delivery
• Luer lock tube connections
• Steady 37°C at 5 mL/min flow rates through both
the bath line and tip
• Designed for physiology research – No metal anywhere
in the flow path
• Low noise for electrophysiology
• Internal and external grounding plus electrical isolation
between liquids and heating elements

n Heated QuickStage™ • Integrated spill channel

Bath Chamber • Magnetic stainless steel tool platform holds your tubes
and electrodes for the next experiment
• Release two thumb nuts to change coverslips and clean
the entire stack
• Four heated and three unheated chambers available
• Adapters for 35 mm Petri dishes from Nunc, WillCo,
Falcon, In Vitro, Corning, Mattek
• Standard 24 mm x 40 mm #1 thickness coverslip

ValveLink® Controller

Thumb nuts

Magnetic plate
tool tray

Cell chamber

Gasket

Coverslip

Heating insert

Stage adapter

QuickStage™ Recording Chamber – Assembly View StageHands™ Magnetic Tool Holders

Perfusion Systems and Chamber trademarks belong to AutoMate Scientific.

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 361

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 PERFUSION SYSTEMS
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.
AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

PERFUSION SYSTEMS
Standard configurations come with a chamber insert for either the Sutter Instrument
MT/MP-78 and -88 stages, or the MT-150/AUTO gantry stand. Other inserts are
available on request. Please specify microscope stage and chamber when placing
an order.
Single-reservoir Perfusion Systems
140 mL reservoir on a ringstand, 2-way Luer stopcock, Tygon tubing with Luer-lock
fittings, horizontal perfusion chamber
n AM-PS1 Single-reservoir Perfusion System, gravity feed,
unheated
n AM-PS1-INL Single-reservoir Perfusion System, gravity feed,
inline-heated
n AM-PS1-FULL Single-reservoir Perfusion System, gravity feed,
inline-heated, heated bath chamber
Four-channel Perfusion Systems
ValveLink8.3® 4-ch. Pinch Valve Perfusion System, mounting, cables, ringstand set,
4-into-1 manifold, flow controller, 4 x 60 ml syringes, stopcocks, pinch fittings, 2-way
Luer stopcocks, Tygon tubing with Luer-lock fittings, horizontal perfusion chamber, BNC
cables and grounding kit

n AM-PS4 4-channel Perfusion System, gravity feed, unheated

n AM-PS4-PR 4-channel Perfusion System, pressurized,
Perfusion Pencil with 250 μL removable tip
n AM-PS4-INL 4-channel Perfusion System, pressurized, inline
-heated Perfusion Pencil with 250 μL removable tip
n AM-PS4-FULL 4-channel Perfusion System, pressurized,
inline-heated Perfusion Pencil with 250 μL
removable tip, heated bath chamber
Eight-channel Perfusion Systems
ValveLink8.3® 8-ch. Pinch Valve Perfusion System, mounting, cables, ringstand set,
8-into-1 manifold, flow controller, 8 x 60 ml syringes, stopcocks, pinch fittings, 2-way
Luer stopcocks, Tygon tubing with Luer-lock fittings, horizontal perfusion chamber, BNC
cables and grounding kit.
n AM-PS8 8-channel Perfusion System, gravity feed,
unheated
n AM-PS8-PR 8-channel Perfusion System, pressurized,
Perfusion Pencil with 250 μL removable tip
n AM-PS8-INL 8-channel Perfusion System, pressurized, inline-
heated Perfusion Pencil with 250 μL removable tip
n AM-PS8-FULL 8-channel Perfusion System, pressurized,
inline-heated Perfusion Pencil with 250 μL
removable tip, heated bath chamber

362 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 ACCESSORIES
U.S. prices available at www.sutter.com. International prices vary by country. Contact a
distributor or Sutter Instrument for a quotation. Prices subject to change without notice.

AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

ACCESSORIES
n AM-01-17 ValveLink rack mounting brackets (to std. 19" rack)
with 6-32 x 1/8" screws
n AM-01-173 Rack mounting brackets – ThermoClamp®-3.1
to standard 19 in rack
n AM-01-57 Rack mounting brackets – ThermoClamp®-3.2
to standard 19 in rack
n AM-01-19 BNC-ValveLink8.3® cable – 4 BNC plugs to DB-9
n AM-01-20 Full BNC-ValveLink8.3® cable – 8 BNC plugs to DB-9
n AM-04-100 100 µm Removable Tip for Perfusion Pencil®
n AM-04-250 250 µm Removable Tip for Perfusion Pencil®
n AM-04-360 360 µm Removable Tip for Perfusion Pencil®
n AM-220 220 V Power and CE upgrade
n AM-SH-1 StageHands Magnetic tool holder
n AM-GPUMP 2-channel peristaltic pump and tubing

COMPONENTS
ValveLink®
n AM-17-PP-24 ValveLink8.3® 4-ch. Pinch Valve Perfusion System, ValveLink8.3®
controller = 4+4 solutions (expandable), 4 Pinch Valves,
mounting, cables, ringstand set, 4-into-1 manifold, 1/16" tubing,
flow controller, 4 x 60 ml syringes, stopcocks, pinch fittings
n AM-17-PP-54 ValveLink8.3® 8-ch. Pinch Valve Perfusion System, ValveLink8.3®
controller = 8 solutions, 8 Pinch Valves, mounting, cables,
ringstand set, 8-into-1 manifold with flow control, 1/16" tubing,
8 x 60 ml syringes, stopcocks, pinch fittings
QuickStage
n AM-QSH-LS-TT-ZK QuickStage heated large slice chamber (upright),
ToolTray, ThermoClamp®-3.1 Controller
n AM-QSU-H-TT-ZK QuickStage unheated horizontal perfusion
chamber, ToolTray
Thermoclamp® Inline Solution Heater
n AM-03-11-LL ThermoClamp®-3.1 Controller, 1-channel heated
Perfusion Pencil® with bath sensor
n AM-03-14-250 ThermoClamp®-3.1 Controller, 4-channel heated
Perfusion Pencil® with 250 µm tip & bath sensor
n AM-03-18-250 ThermoClamp®-3.1 Controller, 8-channel heated
Perfusion Pencil® with 250 µm tip & bath sensor
Compressors
The pressurized perfusion systems (all 4- and 8-channel systems other than the
gravity feed models AM-PS4 and AM-PS8) require a compressed gas. A popular
source is air from a silent, industry grade compressor.
n AT-COMP-110 Air compressor - 110V, 60 Hz
n AT-COMP-110 Air compressor - 220V, 50 Hz

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 363

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 CUSTOM AND OEM PRODUCTS
AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

Customization of our optical product line for unique applications has become a specialty
for Sutter Instrument. Our production facilities include in-house electronic design, circuit
board layout, embedded systems programming, and state-of-the-art CNC machining
and turning centers for volume production of precision mechanical components. This
expertise gives Sutter the ability to provide timely, cost-effective engineering and
manufacturing solutions for Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs).

The proven performance and reliability of our optical filter wheel systems has made
them a desirable choice for a range of OEM applications. Examples of custom designs
include 5-position and 10-position wheels with 2 inch filters, 12-position arrays, compact
belt-driven filterwheels, cryogenic and high vacuum filterwheels, rotating polarizers, an
RS-485 serial bus allowing 16 controllers to share a single serial port on a host computer,
and mounting adapters for a wide range of microscopes. Sutter currently has several
significant OEM contracts and will continue to establish new OEM relationships. Please
contact Sutter for more information about custom filter changing devices.

SAMPLE OEM PROJECT

A sample design project shown above: A cryogenic dual wheel with

twin adjustable rotating polarizers for use in infrared astronomy.

364 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 AIR TABLES, PERFUSION SYSTEMS, AND CUSTOM PRODUCTS

PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572 365

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
 I N T E R N AT I O N A L D E A L E R S

A complete listing of international distributors and resellers in more than 43 countries

is available on our web site at www.sutter.com. Customers worldwide are welcome to
INTERNATIONAL DEALERS

purchase our products directly; however, for overseas sales, Sutter recommends that you
purchase through one of our local distributors.

COU NTRIES W HE RE SU T TE R H A S DISTRIBU TO R RE PRESENTATION

ARGENTINA HUNGARY PUERTO RICO

AUSTRALIA INDIA QATAR
AUSTRIA ISRAEL ROMANIA
BAHRAIN ITALY SINGAPORE
BRAZIL JAPAN SLOVENIA
BULGARIA JORDAN SOUTH KOREA
CANADA KUWAIT SPAIN
CHILE LITHUANIA SWEDEN
CHINA MEXICO SWITZERLAND
DENMARK NETHERLANDS TAIWAN
FINLAND NEW ZEALAND TURKEY
FRANCE NORWAY UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
GERMANY POLAND UNITED KINGDOM
GREECE PORTUGAL YEMEN

366 PHONE: +1.415.883.0128 • FAX: +1.415.883.0572

EMAIL: [email protected] • WEB: WWW.SUTTER.COM
N OT E S
N OT E S

P R I N T E D I N U. S . A .
CUSTOMER SERVICE
For phone orders, quotation requests, and technical
support:
Phone +1.888.883.0128 (U.S. & Canada)
+1.415.883.0128

Monday – Friday 8:00 am to 5:00 pm Pacific Time

For correspondence by mail:

Sutter Instrument
One Digital Drive
Novato, CA 94949
USA

FA X ORDERS
Fax +1.888.883.0900 (U.S. & Canada)
+1.415.883.0572
24 hours a day, every day

EMAIL
[email protected]

www.sutter.com